H3C MSR 20-20 Скачать руководство пользователя страница 88 | Manualshive

Страница: 88 / 2742

background image

fe1 unframed 237
fe3 261
feac (CT3 interface view) 273
fifo queue-length 1885
file prompt 2354
filename 2271
filter 1793
filter import/export 1131
filter-policy export (BGP/BGP-VPN
instance view) 977
filter-policy export (BGP-VPNv4
subaddress family view) 1693
filter-policy export (IS-IS view) 1055
filter-policy export (OSPF view) 1132
filter-policy export (RIP view) 1167
filter-policy export 1314
filter-policy export(IPv6 address family
view) 1238
filter-policy export(OSPFv3 view)
1295
filter-policy import (BGP/BGP-VPN
instance view) 978
filter-policy import (BGP-VPNv4
subaddress family view) 1694
filter-policy import (IPv6 address
family view) 1239
filter-policy import (IS-IS view) 1056
filter-policy import (OSPF view) 1133
filter-policy import (RIP view) 1168
filter-policy import (RIPng view) 1314
filter-policy import(OSPFv3 view)
1296
final-callednum enable 2655
firewall aspf 2005
firewall default 1992
firewall enable 1993
firewall ethernet-frame-filter 1993
firewall fragments-inspect [ high |
low ] 1995
firewall fragments-inspect 1994
firewall ipv6 fragments-inspect 1995
firewall packet-filter 1996
firewall packet-filter ipv6 1997
first-rule 2629
fixdisk 2354
flag 155
flag 681
flash-flood 1057
flow-control 168
flow-control 2458
flow-interval 178

force-metering enable 2656
format 2355
fqdn 2054
fr class 1886
fr compression frf9 385
fr compression iphc 385
fr congestion-threshold 1886
fr de del 1887
fr del inbound-interface 1888
fr del protocol 1889
fr dlci 386
fr dlci-switch 387
fr inarp 388
fr interface-type 389
fr iphc 390
fr lmi n391dte 390
fr lmi n392dce 391
fr lmi n392dte 392
fr lmi n393dce 393
fr lmi n393dte 393
fr lmi t392dce 394
fr lmi type 395
fr map bridge 558
fr map ip 396
fr map ppp 397
fr pvc-pq 1890
fr switch 397
fr switching 398
fr traffic-policing 1891
fr traffic-shaping 1891
fragment 1892
frame-format (CE1/PRI interface view)
208
frame-format (CT1/PRI interface view)
225
frame-format (CT3 interface view)
274
frame-format 116
frame-format 124
frame-format 127
frame-format 156
frame-format 681
frame-length 117
fr-class 1892
free ftp user 2370
free user-interface 2459
frequency 2271
ft1 alarm-threshold 250
ft1 bert (T1-F interface view) 242
ft1 cable 243
ft1 clock 244

«
...
86
87
88
89
90
...
»

Содержание MSR 20-20

Страница 1: ...H3C MSR 20 30 50 Series Routers Command Reference Manual v1 00 MSR 20 Series Routers MSR 30 Series Routers MSR 50 Series Routers www 3Com com Part Number 10016323 Rev AA August 2007...

Страница 2: ...as provided in DFAR 252 227 7015 Nov 1995 or FAR 52 227 14 June 1987 whichever is applicable You agree not to remove or deface any portion of any legend provided on any licensed program or documentat...

Страница 3: ...ferential delay 115 display interface ima group 115 frame format 116 frame length 117 ima ima group 117 ima clock 118 ima standard 119 ima test 119 interface ima group 120 loopback 120 min active link...

Страница 4: ...l status 147 display dsl version 148 7 POS INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS clock 151 crc 151 display interface pos 152 display ip interface pos 154 display ipv6 interface pos 154 flag 155 frame forma...

Страница 5: ...CONFIGURATION COMMANDS FOR ETHERNET INTERFACES IN ROUTE MODE mtu 187 timer hold 187 11 FUNDAMENTAL SERIAL INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS async mode 189 baudrate 189 clock serial interface view 190...

Страница 6: ...1 PRI interface view 215 clock CT1 PRI interface view 216 code CT1 PRI interface view 217 controller t1 217 crc 218 data coding CT1 PRI interface view 218 display controller t1 219 error diffusion res...

Страница 7: ...254 crc 255 display controller e3 255 e1 bert 257 e1 channel set 258 e1 set clock 258 e1 set frame format 259 e1 set loopback 260 e1 shutdown 260 e1 unframed 261 fe3 261 loopback CE3 interface view 26...

Страница 8: ...isplay atm class 293 display atm interface 294 display atm map info 295 display atm pvc group 296 display atm pvc info 297 encapsulation 298 interface atm 299 ip precedence 299 map bridge 300 map ip 3...

Страница 9: ...ce dialer 332 interface dialer 333 ppp callback 334 ppp callback ntstring 334 21 BASIC DLSW CONFIGURATION COMMANDS code nrzi 337 display dlsw circuits 337 display dlsw information 338 display dlsw rem...

Страница 10: ...dlc timer ack 368 sdlc timer lifetime 368 sdlc timer poll 369 sdlc window 369 sdlc xid 370 22 FRAME RELAY CONFIGURATION COMMANDS annexg 371 display fr compress 371 display fr dlci switch 372 display f...

Страница 11: ...mer hello 406 mfr window size 406 shutdown 407 reset fr inarp 407 reset fr pvc 408 timer hold 408 x25 template 409 x25 template 409 23 GARP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS display garp statistics 411 display g...

Страница 12: ...translate x25 440 x25 alias policy 441 x25 call facility 442 x25 cug service 443 x25 default protocol 444 x25 hunt group 445 x25 ignore called address 446 x25 ignore calling address 446 x25 local cug...

Страница 13: ...LINK AGGREGATION DEBUGGING COMMANDS debugging lacp packet 483 debugging lacp state 487 debugging link aggregation error 488 debugging link aggregation event 489 29 MODEM CONFIGURATION COMMANDS modem 4...

Страница 14: ...play ppp compression iphc rtp 525 display ppp compression iphc tcp 525 display ppp compression stac lzs 526 ip tcp vjcompress 526 ppp compression iphc 527 ppp compression iphc rtp connections 528 ppp...

Страница 15: ...560 reset bridge address table 561 reset bridge traffic 561 x25 map bridge 562 37 ISDN CONFIGURATION COMMANDS dialer isdn leased ISDN BRI interface view 563 display isdn active channel 564 display isd...

Страница 16: ...port 601 display stp history 601 display stp region configuration 602 display stp root 603 display stp tc 604 instance 605 region name 605 reset stp 606 revision level 607 stp 607 stp bpdu protection...

Страница 17: ...id vlan 641 port link type 642 port trunk permit vlan 642 port trunk pvid vlan 643 41 VOICE VLAN CONFIGURATION COMMANDS display voice vlan oui 645 display voice vlan state 646 voice vlan 646 voice vla...

Страница 18: ...ck 671 controller cpos 671 crc 672 display controller cpos 672 display controller cpos e1 674 display controller cpos t1 675 e1 channel set 677 e1 set clock 678 e1 set frame format 678 e1 set loopback...

Страница 19: ...p 704 display local proxy arp 704 51 DHCP SERVER CONFIGURATION COMMANDS bims server 705 bootfile name 706 dhcp enable 706 dhcp select server global pool 707 dhcp server detect 707 dhcp server forbidde...

Страница 20: ...rver detect 734 dhcp relay server group 734 dhcp relay server select 735 dhcp select relay 736 dhcp update arp 736 display dhcp relay 737 display dhcp relay security 737 display dhcp relay security st...

Страница 21: ...bound packets 776 ip count interior threshold 777 ip count outbound packets 778 ip count rule 778 ip count timeout 779 reset ip count 779 59 IP ADDRESSING CONFIGURATION COMMANDS display ip interface 7...

Страница 22: ...y based route statistics 812 display policy based route 813 if match acl 813 if match packet length 814 ip local policy based route 814 ip policy based route 815 policy based route 815 reset policy ba...

Страница 23: ...dress flag 850 ipv6 nd autoconfig other flag 850 ipv6 nd dad attempts 851 ipv6 nd hop limit 851 ipv6 nd ns retrans timer 852 ipv6 nd nud reachable time 852 ipv6 nd ra halt 853 ipv6 nd ra interval 854...

Страница 24: ...ONFIGURATION COMMANDS destination 881 display interface tunnel 882 display ipv6 interface tunnel 883 encapsulation limit 884 interface tunnel 884 mtu 885 source 886 tunnel protocol 887 69 IPV6 UNICAST...

Страница 25: ...rta rtc server listen port 914 rta server enable 915 rta source ip 915 rta template 916 rta terminal 916 sendbuf bufsize 917 sendbuf threshold 918 tcp 918 testkey 919 update changed config 920 vty des...

Страница 26: ...VPN instance view 956 bestroute med confederation BGP BGP VPN instance view 956 bgp 957 compare different as med BGP BGP VPN instance view 957 confederation id 958 confederation nonstandard 959 confe...

Страница 27: ...w 991 peer enable BGP view 992 peer fake as BGP BGP VPN instance view 992 peer filter policy BGP BGP VPN instance view 993 peer group BGP BGP VPN instance view 994 peer ignore BGP BGP VPN instance vie...

Страница 28: ...1039 cost style 1040 default route advertise IS IS view 1041 display isis brief 1042 display isis debug switches 1043 display isis graceful restart status 1043 display isis interface 1044 display isis...

Страница 29: ...ew 1078 network entity 1079 preference IS IS view 1079 reset isis all 1080 reset isis peer 1081 set overload 1081 spf slice size 1082 summary IS IS view 1083 timer isp generation 1084 timer lsp max ag...

Страница 30: ...restart interval OSPF view 1135 host advertise 1135 import route OSPF view 1136 log peer change 1137 lsa arrival interval 1138 lsa generation interval 1139 lsdb overflow limit 1139 maximum load balanc...

Страница 31: ...network 1171 peer 1172 preference 1172 reset rip statistics 1173 rip 1173 rip authentication mode 1174 rip input 1175 rip metricin 1176 rip metricout 1176 rip mib binding 1177 rip output 1177 rip pois...

Страница 32: ...ING POLICY CONFIGURATION COMMANDS apply ip address next hop 1207 display ip ip prefix 1207 if match acl 1208 if match ip 1209 if match ip prefix 1209 ip ip prefix 1210 reset ip ip prefix 1211 80 IPV6...

Страница 33: ...ess family view 1240 import route IPv6 address family view 1240 ipv6 family 1241 network IPv6 address family view 1241 peer advertise community IPv6 address family view 1242 peer advertise ext communi...

Страница 34: ...y export 1272 ipv6 filter policy import 1273 ipv6 import route 1274 ipv6 import route isisv6 level 2 into level 1 1275 ipv6 maximum load balancing 1276 ipv6 preference 1276 ipv6 summary 1277 isis ipv6...

Страница 35: ...isplay ripng interface 1312 display ripng route 1313 filter policy export 1314 filter policy import RIPng view 1314 import route 1315 maximum load balancing RIPng view 1316 preference 1316 ripng 1317...

Страница 36: ...51 igmp group policy 1351 igmp last member query interval 1352 igmp max response time 1352 igmp require router alert 1353 igmp robust count 1354 igmp send router alert 1354 igmp static group 1355 igmp...

Страница 37: ...erval PIM view 1388 c bsr priority PIM view 1388 c rp PIM view 1389 c rp advertisement interval PIM view 1390 c rp holdtime PIM view 1391 crp policy PIM view 1391 display pim bsr info 1392 display pim...

Страница 38: ...ew 1423 ssm policy PIM view 1425 state refresh interval PIM view 1425 state refresh rate limit PIM view 1426 state refresh ttl PIM view 1426 static rp PIM view 1427 timer hello PIM view 1428 timer joi...

Страница 39: ...58 timer other querier present MLD view 1458 timer query MLD view 1459 version MLD view 1460 93 IPV6 PIM CONFIGURATION COMMANDS bsr policy IPv6 PIM view 1461 c bsr IPv6 PIM view 1461 c bsr hash length...

Страница 40: ...riggered hello delay 1492 probe interval IPv6 PIM view 1493 register policy IPv6 PIM view 1493 register suppression timeout IPv6 PIM view 1494 register whole checksum IPv6 PIM view 1495 reset pim ipv6...

Страница 41: ...s lsp 1536 du readvertise 1538 du readvertise timer 1538 graceful restart MPLS LDP view 1539 graceful restart mpls ldp 1539 graceful restart timer neighbor liveness 1540 graceful restart timer reconne...

Страница 42: ...mpls rsvp te reservation 1580 display mpls rsvp te rsb content 1581 display mpls rsvp te sender 1583 display mpls rsvp te statistics 1584 display mpls static cr lsp 1586 display mpls te cspf tedb 1587...

Страница 43: ...etric 1624 mpls te igp shortcut 1624 mpls te link administrative group 1625 mpls te loop detection 1625 mpls te max link bandwidth 1626 mpls te max reservable bandwidth 1626 mpls te metric 1627 mpls t...

Страница 44: ...LS L3VPN CONFIGURATION COMMANDS apply access vpn vpn instance 1671 default local preference BGP VPNv4 subaddress family view 1671 default med BGP VPNv4 subaddress family view 1672 description VPN inst...

Страница 45: ...1706 policy vpn target 1707 reflect between clients 1708 reflector culster id 1708 refresh bgp vpn instance 1709 refresh bgp vpnv4 1710 reset bgp vpn instance 1710 reset bgp vpn instance dampening 171...

Страница 46: ...1743 dvpn session dumb time 1744 dvpn session idle time 1745 ipsec profile tunnel interface view 1745 keepalive 1746 reset dvpn session 1747 tunnel protocol dvpn udp 1747 vam client 1748 103 GRE CONFI...

Страница 47: ...erface 1775 qos gts 1776 107 LINE RATE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS display qos lr interface 1779 qos lr interface view 1780 qos lr layer 2 interface view or port group view 1780 108 DEFINING CLASS COMMANDS...

Страница 48: ...3 CQ CONFIGURATION COMMANDS display qos cq interface 1817 display qos cql 1817 qos cq 1818 qos cql default queue 1819 qos cql inbound interface 1819 qos cql protocol 1820 qos cql queue 1821 qos cql qu...

Страница 49: ...qos wred weighting constant 1850 122 WRED TABLE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS display qos wred table 1853 qos wred queue table 1854 qos wred apply 1854 queue 1855 123 MPLS QOS CONFIGURATION COMMANDS if match...

Страница 50: ...bound interface 1888 fr del protocol 1889 fr pvc pq 1890 fr traffic policing 1891 fr traffic shaping 1891 fragment 1892 fr class 1892 pq 1893 pvc pq 1893 rtpq 1894 traffic shaping adaptation 1895 wfq...

Страница 51: ...ip 1930 cut connection 1931 display connection 1932 display domain 1933 display local user 1935 domain 1936 domain default 1937 idle cut 1938 ip pool 1938 level 1939 local user 1940 local user passwor...

Страница 52: ...75 display stop accounting buffer 1977 hwtacacs nas ip 1977 hwtacacs scheme 1978 key HWTACACS scheme view 1979 nas ip HWTACACS scheme view 1979 primary accounting HWTACACS scheme view 1980 primary aut...

Страница 53: ...MANDS display mac authentication 2009 mac authentication 2010 mac authentication domain 2011 mac authentication timer 2012 mac authentication user name format 2013 reset mac authentication statistics...

Страница 54: ...2045 certificate request mode 2046 certificate request polling 2046 certificate request url 2047 common name 2048 country 2048 crl check 2049 crl update period 2049 crl url 2050 display pki certificat...

Страница 55: ...server method 2078 reset portal connection statistics 2078 reset portal server statistics 2079 reset portal tcp cheat statistics 2079 136 RSH CONFIGURATION COMMANDS rsh 2081 137 COMMON CONFIGURATION...

Страница 56: ...encapsulation mode 2130 encrypt card fast switch 2130 esp authentication algorithm 2131 esp encryption algorithm 2131 ike peer IPSec policy view IPSec policy template view 2132 ipsec binding policy 2...

Страница 57: ...rval 2166 interval time 2166 local 2167 local address 2167 nat traversal 2168 peer 2168 pre shared key 2169 remote address 2169 remote name 2170 reset ike sa 2170 sa duration 2171 time out 2172 142 SS...

Страница 58: ...ssh server enable 2194 ssh server rekey interval 2194 ssh user 2195 ssh2 2196 ssh2 ipv6 2197 143 SFTP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS bye 2201 cd 2201 cdup 2202 delete 2202 dir 2202 exit 2203 get 2203 help 22...

Страница 59: ...timer advertise 2233 vrrp vrid track 2233 vrrp vrid track interface 2234 vrrp vrid virtual ip 2235 147 VRRP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS FOR IPV6 display vrrp ipv6 2237 display vrrp ipv6 statistics 2238 res...

Страница 60: ...8 filename 2271 frequency 2271 history records 2272 http version 2273 next hop 2273 nqa 2274 nqa agent enable 2274 nqa agent max concurrent 2275 nqa schedule 2275 operation FTP test type view 2276 ope...

Страница 61: ...301 display ntp service status 2302 display ntp service trace 2303 ntp service access 2304 ntp service authentication enable 2305 ntp service authentication keyid 2305 ntp service broadcast client 230...

Страница 62: ...p agent group 2338 snmp agent local switch fabricid 2339 snmp agent log 2339 snmp agent mib view 2340 snmp agent packet max size 2341 snmp agent sys info 2341 snmp agent target host 2342 snmp agent tr...

Страница 63: ...user 2370 ftp server enable 2370 ftp timeout 2371 ftp update 2371 158 FTP CLIENT CONFIGURATION COMMANDS ascii 2373 binary 2373 bye 2374 cd 2374 cdup 2374 close 2375 debugging 2375 delete 2376 dir 237...

Страница 64: ...ount 2410 display clipboard 2410 display clock 2411 display configure user 2411 display current configuration 2412 display diagnostic information 2414 display history command 2415 display hotkey 2415...

Страница 65: ...t trapbuffer 2445 terminal debugging 2445 terminal logging 2446 terminal monitor 2447 terminal trapping 2447 164 USER INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS acl 2449 activation key 2450 auto execute command...

Страница 66: ...address timer 2483 166 POE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS apply poe profile 2485 display poe device 2486 display poe interface 2486 display poe interface power 2489 display poe power usage 2490 display poe p...

Страница 67: ...able 2523 acsei client debug enable 2523 acsei client debug show 2524 chkconfig acseid off 2524 chkconfig acseid on 2525 service acseid condrestart 2525 service acseid reload 2526 service acseid resta...

Страница 68: ...stics protocol 2551 173 VOIP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS address 2553 area 2554 area id 2554 busytone t th 2555 cid display 2556 cid receive 2556 cid send 2557 cid type 2557 cng on 2558 compression 2559 cp...

Страница 69: ...nlp on 2601 outband 2602 payload size 2602 plc mode 2603 receive gain 2604 register number 2605 reset voice cmc statistic 2605 reset voice ipp statistic 2606 reset voice iva statistic 2606 rtp payloa...

Страница 70: ...2634 select rule rule order 2638 select rule search stop 2639 select rule type first 2640 select stop 2641 send number 2642 substitute subscriber line view voice entity view 2643 substitute voice dia...

Страница 71: ...2680 fax baudrate 2683 fax ecm 2684 fax level 2685 fax local train threshold 2685 fax nsf on 2686 fax protocol 2687 fax train mode 2688 reset voice fax statistics 2689 voip h323 conf tcs t38 2689 177...

Страница 72: ...ice bandwidth 2717 vofr 2717 vofr frf11 timer 2719 180 VOICE RADIUS CONFIGURATION COMMANDS aaa client 2721 accounting 2721 accounting did 2722 acct method 2723 authentication 2724 authentication did 2...

Страница 73: ...ut this guide Table 2 lists text conventions that are used throughout this guide Table 1 Notice Icons Icon Notice Type Description n Information note Information that describes important features or i...

Страница 74: ...interface cards and modules available with the router LMR Series Routers Cable Manual Describes the pinouts of the cables available for LMR series routers Release Notes Contains the latest informatio...

Страница 75: ...hop 1565 address 2553 address 2711 adsl standard 144 adsl tx attenuation 144 aggregate 953 aging time 1999 ah authentication algorithm 2119 alarm CT3 interface view 265 alarm threshold 213 allow l2tp...

Страница 76: ...9 auto execute command 2451 auto link 899 auto rp enable 1383 backup startup configuration 2361 balance BGP BGP VPN instance view 954 balance IPv6 address family view 1221 bandwidth based sharing 929...

Страница 77: ...view 215 check region configuration 597 checkzero 1161 checkzero 1309 chkconfig acseid off 2524 chkconfig acseid on 2525 cid display 2556 cid receive 2556 cid select mode 2712 cid send 2557 cid type 2...

Страница 78: ...data send delay 902 databits 2453 data coding CT1 PRI interface view 218 data fill 2265 data flow format HWTACACS scheme view 1975 data flow format RADIUS scheme view 1951 data size 2266 debugging 237...

Страница 79: ...n 631 destination 1749 destination 881 destination ip 2267 destination port 2267 detect 193 detect 2000 detect ais 204 dh 2154 dhcp enable 706 dhcp enable 729 dhcp relay address check 729 dhcp relay i...

Страница 80: ...ble dampening parameter 1234 display bgp ipv6 routing table different origin as 1234 display bgp ipv6 routing table flap info 1235 display bgp ipv6 routing table label 1236 display bgp ipv6 routing ta...

Страница 81: ...iagnostic information 2414 display dialer 331 display dlsw circuits 337 display dlsw information 338 display dlsw reachable cache 340 display dlsw remote 339 display dns domain 765 display dns dynamic...

Страница 82: ...2294 display ip policy based route 810 display ip policy based route setup 811 display ip policy based route statistics 812 display ip relay route 941 display ip relay tunnel 941 display ip routing ta...

Страница 83: ...ry 475 display link aggregation verbose 476 display llc2 341 display load sharing ip address 942 display local proxy arp 704 display local user 1935 display logbuffer 2428 display logbuffer summary 24...

Страница 84: ...log 2023 display nat outbound 2024 display nat server 2025 display nat session 2025 display nat statistics 2026 display natpt address group 863 display natpt address mapping 863 display natpt aging ti...

Страница 85: ...533 display proxy arp 704 display public key local 2173 display public key peer 2174 display qos car interface 1769 display qos carl 1770 display qos cbq interface 1825 display qos cq interface 1817...

Страница 86: ...ce call history record 2732 display voice call info 2576 display voice cmc 2577 display voice default all 2579 display voice entity 2581 display voice fax 2680 display voice gateway 2691 display voice...

Страница 87: ...enable log 1130 enable out of band resynchronization 1131 enable snmp trap updown 2335 enable traffic adjustment 1603 enable traffic adjustment advertise 1603 encap data enable 1371 encapsulation 298...

Страница 88: ...rewall fragments inspect 1994 firewall ipv6 fragments inspect 1995 firewall packet filter 1996 firewall packet filter ipv6 1997 first rule 2629 fixdisk 2354 flag 155 flag 681 flash flood 1057 flow con...

Страница 89: ...sending enable 697 gre checksum 1752 gre key 1753 group BGP BGP VPN instance view 980 group IPv6 address family view 1240 group b enable 2656 group member 178 gts 1793 gvrp 416 gvrp registration 417 g...

Страница 90: ...2165 ike sa nat keepalive timer interval 2166 ike peer IPSec policy view IPSec policy template view 2132 ima ima group 117 ima clock 118 ima standard 119 ima test 119 impedance 2598 import 1840 impor...

Страница 91: ...eout active 2299 ip netstream timeout inactive 2300 ip policy based route 815 ip pool 1938 ip redirects enable 798 ip route static 1217 ip route static default preference 1220 ip rpf route static 1334...

Страница 92: ...select way 570 isdn caller number 570 isdn calling 571 isdn check called number 571 isdn check time 572 isdn crlength 573 isdn ignore connect ack 573 isdn ignore hlc 574 isdn ignore llc 575 isdn igno...

Страница 93: ...x transmission 353 llc2 modulo 354 llc2 receive window 354 llc2 timer ack 355 llc2 timer ack delay 355 llc2 timer busy 356 llc2 timer detect 356 llc2 timer poll 357 llc2 timer reject 358 load bandwidt...

Страница 94: ...mfr stateup respond addlink 404 mfr timer ack 405 mfr timer hello 406 mfr window size 406 min active links 121 mirroring group 497 mirroring group mirroring port 498 mirroring group monitor port 499 m...

Страница 95: ...n user view 1630 mpls te resv style 1631 mpls te retry 1631 mpls te route pinning 1632 mpls te signal protocol 1633 mpls te tie breaking 1633 mpls te timer auto bandwidth 1634 mpls te timer fast rerou...

Страница 96: ...r 2306 ntp service in interface disable 2307 ntp service max dynamic sessions 2308 ntp service multicast client 2308 ntp service multicast server 2309 ntp service refclock master 2309 ntp service reli...

Страница 97: ...er connect interface 1373 peer default route advertise BGP BGP VPN instance view 989 peer default route advertise 1247 peer default route advertise vpn instance 1699 peer description BGP BGP VPN insta...

Страница 98: ...GP BGP VPN instance view 1004 peer substitute as IPv6 address family view 1259 peer timer BGP BGP VPN instance view 1005 peer timer IPv6 address family view 1260 peer upe 1706 peer public key end 2179...

Страница 99: ...aggregation 481 port isolate enable 653 port mapping 2006 power source 594 ppp account statistics enable 509 ppp authentication mode 510 ppp callback 334 ppp callback ntstring 334 ppp chap password 51...

Страница 100: ...q 1893 pvp limit 309 pwd 2206 pwd 2358 pwd 2386 qos apply policy interface view 1804 qos apply policy layer 2 interface view or port group view 1805 qos car 1770 qos carl 1772 qos cq 1818 qos cql defa...

Страница 101: ...d 1799 remote address 523 remote address 2169 remotehelp 2386 remote ip 1556 remote name 2170 remove 2207 remove 2260 rename 2207 rename 2358 renew 2664 require router alert IGMP view 1358 require rou...

Страница 102: ...342 reset multicast ipv6 forwarding table 1441 reset multicast IPv6 routing table 1441 reset multicast routing table 1343 reset nat session 2039 reset natpt dynamic mappings 875 reset natpt statistics...

Страница 103: ...bypass route 2282 route policy 1205 router id 1010 router id 1265 router id 1305 route tag 1713 routing table limit 1714 rr filter 1715 rsh 2081 rta bind 913 rta rtc server listen port 914 rta server...

Страница 104: ...estart 2526 service acseid start 2527 service acseid status 2527 service acseid stop 2528 service cbr 310 service modem callback 495 service ubr 311 service vbr nrt 311 service vbr rt 312 service type...

Страница 105: ...ew 1498 ssm policy PIM view 1425 standby bandwidth 2219 standby interface 2220 standby routing group 655 standby routing rule 655 standby threshold 2221 standby timer delay 2222 standby timer flow che...

Страница 106: ...k 283 t1 set loopback 686 t1 show 284 t1 shutdown 285 t1 shutdown 686 t1 unframed 286 t1 unframed 687 tcp 918 tcp anti naptha enable 800 tcp ipv6 timer fin timeout 861 tcp ipv6 timer syn timeout 861 t...

Страница 107: ...439 translate x25 440 transmit gain 2614 transmit priority 314 trip retransmit count 1183 trip retransmit timer 1184 trunk direction 2676 trunk id 2716 ts 2677 ttl 2285 ttl expiration 1563 ttl propag...

Страница 108: ...n mode 2242 vrrp ipv6 vrid preempt mode 2242 vrrp ipv6 vrid priority 2243 vrrp ipv6 vrid timer advertise 2244 vrrp ipv6 vrid track 2245 vrrp ipv6 vrid virtual ip 2246 vrrp method 2229 vrrp ping enable...

Страница 109: ...409 x25 timer hold 464 x25 timer idle 464 x25 timer tx0 465 x25 timer tx1 466 x25 timer tx2 466 x25 timer tx3 467 x25 vc per map 468 x25 vc range 468 x25 window size 469 x25 x121 address 470 x25 xot p...

Страница 110: ......

Страница 111: ...nd state information about interface ATM 2 0 Sysname display interface atm 2 0 Atm2 0 current state DOWN Line protocol current state DOWN Description Atm2 0 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500...

Страница 112: ...TM interface Description Use the reset atm interface command to clear the statistics on the PVCs created on an ATM interface or all the ATM interfaces Note that If you execute this command with an ATM...

Страница 113: ...o restore the default By default long haul mode applies allowing of cable length mode adaptation In this case the long haul mode is adopted first If the cable is of short haul mode the system switches...

Страница 114: ...face 5 0 to master Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 5 0 Sysname Atm5 0 clock master code Syntax In ATM E1 interface view code ami hdb3 In ATM T1 interface view code ami b8zs undo code View AT...

Страница 115: ...le Set the maximum differential delay for the member links in IMA group 1 to 25 milliseconds Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 5 0 Sysname Atm5 0 ima ima group 1 Sysname Atm5 0 interface ima g...

Страница 116: ..._UP Ima Link state IMA Link Number 1 First Link 0 Test Status Disabled Last 300 seconds input rate 0 00 bytes sec 0 00 packets sec Last 300 seconds output rate 0 00 bytes sec 0 00 packets sec Input 0...

Страница 117: ...umber of ATM cells in an IMA frame Description Use the frame length command to configure the number of ATM cells in an IMA frame Use the undo frame length command to restore the default that is 128 AT...

Страница 118: ...nfiguration In this mode all links in the IMA group share the same clock source which can be an external clock or the one extracted from a member link link number number Number of the E1 T1 link that...

Страница 119: ...group interface Use the undo ima standard command to restore the default By default V1 1 standard is adopted Example Configure to adopt V1 1 standard Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 5 0 Sys...

Страница 120: ...re bidirectional This command tests only the connectivity of a link in its transmit direction to the other links in the IMA group in their receive direction Example Send test mode 0xAB over link 0 in...

Страница 121: ...1 T1 interface 5 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 5 0 Sysname Atm5 0 loopback payload min active links Syntax min active links number undo min active links View IMA group interface view Par...

Страница 122: ...rambling on the ATM E1 T1 interface This however does not affect cell headers Use the undo scramble command to disable payload scrambling By default payload scrambling is enabled on an ATM E1 T1 inter...

Страница 123: ...to configure the cable length of the ATM T3 interface Use the undo cable command to restore the default By default short haul mode applies Example Set the cable length of ATM T3 interface 5 0 to long...

Страница 124: ...ADM g751 plcp Sets the framing format of ATM E3 to G 751 physical layer convergence protocol G 751 PLCP g832 adm Sets the framing format of ATM E3 to G 832 ADM cbit adm Sets the framing format of ATM...

Страница 125: ...Description Use the loopback command to configure the loopback mode on the ATM E3 T3 interface Use the undo loopback command to disable loopback By default loopback is disabled Example Enable external...

Страница 126: ...126 CHAPTER 3 ATM E3 T3 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Example Disable payload scrambling on ATM E3 T3 interface 5 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 5 0 Sysname Atm5 0 undo scramble...

Страница 127: ...E set its clock mode to master When the interface is operating as DTE set its clock mode to slave When the ATM interfaces on two routers are connected directly through a fiber optic cable set the cloc...

Страница 128: ...e atm 5 0 Sysname Atm5 0 frame format sdh loopback Syntax loopback cell local remote undo loopback View ATM OC 3c interface view STM 1 interface view Parameter cell Enables internal cell loopback loca...

Страница 129: ...on the ATM OC 3c STM 1 interface This however does not affect cell headers Use the undo scramble command to disable payload scrambling By default payload scrambling is enabled on the ATM OC 3c STM 1...

Страница 130: ...130 CHAPTER 4 ATM OC 3C STM 1 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 131: ...attempt to reach an agreement If the training succeeds a communication connection is set up between the two parties Contrary to activation deactivation tears down the communication connection between...

Страница 132: ...ke Status 00 0002 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 10 0000 0008 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0008 0000 20 0000 0000 0002 0002 0004 0010 Local Handshake Status 00 0002 0001 0000 0000 0000...

Страница 133: ...nce last activation CRC 0 LOSW Defect 0 ES 0 SES 0 UAS 0 TX EOC 0 RX EOC 0 Line A status Xcvr Op State Data Mode Last Fail Op State 0x00 Frame Sync in sync Line Rate Kbps 2312 Wire Type 2 SNR Margin d...

Страница 134: ...us Xcvr Op State Data Mode Last Fail Op State 0x00 Frame Sync in sync Line Rate Kbps 2312 Wire Type 4 SNR Margin dB 13 30 Loop Attenuation dB 0 00 RecvGain dB 5 86 TxPower dBm 9 50 Power Backoff enabl...

Страница 135: ...SES Severely error second count of severe errors per second UAS Unavailable second count of one second intervals for which the G SHDSL line is unavailable TX EOC Count of transmitted EOC cells RX EOC...

Страница 136: ...Version 0 0 CPLD Version 0 0 Driver Version 2 0 Hardware Version 1 0 ITU G991 2 ANNEX A Supported ITU G991 2 ANNEX B Supported Rmt Provider Code Remote code of the chip provider Rmt Vendor Data Remot...

Страница 137: ...e your network is located When ATU C and ATU R use different standards G SHDSL cannot set up connection Example Configure G SHDSL interface ATM 5 0 to support annex A Sysname system view Sysname inter...

Страница 138: ...wer per unit density of frequency spectral as a function of the frequency PSD describes how the power of a time series is distributed with frequency Description Use the shdsl psd command to set PSD of...

Страница 139: ...G SHDSL interface is set to auto negotiation mode the single pair interface rate of four wire G SHDSL interface is set to 2 312 kbps four wire G SHDSL interface rate is 4 624 kbps Example Configure AT...

Страница 140: ...n four wire enhanced mode the local end uses the four wire standard mode for negotiation When four wire auto switch mode is adopted the remote end can be set to operate in four wire enhanced mode or f...

Страница 141: ...141 Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 5 0 Sysname Atm5 0 shdsl wire 4 auto enhanced...

Страница 142: ...142 CHAPTER 5 G SHDSL INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 143: ...the training succeeds a communication connection is set up between the two parties for service transmission Contrary to activation deactivation tears down the communication connection between the two...

Страница 144: ...command to restore the default that is auto negotiation Note that ADSL I module does not support G Lite G992 2 standard and T1 413 standard To bring the standard configured by the adsl standard comman...

Страница 145: ...is argument The maximum slot number differs with device models subslot subslot no list List of sub slot numbers representing multiple sub cards The argument subslot no list appears in the form of subs...

Страница 146: ...e Y N y Board 2 upgrading BOOTROM please wait Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 2 0 Sysname Atm2 0 undo shutdown display dsl configuration Syntax display dsl configuration interface atm interf...

Страница 147: ...erface to view the status information about Description Use the display dsl status command to display the status information of a specified DSL interface Example Display the status information of the...

Страница 148: ...rror concerning signal Loss Of Power indicating an error concerning power supply Loss Of Signal Quality indicating an error concerning signal quality Unknown indicating an unknown error Training Statu...

Страница 149: ...ReAdsl2 ITU G992 5 Adsl2p Table 6 Description on the fields of the display adsl version command Field Description Adsl board chipset and version info The components of the interface board and the ver...

Страница 150: ...150 CHAPTER 6 ADSL INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 151: ...ternal clock signal Slave which uses line clock signal Similar to the DTE DCE model of synchronous serial interfaces POS interfaces need to choose a clock mode When a POS interface on the router is di...

Страница 152: ...Line protocol current state UP Description Pos0 0 0 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Hold timer is 10 sec Internet Address is 13 13 13 14 8 Primary Link layer protocol is PPP LCP opened IP...

Страница 153: ...e OOF LOF and LOS Line layer alarms which could be AIS and RDI Path layer alarms which could be LOP AIS and RDI Received and transmitted C2 bytes C2 is the signal flag byte Received and transmitted J0...

Страница 154: ...13 13 13 8 Primary Broadcast address 13 255 255 255 The Maximum Transmit Unit 1500 bytes ip fast forwarding incoming packets state is Enabled ip fast forwarding outgoing packets state is Enabled input...

Страница 155: ...er order path overhead byte used to indicate the multiplex structure of virtual container VC frames and property of payload It is a hexadecimal number in the range 0 to FF j0 flag value Regeneration s...

Страница 156: ...ings of a sending POS interface and the receiving POS interface causes alarms Related command display interface pos Example Set the SDH overhead byte J0 of POS1 0 interface Sysname system view Sysname...

Страница 157: ...col of the interface ppp Specifies PPP as the link layer protocol of the interface Description Use the link protocol command to set the link layer protocol of the interface By default PPP is used Exam...

Страница 158: ...f the POS interface Use the undo mtu command to restore the default The MTU setting of the POS interface can affect the assembly and fragmentation of IP packets on it In QoS the length of queues is li...

Страница 159: ...face view Parameter value Integer in the range 3 to 9 Description Use the threshold command to set the SD signal degrade threshold or SF signal fail threshold for a POS interface Use the undo threshol...

Страница 160: ...160 CHAPTER 7 POS INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Example Set the SD threshold to 10e 4 for POS 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface pos 1 0 Sysname Pos1 0 threshold sd 4...

Страница 161: ...port is enabled the other will be automatically disabled By default the electrical port is enabled Related command display port combo and shutdown Example Specify to enable the electrical port of Giga...

Страница 162: ...n begin Displays all the configuration information in the line that contains the specified string and all the lines after this line include Displays information that contains the specified string excl...

Страница 163: ...nterface Link Speed Duplex Link type PVID Eth4 0 DOWN auto auto access 1 Eth4 1 DOWN auto auto access 1 Eth4 2 DOWN auto auto access 1 Eth4 3 DOWN auto auto access 1 Eth4 4 DOWN auto auto access 1 Eth...

Страница 164: ...fied interface and related information If neither interface type nor interface number is specified all interface information will be displayed Table 9 Description on the fields of the display brief in...

Страница 165: ...put rate 0 00 bytes sec 0 bits sec 0 00 packets sec Last 300 seconds output rate 0 00 bytes sec 0 bits sec 0 00 packets sec Input 0 packets 0 bytes 0 buffers 0 broadcasts 0 multicasts 0 pauses 0 error...

Страница 166: ...input errors 0 runts 0 giants 0 throttles 0 CRC 0 frame overruns 0 aborts ignored parity errors Output total 1395522 packets 183608303 bytes 13 broadcasts 1273860 multicasts 0 pauses Output normal 139...

Страница 167: ...link type Interface link type which could be access trunk and hybrid Tagged VLAN ID Identify the VLANs that need Tag markers Untagged VLAN ID Identify the VLANs that do not need Tag markers Last 300 s...

Страница 168: ...the duplex mode for an Ethernet interface to the default By default the duplex mode for an Ethernet interface is auto Related command speed Example Configure the interface Ethernet 1 0 to work in full...

Страница 169: ...0 flow control interface Syntax interface interface type interface number View System view Parameter interface type interface number Interface type and interface number n Interface is identified by s...

Страница 170: ...ce loopback testing will work in a full duplex mode The interface will return to its original state upon completion of the loopback testing Example Configure to enable loopback testing on Ethernet 1 0...

Страница 171: ...terface Ethernet1 0 port link mode bridge return n Use the display this command to display the current configurations reset counters interface Syntax reset counters interface interface type interface...

Страница 172: ...o shut down the relative interface to make the modification work Example Shut down the interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 shutdown Turn on th...

Страница 173: ...peer Ethernet interfaces Note that the following The Combo port does not support the speed command The speed 1000 command is only applicable to Gigabit Ethernet interface Related command duplex Examp...

Страница 174: ...174 CHAPTER 8 GENERAL ETHERNET INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 175: ...the default broadcast storm suppression ratio By default all broadcast traffic is allowed to go through an Ethernet interface that is broadcast traffic is not suppressed If you execute this command i...

Страница 176: ...isplay port Syntax display port hybrid trunk View Any view Parameter hybrid Displays the current Hybrid port s trunk Displays the current Trunk port s Description Use the display port command to displ...

Страница 177: ...ual port group including its name and the Ethernet interfaces included If you provide the all keyword this command displays the details of all the manual port groups including their names and the Ethe...

Страница 178: ...scription Use the flow interval command to configure the time interval for collecting interface statistics Use the undo flow interval command to restore the default interval Example Set the time inter...

Страница 179: ...control enable command to restore the default By default loopback detection for a Trunk port or Hybrid port is disabled When the loopback detection is enabled if a port has been detected with loopbac...

Страница 180: ...ck a Trunk message will be sent to the terminal They will be shutdown if the loopback testing function is enabled on them In addition a Trap message will be sent to the terminal and the corresponding...

Страница 181: ...face view Parameter None Description Use the loopback detection per vlan enable command to enable loopback detection in all VLANs with Trunk ports or Hybrid ports Use the undo loopback detection per v...

Страница 182: ...mbo port does not support this command Example Configure the interface Ethernet 1 0 to use cross over cable Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 mdi across multicast...

Страница 183: ...owed on Ethernet 1 0 to 5952 PPS Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname GigabitEthernet1 0 multicast suppression pps 5952 port group Syntax port group manual port group name aggreg...

Страница 184: ...unicast suppression ratio By default all unicast traffic is allowed to go through an Ethernet interface that is unicast traffic is not suppressed If you execute this command in Ethernet interface view...

Страница 185: ...tal cable length When the cable is not functioning properly the cable length in the test result represents the length from the current interface to the failed position n The optical interface of a Com...

Страница 186: ...186 CHAPTER 9 CONFIGURATION COMMANDS FOR ETHERNET INTERFACES IN BRIDGE MODE...

Страница 187: ...TU value Use the undo mtu command to restore MTU value n Limited to the QoS queue length for example the default length of an FIFO queue is 75 too small an MTU will result in too many fragments which...

Страница 188: ...t suppression time By default Layer 3 Ethernet link layer state change suppression time is set to 10 seconds Peer Ethernet interfaces have the same suppression time If both sides set their suppression...

Страница 189: ...achine interaction protocol Protocol mode In this mode the interface uses configured link layer protocol parameters to set up link with the remote end after its physical link is set up Description Use...

Страница 190: ...us serial interfaces depends on the applied physical electric specifications For V 24 DTE DCE the baud rate available ranges from 1 200 bps to 64 000 bps For V 35 DCE DCE X 21 DTE DCE EIA TIA 449 DTE...

Страница 191: ...of a DTE device can be either the transmitting or receiving clock of the DCE device so is the transmitting clock Therefore four clock options are available for a DTE device See Figure 1 Figure 1 Sele...

Страница 192: ...ce view Parameter area name Area name which can be australia austria belgium brazil bulgaria canada china czechoslovakia denmark finland france germany greece hongkong hungary india ireland israel ita...

Страница 193: ...default By default 16 bit CRC is adopted These two commands are not available to sub serial interfaces and synchronous asynchronous serial interfaces operating as asynchronous interfaces Example Confi...

Страница 194: ...detects the DSR signal in addition to the external cable The interface is regarded up only when the detected DSR signal is valid Otherwise it is regarded down When determining whether a synchronous se...

Страница 195: ...idle mark undo idle mark View Synchronous serial interface view Parameter None Description Use the idle mark command to set the line idle code of the synchronous serial interface to 0xFF Use the undo...

Страница 196: ...iew Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial1 0 invert receive clock invert transmit clock Syntax invert transmit clock undo invert transmit clock View Serial interface view Parameter None Descript...

Страница 197: ...X interface view AM interface view USB interface view Parameter size Maximum transmission unit MTU to be set for a serial interface in the range 128 to 1 500 in bytes Description Use the mtu command t...

Страница 198: ...e By default synchronous asynchronous serial interfaces are operating in synchronous mode Example Set synchronous asynchronous serial interface 2 0 to operate in asynchronous mode Sysname system view...

Страница 199: ...mmand to restore the default By default RTS signal reverse is disabled This command is used in hardware flow control where the remote is not allowed to send data when the local end is doing that Examp...

Страница 200: ...as DTE the serial interface determines its baud rate through negotiation with the DCE side The virtualbaudrate command however allows you to configure DTE side baudrate manually but the configured va...

Страница 201: ...rface E1 2 0 to short Sysname system view Sysname controller e1 2 0 Sysname E1 2 0 cable short channel set CE1 PRI interface view Syntax channel set set number timeslot list list undo channel set set...

Страница 202: ...and set number is the number of the channel set Only one timeslot bundling mode can be supported on a CE1 PRI interface at a time In other words this command cannot be used together with the pri set...

Страница 203: ...bipolar 3 HDB3 line code format Description Use the code command to set the line code format for the CE1 PRI interface Use the undo code command to restore the default that is HDB3 Keep the line code...

Страница 204: ...that is 16 bit CRC Example Apply 32 bit CRC to a serial interface formed on interface CE1 interface 2 0 in unchannelized mode Sysname system view Sysname controller e1 2 0 Sysname E1 2 0 using e1 Sysn...

Страница 205: ...framed Cable type is 75 Ohm unbalanced Frame format is no crc4 Line code is hdb3 Source clock is slave Idle code is 7e Itf type is 7e Itf number is 4 Loop back is not set Alarm State Receiver alarm st...

Страница 206: ...600 seconds and the error packet ratio threshold is 20 The setting of renew timer must be at least four times that of the error packet detect timer If the total number of the packets received during d...

Страница 207: ...nd to disable this function By default error packets diffusion restraint is enabled n The support of these two commands varies with device model These two commands apply to CT1 PRI interfaces and CE1...

Страница 208: ...Description Use the frame format command to set the framing format on the CE1 interface Use the undo frame format command to restore the default that is no CRC4 A CE1 PRI interface in CE1 mode suppor...

Страница 209: ...0xFF by specifying the ff keyword Description Use the itf command to set the type of and the number of interframe filling tags on the CE1 PRI interface Two types of interframe filling tag are availab...

Страница 210: ...RI interface to form a serial interface and encapsulate it with PPP After you enable loopback on this serial interface it is normal that the state of the link layer protocol is reported down Example S...

Страница 211: ...e CE1 PRI interface where the serial interface is created Because a channel set and a PRI set cannot coexist on a CE1 PRI interface your PRI set creation attempt will fail if the channel set command i...

Страница 212: ...work in either E1 mode non channelized mode or CE1 PRI mode channelized mode In E1 mode the interface equals a 2 Mbps interface without timeslot division Its logical features are the same like those o...

Страница 213: ...the loss of frame align LFA alarm threshold which can be level 1 level 2 level 3 and level 4 The level 1 keyword specifies to generate an LFA alarm when two of four frame alignment bits are lost The l...

Страница 214: ...ERT pattern which could be 2 15 or 2 20 2 15 Two to the fifteenth power length of transmitted BERT pattern in bits 2 20 Two to the twentieth power length of transmitted BERT pattern in bits time minut...

Страница 215: ...655 feet The options for this parameter include 133ft 266ft 399ft 533ft and 655ft The length parameter is selected depending on the actual transmission distance Description Use the cable command to se...

Страница 216: ...1 PRI interface is physically divided into 24 timeslots numbered 1 through 24 In actual applications all the timeslots can be bundled into multiple channel sets For each channel set the system automat...

Страница 217: ...line code format b8zs Adopts bipolar with 8 zero substitution B8ZS line code format Description Use the code command to set the line code format for the CT1 PRI interface Use the undo code command to...

Страница 218: ...CRC Example Apply 32 bit CRC to a serial interface formed on interface CT1 interface 2 0 Sysname system view Sysname controller t1 2 0 Sysname T1 2 0 channel set 1 timeslot list 2 6 Sysname T1 2 0 qu...

Страница 219: ...stem view Sysname controller t1 2 0 Sysname T1 2 0 data coding inverted display controller t1 Syntax display controller t1 interface number View Any view Parameter interface number Interface number In...

Страница 220: ...lations 0 Ais Alarm Secs 901 Los Alarm Secs 22 Slip Secs 901 Fr Loss Secs 0 Line Err Secs 0 Degraded Mins 0 Errored Secs 0 Bursty Err Secs 0 Severely Err Secs 901 Unavail Secs Data in Interval 2 0 Lin...

Страница 221: ...mber of detected synchronizations Time 0 minute s Time past 0 minute s The duration of the BERT test and the time that has elapsed Bit Errors since test started Number of bit errors received since the...

Страница 222: ...atistical items are the same as those provided by the statistics spanning the current interval Data in Interval 2 0 Line Code Violations 0 Path Code Violations 0 Ais Alarm Secs 900 Los Alarm Secs 23 S...

Страница 223: ...CT1 PRI interfaces and CE1 PRI interfaces only Example Set the error packet detect timer to 100 seconds the renew timer to 2400 seconds and the error packet ratio threshold to 15 Sysname system view S...

Страница 224: ...model This command applies to CT1 PRI interfaces and CE1 PRI interfaces only Example Bring up channel Serial 2 0 0 assuming that the channel is shut down by the error packet diffusion restraint funct...

Страница 225: ...tiple frames can share the same FSC and signaling information so that more significant bits are available for transmitting user data The use of ESF allows you to test the system without affecting the...

Страница 226: ...ff keyword On CT1 PRI interfaces the default interframe filling tag is 0x7E Description Use the itf command to set the type and the number of interframe filling tags on the CT1 PRI interface Two types...

Страница 227: ...PP After you enable loopback on this serial interface it is normal that the state of the link layer protocol is reported down Example Enabled remote loopback on interface T1 2 0 Sysname system view Sy...

Страница 228: ...here number is the number of the CT1 PRI interface on which the serial interface is created Because a channel set and a PRI set cannot coexist on a CT1 PRI interface your PRI set creation attempt will...

Страница 229: ...and llb down Sends in band LLB deactivation request code compliant with the ANSI or AT T implementation to remove loopback inband llb up Sends in band line loopback LLB activation request code complia...

Страница 230: ...OMMANDS The sending of remote loopback control code lasts five minutes without affecting the operation of other interfaces Example Send in band LLB activation request code Sysname system view Sysname...

Страница 231: ...tem view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 crc 32 display fe1 Syntax display fe1 serial interface number View Any view Parameter serial interface number Specifies a serial interface If no...

Страница 232: ...ports long haul cables short Supports short haul cables Description Use the cable command to set the cable length for an E1 F interface Use the undo cable command to restore the default By default the...

Страница 233: ...ource on E1 F interface Serial 2 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 fe1 clock master fe1 code Syntax fe1 code ami hdb3 undo fe1 code View E1 F interface view Paramete...

Страница 234: ...fe1 frame format View E1 F interface view Parameter crc4 Sets framing format to CRC4 no crc4 Sets framing format to no CRC4 Description Use the fe1 frame format command to configure the framing forma...

Страница 235: ...w Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 fe1 loopback local fe1 timeslot list Syntax fe1 timeslot list list undo fe1 timeslot list View E1 F interface view Parameter list Specifies timeslots t...

Страница 236: ...8 on E1 F interface Serial 2 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 fe1 timeslot list 1 2 5 10 15 18 fe1 idlecode Syntax fe1 idlecode 7e ff undo fe1 idlecode View E1 F in...

Страница 237: ...of interframe filling tags is 4 Interframe filling tags are sent when no service data is sent on the timeslots bundled into the logical channel on the E1 F interface Example Set the type of interframe...

Страница 238: ...gically equivalent to a synchronous serial interface When it works in framed mode it is physically divided into 32 timeslots numbered 0 through 31 where timeslot 0 is used for synchronization Related...

Страница 239: ...me system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 crc 32 display ft1 Syntax display ft1 serial interface number View Any view Parameter serial interface number Specifies a serial interface...

Страница 240: ...l Statistics Last clearing of counters Never Data in current interval 285 seconds elapsed 0 Line Code Violations 0 Path Code Violations 0 Ais Alarm Secs 286 Los Alarm Secs 7 Slip Secs 286 Fr Loss Secs...

Страница 241: ...lb up 0 times fdl ansi plb down 0 times History of loopback code sending to the far end including the number of transmissions for each type of code and the type of the last sent code See ft1 sendloopc...

Страница 242: ...Alarm Secs 901 Los Alarm Secs 22 Slip Secs 901 Fr Loss Secs 0 Line Err Secs 0 Degraded Mins 0 Errored Secs 0 Bursty Err Secs 0 Severely Err Secs 901 Unavail Secs Statistics spanning the first interva...

Страница 243: ...here on the line for example from the far end interface by placing the interface in a far end loopback You may view the state and result of the BERT test with the display ft1 serial command Example Ru...

Страница 244: ...re the clock source for the T1 F interface Use the undo ft1 clock command to restore the default that is line clock When the T1 F interface is working as DCE choose the internal clock for it When it i...

Страница 245: ...ing normal command to disable user data inversion for a T1 F interface Use the ft1 data coding inverted command to enable user data inversion for a T1 F interface Use the undo ft1 data coding command...

Страница 246: ...overhead channel within the ESF format for transmitting performance statistics or loopback code You can however change the setting depending on the setting at the far end Example Implement ANSI T1 40...

Страница 247: ...to 0x7E ff Sets the line idle code to 0xFF Description Use the ft1 idlecode command to set the line idle code on the T1 F interface Two types of line idle code are available 0x7E and 0xFF Use the und...

Страница 248: ...e ff command if both the ft1 code ami command and the ft1 data coding inverted command are configured so that the T1 F interface can function normally Example Set the interframe filling tag to 0xFF on...

Страница 249: ...e bundled into an N 56 kbps bundle If 64k the default applies timeslots are bundled into an N 64 kbps bundle Description Use the ft1 timeslot list command to bundle timeslots on a T1 F interface Use t...

Страница 250: ...rd specifies to generate an LFA alarm when two of five frame alignment bits are lost The level 3 keyword specifies to generate an LFA alarm when two of six frame alignment bits are lost The level 4 ke...

Страница 251: ...k fdl ansi plb up Sends ANSI compliant payload loopback PLB activation request code in the FDL to start remote loopback fdl att plb down Sends AT T complaint PLB deactivation request code in the FDL t...

Страница 252: ...dwidth slots 1 through 24 In ESF framing both LLB code and PLB code are sent received in the FDL in ESF frames You can use this command only when the far end CT1 PRI interface can automatically detect...

Страница 253: ...amed Sets the overhead bits of the padding frames for BERT test Description Use the bert command to enable BERT test Use the undo bert command to disable BERT test Multiple BERT test modes exist as de...

Страница 254: ...o restore the default that is line clock The clock source is selected depending on the connected remote device If connected to a transmission device the local end uses the line clock If connected to a...

Страница 255: ...amed using CT3 interface view Example Apply 32 bit CRC to a serial interface formed on interface E3 2 0 in unchannelized mode Sysname system view Sysname controller e3 2 0 Sysname E3 2 0 using e3 Sysn...

Страница 256: ...not set E3 0 CE1 2 is up Frame format NO CRC4 clock slave loopback local E3 0 CE1 3 is up Frame format NO CRC4 clock slave loopback remote E3 0 CE1 4 is up Frame format CRC4 clock slave loopback not...

Страница 257: ...g frames for BERT test Description Use the e1 bert command to enable BERT test for an E1 channel created on a CE3 interface Use the undo e1 bert command to disable BERT test Multiple BERT test modes e...

Страница 258: ...nd to bundle timeslots on an E1 line Use the undo e1 channel set command to remove a timeslot bundle By default no timeslots are bundled into channel sets A CE3 interface can be channelized into 64 kb...

Страница 259: ...terface E3 2 0 Sysname system view Sysname controller e3 2 0 Sysname E3 2 0 e1 1 set clock slave e1 set frame format Syntax e1 line number set frame format crc4 no crc4 undo e1 line number set frame f...

Страница 260: ...an E1 line in a loopback mode on the E3 interface Use the undo e1 set loopback command to restore the default By default loopback is disabled on E1 lines If an E1 line encapsulated with PPP is in loo...

Страница 261: ...the range 1 to 16 Description Use the e1 unframed command to set an E1 line on the CE3 interface to work in unframed mode E1 mode Use the undo e1 unframed command to restore the default By default an...

Страница 262: ...ing varies with vendors You can use the fe3 command to make the device to be compatible with devices of other vendors operating in specific FE3 DSU modes Note that These two commands are only applicab...

Страница 263: ...erface Loopback is intended for test use Disable it otherwise If a CE3 interface encapsulated with PPP is placed in a loopback it is normal that the state of the link layer protocol is reported down E...

Страница 264: ...ed mode Description Use the using command to configure the operating mode of the CE3 interface Use the undo using command to restore the default that is channelized mode Only when the CE3 interface is...

Страница 265: ...ignal detection sending setting At the startup of your device periodical alarm signal detection is enabled on the CT3 interface When detecting LOS LOF or AIS signals the interface sends RAI signals to...

Страница 266: ...his pattern the presence of 14 consecutive zeros is not allowed time number Sets the duration of a BERT test in the range 1 to 1440 minutes unframed Sets the test pattern to cover the overhead bits of...

Страница 267: ...le Set the cable length to 50 feet 15 2 meters on interface T3 2 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface t3 2 0 Sysname T3 2 0 cable 50 clock CT3 interface view Syntax clock master slave undo clock Vi...

Страница 268: ...er t3 Example Enter the view of interface T3 2 0 Sysname system view Sysname controller t3 2 0 Sysname T3 2 0 crc Syntax crc 16 32 none undo crc View Synchronous serial interface view Parameter 16 Ado...

Страница 269: ...conjunction with the t3 keyword it specifies a CT3 interface Description Use the display controller t3 command to display state information about one specified or all CT3 interfaces In addition to th...

Страница 270: ...sing inband signal last sent BERT state stopped not completed Test pattern 2 11 Status Not Sync Sync Detected 0 Time 0 minute s Time past 0 minute s Bit errors since test started 0 bits Bits received...

Страница 271: ...tivate Periodical detection is enabled no code received now Periodical detection of FEAC is enabled This is the default applied at the startup of the router No FEAC signal is received now DS3 Line Loo...

Страница 272: ...mation about the T1 line Framing format ESF or SF Clock source slave for the line clock and master for the internal clock Loopback Local remote payload or not set FDL Performance Report is disabled Tr...

Страница 273: ...remove the current FEAC settings FEAC is a channel formed by using the third C bit in the first subframe in C bit framing It is used to transmit alarm state signals for line test purpose or to transm...

Страница 274: ...2 0 Sysname T3 2 0 feac generate loopback ds3 line frame format CT3 interface view Syntax frame format c bit m23 undo frame format View CT3 interface view Parameter c bit Sets the framing format to C...

Страница 275: ...onfigure a CT3 interface to operate in the FT3 mode and set the DSU mode or the subrate Use the undo ft3 command to restore the default By default DSU mode 0 the Digital Link mode is adopted and the s...

Страница 276: ...configure the loopback mode for a CT3 interface Use the undo loopback command to disable loopback By default loopback is disabled on CT3 interfaces Loopback is intended for test use Disable it otherw...

Страница 277: ...mber a string of 1 to 38 characters The default generator number is line generate Sends specified information with MDL messages which can be path idle signal and or test signal regularly Description U...

Страница 278: ...nd to enable the specified T1 line on the CT3 interface to detect send alarm signals Use the undo t1 alarm command to remove the alarm signal detection sending setting At the startup of the router per...

Страница 279: ...ieth power length of the transmitted BERT pattern in bits 2 23 Two to the twenty third power length of the transmitted BERT pattern in bits qrss Two to the twentieth power length of the transmitted BE...

Страница 280: ...es from 0 to 23 timeslot list list Specifies timeslots to be bundled The list argument is timeslot numbers in the range of 1 to 24 You may specify a single timeslot by specifying a number a range of t...

Страница 281: ...inband line up Sends in band LLB activation request code compliant with the ANSI and AT T implementation to start remote loopback Description Use the t1 sendloopcode command to set the loopback mode...

Страница 282: ...undo t1 set clock command to restore the default that is line clock When a CT3 interface is working in channelized mode its T1 lines may use separate clocks Example Use the internal clock as the cloc...

Страница 283: ...ck mode remote Sets the T1 line in external loopback mode remote Sets the T1 line in payload loopback mode Description Use the t1 set loopback command to set the loopback mode of a T1 line on the T3 i...

Страница 284: ...riodical performance report PPR statistics or loopback code According to ANSI T1 403 the format of PPR is LAPD and the format of loopback code is BOP The t1 set fdl command only starts PPR transmissio...

Страница 285: ...state or mode local remote payload or not set FDL Performance Report is disabled Transmission of PPR in the FDL is disabled You may enable that with the t1 set fdl ansi command Transmitter is sending...

Страница 286: ...0 t1 1 shutdown t1 unframed Syntax t1 line number unframed undo t1 line number unframed View CT3 interface view Parameter line number T1 line number in the range 1 to 28 Description Use the t1 unframe...

Страница 287: ...undo using command to restore the default that is channelized mode You can configure T1 lines on CT3 interfaces operating in channelized mode only When a CT3 interface operates in unchannelized mode...

Страница 288: ...288 CHAPTER 17 FUNDAMENTAL CT3 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 289: ...th channels on the ISDN BRI interface in external loopback This can send data from a line back to the line Use the undo loopback command to restore the default By default loopback is disabled on ISDN...

Страница 290: ...290 CHAPTER 18 ISDN BRI INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 291: ...up of predefined parameters that can be used for ATM interface or PVC Related command atm class Example Create an ATM class named main and enter ATM class view Sysname system view Sysname atm class ma...

Страница 292: ...n otherwise goes up when the physical interface is up and a PVC is configured on the sub interface Use the undo atm link check command to restore the default By default the protocol of the ATM P2P sub...

Страница 293: ...o adopt the signal of the internal transmission clock Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 1 0 Sysname Atm1 0 clock master display atm class Syntax display atm class atm class name View Any view...

Страница 294: ...VCs 1024 PVCs 5 MAPs 1 input pkts 11603 input bytes 426476 input pkt errors 37092 output pkts 14053 output bytes 519106 output pkt errors 0 Main interface Information PVCs 4 MAPs 1 input pkts 11603 i...

Страница 295: ...ew the map information on an ATM interface Note that Without an interface specified the system displays the map information for all ATM interfaces Without specifying the PVC name or the VPI VCI value...

Страница 296: ...ge refer to Table 28 Description Use the display atm pvc group command to view the information about PVC Group Note that If no interface is specified the system displays PVC Group information on all A...

Страница 297: ...mmand to view the information about PVC Note that Without an interface specified the system displays PVC information on all ATM interfaces Without a PVC name or a VPI VCI value pair specified the syst...

Страница 298: ...encapsulation supports InARP If InARP is enabled you need to disable it before change AAL5 encapsulation to aal5mux or aal5nlpid An ATM PVC can carry multiple protocols simultaneously but certain typ...

Страница 299: ...is p2mp n Two types of connections are available on ATM sub interface p2mp and p2p In p2mp connection you can create multiple PVCs on the sub interface In p2p connection you can create just one PVC on...

Страница 300: ...mitted over the primary PVC the one used when the PVC group is created in the PVC group If this command is configured and the default keyword is used which means the current PVC is set as the default...

Страница 301: ...VE interface Sysname Virtual Ethernet1 ip address 10 1 1 1 255 255 0 0 Sysname Virtual Ethernet1 quit Create PVC 1 102 on the ATM interface Atm2 0 Sysname interface atm 2 0 Sysname Atm2 0 pvc 1 102 E...

Страница 302: ...ackets must be sent for example to allow PIM multicast to create neighbor relationship with the router connected using the ATM interface Description Use the map ip command to create IPoA mapping for P...

Страница 303: ...e interface atm 1 0 Sysname Atm1 0 pvc 1 101 Create a PPPoA map using the VT interface created Sysname atm pvc Atm1 0 1 101 map ppp virtual template 10 mtu Syntax mtu mtu number undo mtu View Interfac...

Страница 304: ...alarm cells received reaches the number specified by this argument The value range of this argument varies with device model Description Use the oam ais rdi command to modify the parameters related to...

Страница 305: ...is 5 retry frequency Interval in seconds to send OAM F5 Loopback cell in retransmission detection before PVC status changes This argument ranges from 1 to 1 000 The system default is 1 Description Use...

Страница 306: ...secutively in the range 1 to 1 000 The system default is 5 timeout OAM response timeout period in seconds in the range 1 to 30 The system default is 2 Description Use the oamping interface command to...

Страница 307: ...PVC view on ATM interface or to add the specified PVC into PVC Group Use the undo pvc command to delete the specified PVC By default no PVC is created If you specified the pvc name argument when crea...

Страница 308: ...pe of ATM interface on page 307 Description Use the pvc group command to create a PVC group or enter PVC group view Use the undo pvc group command to delete the specified PVC Group In creating a PVC G...

Страница 309: ...nterface view Example Configure Atm 1 0 interface to support up to 1 024 PVCs Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 1 0 Sysname Atm1 0 pvc max number 1024 pvp limit Syntax pvp limit vpi output scr...

Страница 310: ...000 and the default is 500 s This argument cannot be configured in ATM Class view Description Use the service cbr command to specify PVC service type as constant bit rate CBR By default the service ty...

Страница 311: ...y the service type of PVC as unspecified bit rate UBR and specify the related rate parameters By default the service type is UBR after creating a PVC You can use this command as well as the service vb...

Страница 312: ...verwrites the existing one Related command service ubr service vbr rt and service cbr Example Create a PVC named aa with the VPI VCI value of 1 101 Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 1 0 Sysnam...

Страница 313: ...med aa with the VPI VCI value of 1 101 Sysname system view Sysname interface atm 1 0 Sysname Atm1 0 pvc aa 1 101 Specify the service type of the PVC as VBR RT and set the peak cell rate of ATM to 100...

Страница 314: ...on priority for an ATM PVC associated with the UBR VBR T or VBR NRT service At the time of bandwidth allocation the PVCs with higher priorities take precedence over those with lower priorities Use the...

Страница 315: ...the undo dialer bundle command to remove the association By default dialer interfaces are not associated with any dialer bundle in RS DCC This command applies only to dialer interfaces In addition a d...

Страница 316: ...er bundle member 1 priority 50 Sysname Bri1 0 dialer bundle member 2 priority 50 dialer callback center Syntax dialer callback center user dial number undo dialer callback center View Dial interface p...

Страница 317: ...me system view Sysname local user usera Sysname luser usera password simple usera Sysname luser usera service type ppp Sysname luser usera service type ppp callback number 8810048 Sysname luser usera...

Страница 318: ...o dialer circular group View Dial interface physical view Parameter number Number of dialer circular group same as the one defined in the interface dialer command It ranges from 0 to 1023 Description...

Страница 319: ...enable circular View Dial interface physical or dialer view Parameter None Description Use the dialer enable circular command to enable circular dial control center C DCC Use the undo dialer enable ci...

Страница 320: ...Use the undo dialer flow interval command to restore the default By default the traffic statistics interval for DCC is 20 seconds This command is only useful for traffic triggered dial in DCC For exam...

Страница 321: ...r number Syntax dialer number dial number undo dialer number View Dial interface physical or dialer view Parameter dial number Dial string for calling a remote end a string of 1 to 30 characters Descr...

Страница 322: ...Use the undo dialer priority command to restore the default By default the priority of a physical interface in its dialer circular group is 1 This command sets the order in which the available physic...

Страница 323: ...er protocol Network protocol At present it can be ip only next hop address IP address of dialed destination mask network mask length Optional mask length of the IP address of the dialed destination in...

Страница 324: ...ust be configured You may configure multiple dialer routes on a dial interface or for a destination address for the backup purpose n If the dialer group command is not configured DCC will not dial Exa...

Страница 325: ...bution on DCC links On the contrary when the percentage of the traffic on N which is an integer greater than 2 links to the bandwidth of N 1 links decreases under the defined traffic threshold the sys...

Страница 326: ...dialer timer autodial 60 dialer timer compete Syntax dialer timer compete seconds undo dialer timer compete View Dial interface physical or dialer view Parameter seconds Idle interval when contention...

Страница 327: ...enough time for a server to call back the interval between two calls on the client need to be at least 10 seconds longer than that of the server It is recommended that the interval on the server be se...

Страница 328: ...r call setup This argument ranges from 0 to 65 535 in seconds Description Use the dialer timer wait carrier command to set the wait carrier timer Use the undo dialer timer wait carrier command to rest...

Страница 329: ...C DCC configurations on the interface Performing the undo dialer user command on a dialer interface can clear all configurations on it Related command ppp pap local user on page 522 and ppp chap user...

Страница 330: ...ACL number The acl number argument ranges from 2000 to 3999 An ACL number in the range 2000 to 2999 identifies a basic ACL an ACL number in the range 3000 to 3999 identifies an advanced ACL name acl...

Страница 331: ...e interface number View Any view Parameter interface interface type interface number Specifies an interface by its type and number Description Use the display dialer command to display information abo...

Страница 332: ...ue FIFO queuing Size Length Discards 0 75 0 Last 300 seconds input 0 bytes sec 0 packets sec Last 300 seconds output 0 bytes sec 0 packets sec 0 packets input 0 bytes 0 drops 0 packets output 0 bytes...

Страница 333: ...ltiple dialer interfaces at the same time Therefore authentication must be configured on these physical interfaces so as to use the username of a dial in party to locate the corresponding dialer inter...

Страница 334: ...to specify the interface as the server or client to send or accept PPP callback requests Use the undo ppp callback command to disable the interface as the PPP callback server or client By default call...

Страница 335: ...alls to your router Use the undo ppp callback ntstring command to remove the dial string By default no callback dial string is configured for any Windows NT server When your router is functioning as a...

Страница 336: ...336 CHAPTER 20 DCC CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 337: ...rial interface The NRZ encoding scheme is generally used for synchronous serial interfaces of routers The serial interfaces of some SNA devices however use NRZI encoding Therefore the encoding scheme...

Страница 338: ...he output information of the command helps the user to understand the condition of a DLSw virtual circuit Example Display DLSw capabilities exchange information DLSw Capabilities of local 1 1 1 1 Vend...

Страница 339: ...mmand displays the information all remote DLSw peers Example Display information about all the current remote peers Sysname display dlsw remote Remote peer type D Learning Dynamic C Configured by user...

Страница 340: ...f the remote peer D the remote peer was dynamically learned C the remote peer was manually configured Total peers number Total number of remote peers IP address Remote peer IP address if preceded by a...

Страница 341: ...l peer Status Status of the reachability information Interface The interface through which information destined to the MAC address will be sent Remain time Remaining aging time REMOTE MAC addresses in...

Страница 342: ...ection the local bridge set needs to be mapped to DLSw through this command This command can be used repeated to map multiple bridge sets to DLSw For details about bridge set configuration refer to Br...

Страница 343: ...number Layer 2 ACL number in the range of 4000 to 4999 inbound Specifies to apply the ACL for inbound traffic outbound Specifies to apply the ACL for outbound traffic Description Use the dlsw ethernet...

Страница 344: ...default is 50 frames permit dynamic Permits non peer routers to initiate connections to establish peering relationships dynamically with this router It is not required to configure a remote peer for...

Страница 345: ...es of the router in the form of saps list saps value 1 120 where saps value must be an even number in the range of 0x10 to 0xFE and 1 120 means that you can specify up to 120 SAP addresses or SAP addr...

Страница 346: ...nformation from the reachable cache By default no remote reachability information is configured This configuration allows the router to send frames to a remote peer without first polling it When chang...

Страница 347: ...range of 1 to 5 The default is 3 Description Use the dlsw remote command to create a remote DLSw peer Use the undo dlsw remote command to remove a remote peer After a local peer is created a remote DL...

Страница 348: ...f the remote SNA device uses an SDLC link specify a compound MAC address in which the first five bytes are from the virtual MAC address configured in the sdlc mac map local command on the remote route...

Страница 349: ...nsmission 10 dlsw multicast Syntax dlsw multicast multicast ip address interface interface type interface number undo dlsw multicast View System view Parameter multicast ip address Multicast IP addres...

Страница 350: ...default is 30 seconds local pending seconds Local pending time in seconds The effective range is 1 to 65 535 and effective the default is 30 seconds remote pending seconds Remote pending time in seco...

Страница 351: ...chronous serial interface is connected with an AS 400 device you need to change the idle time encoding scheme by using this command to improve the speed of polling the AS 400 device Example Configure...

Страница 352: ...ge of 1 to 127 Description Use the llc2 max ack command to configure namely the maximum number of information frames the device can receive before it must send an acknowledgment to the peer router Use...

Страница 353: ...the undo llc2 max send queue command to restore the default setting By default the length of the LLC2 output queue is 50 Example Set the length of the LLC2 output queue to 30 on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname s...

Страница 354: ...command to restore the default modulus of LLC2 By default the modulus of LLC2 is 128 LLC2 like X 25 uses modulus to number frames All frames sent are numbered incrementally and await an acknowledgmen...

Страница 355: ...Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 llc2 receive window 10 llc2 timer ack Syntax llc2 timer ack mseconds undo llc2 timer ack View Ethernet interface vie...

Страница 356: ...net 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 llc2 timer ack delay 200 llc2 timer busy Syntax llc2 timer busy mseconds undo llc2 timer busy View Ethernet interface vie...

Страница 357: ...imer poll View Ethernet interface view Parameter mseconds LLC2 P F waiting time in milliseconds The effective range is 1 to 60 000 Description Use the llc2 timer poll command to configure the LLC2 P F...

Страница 358: ...ime is 500 milliseconds Example Set the LLC2 REJ time to 2 000 milliseconds on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 llc2 timer reject 2000 reset dlsw cir...

Страница 359: ...new TCP connection request to establish new TCP connection In the case of a remote peer dynamically learned this command disconnects the current TCP connection and deletes the remote peer Example Res...

Страница 360: ...cannot be connected with one another Therefore the communication between the primary station and each secondary station can be guaranteed as long as each secondary device is identified with an SDLC a...

Страница 361: ...enabled on the serial interface Before enabling DLSw forwarding on the serial interface enable SDLC as the link layer protocol on the interface With DLSw forwarding enabled on the SDLC interface all...

Страница 362: ...Serial2 0 sdlc mac map local 0000 e81c b600 sdlc mac map remote Syntax sdlc mac map remote mac addr sdlc addr undo sdlc mac map remote mac addr sdlc addr View Synchronous serial interface view Parame...

Страница 363: ...1 to 17 600 Description Use the sdlc max pdu command to configure the maximum SDLC PDU size namely the maximum size in bytes of a frame that the router can send not including the frame check sequence...

Страница 364: ...Maximum number of SDLC transmission retries in the range of 1 to 255 times Description Use the sdlc max transmission command to configure the maximum number of SDLC transmission retries namely the num...

Страница 365: ...Serial2 0 undo sdlc modulo sdlc sap map local Syntax sdlc sap map local lsap sdlc addr undo sdlc sap map local lsap sdlc addr View Synchronous serial interface view Parameter lsap SAP address in the r...

Страница 366: ...ormat conversion Use the undo sdlc sap map remote command to restore the system default By default the SAP address of the remote DLSw device used in SDLC to LLC2 frame format conversion is 0x04 When a...

Страница 367: ...undo sdlc role command to remove the configured SDLC role By default the device has no role SDLC is an unbalanced link layer protocol That is the end systems across a TCP connection are not equal in...

Страница 368: ...rom the receiving secondary station after sending an information frame Use the undo sdlc timer ack command to restore the default setting By default the primary station acknowledgment waiting time is...

Страница 369: ...e SDLC polling interval namely the amount of time the primary station waits between polling two secondary stations Use the undo sdlc timer poll command to restore the default setting By default SDLC p...

Страница 370: ...a 4 byte integer in the range of 1 to 0xFFFFFFFF The first 12 bits indicate the network address and the last 20 bits indicate the node number Description Use the sdlc xid command to configure the XID...

Страница 371: ...17 Annex G defines the way to transmit X 25 packets using FR virtual circuits Similar to normal X 25 interface an Annex G interface transmits receives X 25 PVC and X 25 SVC packets and can operate as...

Страница 372: ...tch command to display the information about the configured FR switching to check if the frame relay switching of a user is correctly configured The interface specified by interface type interface num...

Страница 373: ...rial2 0 DTE In ARP request Out ARP reply Out ARP request In ARP reply 0 0 1 1 display fr interface Syntax display fr interface interface type interface number interface number subnumber View Any view...

Страница 374: ...nterface interface type interface number Specifies an interface by its type and number Description Use the display fr lmi info command to display the statistics of LMI protocol frame The LMI protocol...

Страница 375: ...mmand Field Description Frame relay LMI statistics for interface Serial2 1 DTE Q933 Terminal type and LMI protocol type for the frame relay interface T391DTE 10 hold timer 10 DTE side T 391 setting N3...

Страница 376: ...address mappings or the one for the specified interface This command displays whether the static address map entries are correct and whether dynamic address mapping operates normally Related command...

Страница 377: ...nge 0 to 1023 Description Use the display fr map info pppofr command to display current PPP over frame relay PPPoFR mappings and their states for the specified or all interfaces Example Display inform...

Страница 378: ...specified the displayed information covers all PVCs if with an interface a main interface or subinterface specified the displayed information covers only the PVCs on the interface and if with a DLCI...

Страница 379: ...ription on the fields of the display fr pvc info command Field Description PVC statistics for interface Serial2 0 DTE physical UP Display information about PVCs on the frame relay interface Serial 2 0...

Страница 380: ...um Transmit Unit is 1500 Hold timer is 10 sec Internet Address is 12 12 12 2 16 Primary Link layer protocol is FR IETF LMI DLCI is 0 LMI type is Q 933a frame relay DTE LMI status enquiry sent 435 LMI...

Страница 381: ...up Link name Serial2 0 LMI status enquiry sent 435 LMI status received 435 Transmitted and received LMI status enquiry messages LMI status timeout 0 LMI message discarded 0 LMI timeout messages and dr...

Страница 382: ...s in up state the bundle is flagged as up Moreover all bundle links should be tagged as down before the bundle is down fragment disabled Indicates whether the fragment is disabled disabled in this sam...

Страница 383: ...mitted and received Add_link reject messages Add_link_rej messages are sent notifying reject of the Add_link messages Remove_link TX RX Number of transmitted and received Remove_link messages Remove_l...

Страница 384: ...d settings X121 address X 121 address Modulo Window modulo which defaults to 8 Timers Idle Maximum idle period of SVCs T10 T20 Delay of the re start re transmission timer T11 T21 Delay of the call req...

Страница 385: ...nt and point to multipoint Frame relay FRF 9 compression configuration differs depends on different types of interfaces For a point to point frame relay subinterface just use the fr compression frf9 c...

Страница 386: ...ion succeeds The negotiation fails if the number of FRF 20 control messages sent exceeds In this case compression configuration cannot take effect This command is only valid for RTP messages and TCP A...

Страница 387: ...the packets received on the interface in the range 16 to 1007 interface interface type interface number Specifies an interface by its type and number dlci out dlci DLCI in the sent packets It is in t...

Страница 388: ...he frame relay sends data over the interface it is necessary to map the network address to the DLCI numbers Such a map can be specified manually or can be completed via the function of automatic inver...

Страница 389: ...y default the frame relay interface type is DTE In frame relay there are two communicating parties namely the user side and network side The user side is called Data Terminal Equipment DTE and the net...

Страница 390: ...p include Includes TCP header compression when performing RTP compression Description Use the fr iphc command to enable IP header compression function including RTP TCP header compression Use the undo...

Страница 391: ...2dce Syntax fr lmi n392dce n392 value undo fr lmi n392dce View Interface view Parameter n392 value The Error threshold which ranges from 1 to 10 Description Use the fr lmi n392dce command to set N392...

Страница 392: ...et the DCE will immediately send a Status Response packet If the DTE does not receive the response packet in the specified time it will record the error by adding 1 to the error count If the errors ex...

Страница 393: ...hreshold N393 defines the event number observed and N392 defines the error threshold of that number N393 That is if the number of errors that occur to the DCE reaches N392 in N393 events DCE will cons...

Страница 394: ...error count had exceeded the threshold and declare the physical channels and all DLCIs to be unavailable N392 at DTE side should be less than N393 at DTE side Example Set the operation of frame relay...

Страница 395: ...o restore the default By default the LMI protocol type is q933a LMI protocol is used to maintain frame relay protocol PVC table including notifying PVC increasing detecting PVC deleting monitoring PVC...

Страница 396: ...ly FRF9 and IPHC can be adopted PVC groups does not support compression compression Enables frame relay compression frf9 Adopts payload compression iphc Adopts IP UDP or RTP header compression Descrip...

Страница 397: ...r Use the undo map ppp command to cancel this map and thus eliminates this PPPoFR link Related command interface virtual template on page 1759 Example Map DLCI 100 to PPP and establish PPPoFR link on...

Страница 398: ...us be realized In frame relay switching view the shutdown undo shutdown operation can be executed on a PVC Before you can enter frame relay switching view the PVC must have existed Example Create a PV...

Страница 399: ...no multilink frame relay interface or subinterface Before an MFR subinterface is created the MFR interface must be created first Before using the undo interface mfr command to delete an MFR interface...

Страница 400: ...sulate interface link layer protocol as frame relay By default the link layer protocol encapsulated on the interface is PPP The frame relay encapsulation can be either ietf or nonstandard IETF encapsu...

Страница 401: ...command to apply a link layer protocol of non frame relay MFR to the interface After a physical interface is encapsulated as MFR format the interface belongs to MFR and is not allowed to be configured...

Страница 402: ...mmand on the interface to validate the new BID Example Set the frame relay link MFR4 BID to bundle1 Sysname system view Sysname interface mfr 4 Sysname MFR4 mfr bundle name bundle1 mfr fragment Syntax...

Страница 403: ...link Serial 2 0 to be 70 bytes Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 mfr fragment size 70 mfr link name Syntax mfr link name name undo mfr link name name View Frame relay...

Страница 404: ...default the maximum times that a frame relay bundle link can resend hello message is twice The bundle link sustains link status by periodically sending hello message to the peer end If the times that...

Страница 405: ...relay interface view Parameter seconds Time in seconds of waiting for hello acknowledgment message before resending hello message in the range 1 to 10 Description Use the mfr timer ack command to set...

Страница 406: ...rotocol fr mfr command is used to associate a frame relay bundle link interface with a frame relay bundle can this command be configured Example Set the bundle link Serial 2 0 to send hello message on...

Страница 407: ...from the DLCI 100 of Serial 2 0 to the DLCI 200 of Serial 2 1 and disable the current switching PVC Sysname system view Sysname fr switching Sysname fr switch pvc1 interface serial 2 0 dlci 100 inter...

Страница 408: ...Serial 2 0 Sysname reset fr pvc interface serial 2 0 timer hold Syntax timer hold seconds undo timer hold View Interface view Parameter seconds Value of T391 parameter at DTE side which ranges from 0...

Страница 409: ...view Example Apply the X 25 template named vofr to DLCI 100 Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 fr dlci 100 Sysname fr dlci Serial2 0 100 x25 template vofr x25 template...

Страница 410: ...410 CHAPTER 22 FRAME RELAY CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Sysname system view Sysname x25 template vofr Sysname x25 vofr...

Страница 411: ...ord argument combination is not specified this command displays the GARP statistics of all the ports If the interface interface list keyword argument combination is specified this command displays the...

Страница 412: ...rp Join Time 20 centiseconds Garp Leave Time 60 centiseconds Garp LeaveAll Time 1000 centiseconds Garp Hold Time 10 centiseconds garp timer Syntax garp timer hold join leave timer value undo garp time...

Страница 413: ...of the leaveall timer must be a multiple of 5 and must be greater than the leave timer settings of all the ports Description Use the garp timer leaveall command to set the leaveall timer of GARP Use t...

Страница 414: ...ace interface list Specifies an Ethernet port list in the format of interface type interface number to interface type interface number 1 10 where 1 10 indicates that you can specify up to 10 port rang...

Страница 415: ...cs of all trunk ports will be displayed Otherwise only the GVRP statistics of all the specified trunk port will be displayed Example Display statistics about GVRP for trunk port Ethernet 1 0 Sysname d...

Страница 416: ...the gvrp command to enable GVRP Use the undo gvrp command to disable GVRP Disabling GVRP globally also disables it on all ports By default GVRP is disabled Configured in system view the setting is glo...

Страница 417: ...register VLANs and to propagate both dynamic and static VLAN information Fixed Disables the port to dynamically register and deregister VLANs or propagate information about dynamic VLANs but allows th...

Страница 418: ...418 CHAPTER 24 GVRP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 419: ...an interface Related command timer hold Example Configure HDLC encapsulation on interface Serial 2 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 link protocol hdlc timer hold S...

Страница 420: ...polling interval on both the local and remote devices Setting it to zero disables link status check Example Set the link status polling interval to 100 seconds on interface Serial 2 0 Sysname system...

Страница 421: ...an X 25 interface Annex G DLCI or XOT channel to the current hunt group Use the undo channel command to remove the specified interface Annex G DLCI or XOT channel from the current hunt group Related c...

Страница 422: ...t 128 output 128 Channels Incoming only 0 0 Two way 1 1024 Outgoing only 0 0 Timers T10 60 T11 180 T12 60 T13 60 Idle_Timer 0 seconds New configuration will be effective after restart modulo 8 window...

Страница 423: ...are 0 this section is disabled Timers T20 180 T21 200 T22 180 T23 180 T28 300 Idle_Timer 0 seconds Delay values of various timers of this X 25 interface in seconds New Configuration New configuration...

Страница 424: ...his interface LAPB format received quantity sent quantity invalid ns Error statistics of this interface LAPB including total of received information frames carrying erroneous sequence numbers invalid...

Страница 425: ...ports Example Display the CUG configuration on the router ports Sysname display x25 cug local cug X 25 Serial2 0 2 CUGs subscribed with no public access local cug 1 network cug 4 no incoming local cu...

Страница 426: ...iption Use the display x25 map command to display the X 25 address mapping table The X 25 address mapping can be configured in two methods using the x25 map command or using the x25 pvc command The di...

Страница 427: ...D connection information Sysname display x25 pad UI INDEX130 From remote 22 connected to local 11 State Normal X 3Parameters In 1 1 2 0 3 2 4 1 5 0 6 0 7 21 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 14 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 1...

Страница 428: ...Normal Connection of local X 121 address to remote X 121 address and the current connection state of the PAD Connection states Normal Connection is normal Closing Connection is being closed Exception...

Страница 429: ...rial2 0 2 22 I Serial2 1 0 3 131 H hg1 4 132 T 123 123 123 123 5 133 T 123 123 123 123 6 111 222 333 T 4 4 4 4 Total of static svc is 6 The item type of SwitchTo meaning I interface H hunt group T xot...

Страница 430: ...erial2 0 SVC 1 State P4 transmit Map ip 10 1 1 2 to 130 Window size input 2 output 2 Packet Size input 128 output 128 Local PS 5 Local PR 5 Remote PS 5 Remote PR 4 Local Busy FALSE Reset times 0 Input...

Страница 431: ...transmit SVC state P4 transmission state Map ip 10 1 1 2 to 130 Address mapping XOT PVC Serial2 0 PVC 1 connected PVC from XOT to serial2 0 already established PVC XOT Serial2 0 1 1 1 1 PVC 1 connect...

Страница 432: ...ial1 0 SVC 1024 20 1 1 1 102 2 NULL Serial1 0 PVC 1 20 1 1 1 104 2 display x25 xot Syntax display x25 xot View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display x25 xot command to display XOT X 25 o...

Страница 433: ...calculated according to the MTU upper layer protocol and modulo as shows below The default value of N1 varies with MTU and modulo For example upon system initialization the upper layer protocol is IP...

Страница 434: ...1 Sequence numbers will cycle within the range Modulo 8 is the basic mode It is sufficient for most links Related command lapb window size Example Set the LAPB frame numbering mode on Serial2 0 to mo...

Страница 435: ...o restore their default values T1 is the retransmission timer When T1 expires DTE DCE will start retransmission The value of T1 shall be greater than the maximum time between the sending of a frame an...

Страница 436: ...Serial2 0 lapb window size 5 link protocol lapb Syntax link protocol lapb dce dte ip multi protocol View Interface view Parameter dce Specifies DCE mode of LAPB dte Specifies DTE mode of LAPB ip Speci...

Страница 437: ...capsulate X 25 protocol on the specified interface By default the link layer protocol for the interface is PPP When the interface uses X 25 protocol it works in DTE IETF mode by default Note that When...

Страница 438: ...iew Parameter local ip address Local IP address of the XOT connection local port Local port number of the XOT connection remote ip address Remote IP address of the XOT connection remote port Remote po...

Страница 439: ...erface view Parameter None Description Use the reset lapb statistics command to clear LAPB statistics Example Clear the LAPB statistics on Serial 2 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 S...

Страница 440: ...oute to forward the packets that the local device receives at 10 1 1 1 102 to the X 121 address 111 Sysname system view Sysname translate ip 10 1 1 1 port 102 x25 111 Configure an X2T forwarding route...

Страница 441: ...type of the alias There are 9 optional match types free Free match free ext Extended free match left Left alignment match left ext Extended left alignment match right Right alignment match right ext E...

Страница 442: ...tion on the user facility option Option Description closed user group group number Specifies a closed user group CUG number for the X 25 interface The facility enables DTE to belong to one or more CUG...

Страница 443: ...al 2 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 x25 call facility packet size 512 512 Sysname Serial2 0 x25 call facility window size 5 5 x25 cug service Syntax x25 cug servi...

Страница 444: ...es allowing them to pass and lets the outgoing calls without CUG facilities pass through If the suppress all parameter is chosen the system removes CUG facilities for the incoming calls with CUG facil...

Страница 445: ...robin vc number undo x25 hunt group hunt group name View System view Parameter hunt group name Name of a hunt group a string of 1 to 30 characters round robin Selects call channel using cyclic selecti...

Страница 446: ...e calling request packet must carry the address However on some occasions the X 25 calling request does not have to carry the called calling DTE address in a specific network environment or as is requ...

Страница 447: ...l request packet from the X 25 interface Serial 2 0 not to carry the calling DTE address Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 x25 ignore calling address x25 local cug Syn...

Страница 448: ...sed at DCE side use the link protocol x25 dce command to set the interface as DCE Example Define the rule on the serial interface Serial2 0 the incoming calls with 100 local CUGs or 200 network CUGs a...

Страница 449: ...from the address mapping packet size input size output size Carries out maximum packet size negotiation when initiating calls from the mapping It needs two parameters maximum input packet size and ma...

Страница 450: ...Sysname interface serial2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 x25 map ip 20 30 4 1 x121 address 25112451 window size 4 4 broadcast Sysname Serial2 0 x25 map ip 20 30 4 8 x121 address 25112450 no callin x25 modulo Sy...

Страница 451: ...ut packet length in bytes its value ranges from 16 inclusive to 4096 inclusive and must be the integer power of 2 Description Use the x25 packet size command to set the maximum input and output packet...

Страница 452: ...tcp indicating that the upper layer network protocol is IP protocol and supports TCP head compressing protocol address Network protocol address of the peer end of the PVC x121 address x 121 address X...

Страница 453: ...rial 2 0 as X 25 enable PVC channel range and set two PVCs Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 link protocol x25 Sysname Serial2 0 x25 vc range bi channel 8 1024 Sysname...

Страница 454: ...received before acknowledgement in the range 0 to input window size If it is set to 0 or the input window size this function will be disabled If it is set to 1 X 25 of the device will send an acknowl...

Страница 455: ...cify whether the packet carries the called DTE address Related command x25 response calling address x25 ignore called address x25 ignore calling address Example Specify that the call receiving packet...

Страница 456: ...ter None Description Use the x25 reverse charge accept command to enable this interface to accept the call with the reverse charging request user facility Use the undo x25 reverse charge accept comman...

Страница 457: ...it by its name in the commands x25 call facility or x25 map Related command x25 call facility x25 map Example Define two ROA lists and apply them to the interfaces Serial 2 0 and Serial 2 1 respective...

Страница 458: ...ch When PVC switching is configured the link layer protocol on the input and output interfaces must be X 25 Moreover the specified PVCs on the two interfaces are effective After configuring the PVC sw...

Страница 459: ...tch svc Syntax x25 switch svc number x 121 address sub dest destination address sub source source address interface interface type interface number dlci dlci number undo x25 switch svc x 121 address s...

Страница 460: ...o delete the SVC route A device with X 25 switching configured can act as a simple X 25 switch The output interface of the SVC switching can be an X 25 interface or FR interface Annex G DLCI The link...

Страница 461: ...a pattern matching string with 1 to 15 numeric characters For the specific description of pattern matching see Table 69 and Table 70 If no wildcard is used the X 121 address is must be exactly matche...

Страница 462: ...ss with 8888 Sysname system view Sysname x25 switch svc 111 sub dest 9999 sub source 8888 hunt group hg1 x25 switch svc xot Syntax x25 switch svc x 121 address sub dest destination address sub source...

Страница 463: ...rameter None Description Use the x25 switching command to enable the X 25 switching function Use the undo x25 switching command to disable this function which will not affect the established VC switch...

Страница 464: ...ciency of the device Using this function can avoid this problem to a certain extent If the previous call failed at one destination the X 25 would not send calls to such a destination again within the...

Страница 465: ...maximum idle time of the SVC on the interface Serial 2 0 to 10 minutes Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 x25 timer idle 10 x25 timer tx0 Syntax x25 timer tx0 seconds u...

Страница 466: ...e on a DTE is 200 seconds and that on a DCE is 180 seconds According to X 25 a timer should be started when the DTE sends a call request or the DCE sends a call indication If no peer acknowledgement i...

Страница 467: ...0 x25 timer tx3 Syntax x25 timer tx3 seconds undo x25 timer tx3 View Interface view Parameter seconds Time of the clear request indication sending timer in seconds ranging from 1 to 1000 Description U...

Страница 468: ...25 vc range bi channel ltc htc out channel loc hoc in channel lic hic bi channel ltc htc out channel loc hoc out channel loc hoc undo x25 vc range View Interface view Parameter bi channel ltc htc Lowe...

Страница 469: ...5 window size View Interface view Parameter input window size Size of input window When X 25 window modulo is 8 its value ranges from 1 to 7 When X 25 window modulo is 128 its value ranges from 1 to 1...

Страница 470: ...rk the ISP must assign a valid X 121 address to it If two devices are only directly connected back to back you can randomly specify the valid X 121 address If you only want the device to work in switc...

Страница 471: ...xot pvc command to add a PVC route of XOT Use the undo x25 pvc command to delete the specified PVC route of XOT By default no PVC route of XOT is configured XOT X 25 Over TCP is a protocol to load X...

Страница 472: ...procedure Description Use the x29 timer inviteclear time command to set the delay waiting for response after the PAD clear procedure is initiated Upon expiration of this timer the server aborts the c...

Страница 473: ...link aggregation interface Syntax display link aggregation interface interface type interface number to interface type interface number View Any view Parameter interface interface type interface numb...

Страница 474: ...emote System ID 0x0 0000 0000 0000 Port Number 0 Port Priority 0 Oper key 0 Flag Display detailed information about link aggregation for port Ethernet 1 2 in a static aggregation group Sysname display...

Страница 475: ...the sending end considers that collection of incoming frames is enabled on the link 1 for true and 0 for false F indicates whether the sending system considers that distribution of outgoing frames is...

Страница 476: ...the display link aggregation verbose command to display detailed information about the specified or all link aggregation groups You may find that information about the remote system for a manual link...

Страница 477: ...768 2 ACDEF Remote Actor Partner Priority Oper Key SystemID Flag GE1 2 161 32768 1 0x8000 00e0 fc00 12b0 ACDEF GE1 3 164 32768 1 0x8000 00e0 fc00 12b0 ACDEF Aggregation ID 2 AggregationType Static Loa...

Страница 478: ...considers that distribution of outgoing frames is enabled on the link 1 for true and 0 for false G indicates whether the receive state machine of the sending system is using default operational partne...

Страница 479: ...P priority in the range 0 to 65535 Description Use the lacp system priority command to assign an LACP priority to the local system Use the undo lacp system priority command to restore the default By d...

Страница 480: ...ange 1 to 144 manual Creates a manual link aggregation group static Creates a static LACP link aggregation group Description Use the link aggregation group mode command to create a link aggregation gr...

Страница 481: ...enter aggregation port group view Instead of being created administratively an aggregation port group is created automatically upon creation of a link aggregation group and assigned the ID of the link...

Страница 482: ...OMMANDS Description Use the reset lacp statistics command to clear statistics about LACP on a specified port or ports Related command display link aggregation interface Example Clear statistics about...

Страница 483: ...e type interface number argument pairs around this keyword Description Use the debugging lacp packet command to enable debugging for LACP protocol packets on the specified port s Use the undo debuggin...

Страница 484: ...following fields tlv A value of 2 indicates that the information is about the peer port len The length of the Partner information sys pri The LACP priority of the system where the peer port resides s...

Страница 485: ...address 00e0 fc02 0300 port operation key 0x1 port LACP priority 0x8000 port number 0x2 current LACP state flag of the port 0x45 Partner tlv 2 len 20 sys pri 0x0 sys mac 0000 0000 0000 key 0x0 pri 0x...

Страница 486: ...tion key 0x1 port LACP priority 0x8000 port number 0x6 current LACP state flag of the port 0x3d Partner tlv 2 len 20 sys pri 0x8000 sys mac 00e0 fc02 0300 key 0x1 pri 0x8000 p 0x1 state 0xd The peer p...

Страница 487: ...or Partner churn state machine ptx Debugging for PTX state machine rx Debugging for RX state machine all Debugging for all the state machines Description Use the debugging lacp state command to enable...

Страница 488: ...stimulation Lacp_Enabled RX state machine transited from the PORT_DISABLED state to the EXPIRED state The event that triggered the transition was the enabling of LACP Lacp_Enabled 0 1360862 Sysname L...

Страница 489: ...one Description Use the debugging link aggregation event command to enable debugging for link aggregation events Use the undo debugging link aggregation event command to disable debugging for link agg...

Страница 490: ...f AL AL Partner ID Select Unselect Share Master ID Type Ports Ports Type Port 10 M none 1 0 NonS Ethernet1 1 Aggregation group 10 existed It contained Ethernet 1 1 Remove aggregation group 10 Sysname...

Страница 491: ...nterface Use the undo modem command to disable modem call in or call out By default both modem call in and call out are disabled on the interface Example Enable receiving incoming Modem calls on User...

Страница 492: ...nt with the current answer state of the connected modem anomalies may occur You are not encouraged to configure this command Example Set the answer mode of the modem connected to the asynchronous seri...

Страница 493: ...displayed as well n To accept AT commands from the modem you must first put the modem in AT command mode So sending commands in transmitting mode is invalid The sendat command can issue only one AT c...

Страница 494: ...0 hangs up a modem which is a default setting H1 disconnects a modem through off hook In Inquiries to display the modem product ID ROM checksum or ROM checksum status The n argument can be 0 3 1 2 4 5...

Страница 495: ...again after you switch to the command mode by executing the Escape Code command Qn Enables modem to send result codes The n argument can be 0 or 1 Q0 enables output result codes which is a default se...

Страница 496: ...function of modems By default the callback function of modems is disabled When a modem line is active that is when the modem detects the carrier or data is being received you may enable callback As t...

Страница 497: ...p type and is organized by mirroring group numbers Example Display the information about all the port mirroring groups Sysname display mirroring group local mirroring group 3 type local status active...

Страница 498: ...ort mirroring port list both inbound outbound View System view Parameter groupid Port mirroring group number The value range is 1 to 5 for MSR 20 and BSR 30 series routers and 1 to 10 for MSR 50 serie...

Страница 499: ...roup 1 Sysname undo mirroring group 1 mirroring port ethernet 1 1 to ethe rnet 1 10 both Sysname undo mirroring group 1 mirroring port pos 5 1 to pos 5 2 both Sysname undo mirroring group 1 mirroring...

Страница 500: ...s the inbound packets only outbound Mirrors the outbound packets only Description Use the mirroring port command to add the current port to a port mirroring group as a source mirroring port Use the un...

Страница 501: ...nd to add the current port to a port mirroring group as the destination mirroring port Use the undo monitor port command to remove the configuration If you do not specify the mirroring group groupid k...

Страница 502: ...502 CHAPTER 30 PORT MIRRORING CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 503: ...is 10 sec Internet protocol processing disabled Link layer protocol is PPP LCP initial Physical is MP Output queue Urgent queue Size Length Discards 0 50 0 Output queue Protocol queue Size Length Disc...

Страница 504: ...Protocol queue Size Length Discards 0 500 0 Output queue FIFO queuing Size Length Discards 0 75 0 Last 300 seconds input 0 bytes sec 0 packets sec Last 300 seconds output 0 bytes sec 0 packets sec 0...

Страница 505: ...2005 03 13 19 54 23 60 Serial1 1 17 Up Time 2005 03 13 19 54 23 60 Serial1 1 18 Up Time 2005 03 13 19 54 23 60 Serial1 1 19 Up Time 2005 03 13 19 54 23 60 Serial1 1 20 Up Time 2005 03 13 19 54 23 60...

Страница 506: ...splay virtual access va number dialer dialer number peer peer address user user name vt vt number View Any view Parameter va number VA interface number in the range 0 to 128 dial dialer number Specifi...

Страница 507: ...udrate 64000 Output queue Urgent queue Size Length Discards 0 50 0 Output queue Protocol queue Size Length Discards 0 500 0 Output queue FIFO queuing Size Length Discards 0 75 0 Last 300 seconds input...

Страница 508: ...the VT is not being used Example Create VT 10 interface Sysname system view Sysname interface virtual template 10 Sysname Virtual Template10 ip address ppp negotiate Syntax ip address ppp negotiate u...

Страница 509: ...ew Sysname interface serial 1 0 Sysname Serial1 0 link protocol ppp ppp account statistics enable Syntax ppp account statistics enable undo ppp account statistics enable View Interface view Parameters...

Страница 510: ...ess pool in the specified domain If the username received includes a domain name this domain name will be used for authentication if the name does not exist authentication is denied Otherwise the doma...

Страница 511: ...w Parameter cipher Indicates to display the password in ciphertext simple Indicates to display the password in plain text password Default CHAP password a string of 1 to 16 characters When the simple...

Страница 512: ...local username as Root when performing CHAP authentication Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 1 0 Sysname Serial1 0 ppp chap user Root ppp ipcp dns Syntax ppp ipcp dns primary dns address se...

Страница 513: ...e ppp ipcp dns admit any command to configure the device to passively accept the DNS server address assigned by the peer even without sending a DNS request Use the undo ppp ipcp dns admit any command...

Страница 514: ...vice to request its peer for the DNS server address actively through Serial 2 0 interface Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 ppp ipcp dns request ppp ipcp remote addres...

Страница 515: ...the link will go up The value ranges from 0 to 100 Description Use the ppp lqc command to enable PPP link quality control LQC Use the undo ppp lqc command to disable PPP link quality control By defau...

Страница 516: ...not until there are data to transmit will DDC brings the dial up line up again and LQC resumes to work Example Enable LQC on interface Serial 1 0 setting close percentage to 90 and resume percentage...

Страница 517: ...ptor received when performing LCP negotiation Based on the username or endpoint descriptor the system can locate the specified VT interface and create a MP binding according to the configuration on th...

Страница 518: ...Set the maximum number of binding links to 12 Sysname system view Sysname interface virtual template 0 Sysname Virtual Template0 ppp mp max bind 12 ppp mp min bind Syntax ppp mp min bind min bind num...

Страница 519: ...ppp mp min fragment command to set the minimum size of MP outgoing packet to be fragmented Use the undo ppp mp min fragment command to restore the default that is 128 bytes If you do not want small pa...

Страница 520: ...an MP group Logical interfaces such as Tunnel interfaces do not support this command Example Add interface Serial 3 0 to MP group 3 Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 3 0 Sysname Serial3 0...

Страница 521: ...e command to configure the VT interface number to be bound on the interface enabling the interface to work in MP mode Use the undo ppp mp command to remove MP binding of the interface making the inter...

Страница 522: ...e aabbcc The ciphertext has a fixed length of 24 characters like _ TT8F Y5SQ Q MAF4 1 Description Use the ppp pap local user command to configure the username and password sent by the local device whe...

Страница 523: ...ument ranges from 0 to 99 and defaults to 0 Description Use the remote address command to allocate IP address for the peer device Use undo remote address to remove the IP address allocated for the pee...

Страница 524: ...restore the default value or 10 seconds If the timer is set to 0 seconds this means keepalive packets will not be sent out On slow links the seconds argument must not be too small As a slow link takes...

Страница 525: ...se you can check the compression information on MP templates such as VT or Dialer When IPHC RTP header compression is applied on a normal PPP link the compression is performed on the physical link In...

Страница 526: ...e type interface number Specifies an interface by its type and number Description Use the display ppp compression stac lzs command to view statistics about STAC LZS compression Note that When STAC LZS...

Страница 527: ...ndard Nonstandard encapsulation mode Description Use the ppp compression iphc command to enable IP header TCP header and RTP header mainly compression on the interface Use the undo ppp compression iph...

Страница 528: ...ections allowed on an interface Use the undo ppp compression iphc rtp connections command to restore the default value which is 16 RTP is connection oriented the number of RTP connections that a link...

Страница 529: ...ng headers To restrict the memory load generated by compression you can use the ppp compression iphc tcp connections command to limit the number of compression enabled TCP connections to three for exa...

Страница 530: ...u disable outbound fast forwarding before execute the ppp compression stac lzs command Note that If the configuration is applied on VT and Dialer interfaces ISDN and asynchronous dialer interfaces the...

Страница 531: ...e or 10 ms Example Set the maximum time delay of LFI fragment of Virtual Template1 to 20 ms Sysname system view Sysname interface virtual template 1 Sysname Virtual Template1 ppp mp lfi delay per frag...

Страница 532: ...532 CHAPTER 32 PPP LINK EFFICIENCY MECHANISM CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 533: ...Intf State OIntf RemMAC LocMAC 2 Virtual Template1 0 UP Ethernet1 0 0050 ba22 7369 00e0 fc08 f4de View the statistics of PPPoE session Sysname display pppoe server session packet SID RemMAC LocMAC InP...

Страница 534: ...rtual Template1 with interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 pppoe server bind virtual template 1 pppoe server log information off Syntax pppoe se...

Страница 535: ...Maximum number of sessions that can be established at a local MAC address in the range 1 to 4069 Description Use the pppoe server max sessions local mac command to set the maximum number of PPPoE sess...

Страница 536: ...ndo pppoe server max sessions total View System view Parameter number Maximum number of PPPoE sessions that the system can establish which ranges from 1 to 65535 Description Use the pppoe server max s...

Страница 537: ...mplate interface Description Use the reset pppoe server command to terminate a PPPoE session on the server side Example Terminate the session established on virtual template interface 1 on the server...

Страница 538: ...538 CHAPTER 33 PPPOE SERVER CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 539: ...Example Display the summary of PPPoE session Sysname display pppoe client session summary There are 2 sessions in total ID Bundle Dialer Intf Client MAC Server MAC State 1 1 1 Eth1 0 00e0fc0254f3 0004...

Страница 540: ...0 Only after idle timeout is configured will the parameter be enabled By default packets is 10 Description Use the pppoe client command to establish a PPPoE session and specify the dialer bundle corre...

Страница 541: ...on No matter a PPPoE session works in permanent on line mode or in packet triggering mode it will be deleted permanently by the undo pppoe client command If it is necessary to recreate a PPPoE session...

Страница 542: ...e reset pppoe client command and the undo pppoe client command lies in the former only temporarily terminates a PPPoE session while the latter permanently deletes a PPPoE session Example Clear all PPP...

Страница 543: ...rface type interface number ccp chap compression iphc rtp tcp core event interface interface type interface number ip packet interface interface type interface number ipcp ipv6 ipv6cp ipx ipxcp lcp lq...

Страница 544: ...or PPP error debugging event PPP event debugging packet PPP packet debugging state PPP state debugging interface type interface number Specifies an interface by its type and number Description Use the...

Страница 545: ...ceive Terminate Ack RTA A Terminate Ack packet was received from the peer Receive Unknown Code RUC An unknown packet was received from the peer Receive Code Reject Receive Protocol Reject RXJ RXJ A Co...

Страница 546: ...Packet Serial2 0 Output LCP c021 Pkt Len 35 State reqsent code ConfReq 01 id 2a len 31 MRU 1 len 4 val 05dc AuthProto 3 len 4 PAP c023 MagicNumber 5 len 6 val 31180c00 MRRU 11 len 4 val 05dc Discri 13...

Страница 547: ...547 the TLV length is four bytes and the desired MRRU is 05dc and the endpoint discriminator of MP the TLV length is 9 bytes and the value is 01fa4d432c8451...

Страница 548: ...548 CHAPTER 35 PPP DEBUGGING COMMANDS...

Страница 549: ...nds Example Set the aging time of dynamic bridge table entries to 500 seconds Sysname system view Sysname bridge aging time 500 bridge bridge set enable Syntax bridge bridge set enable undo bridge bri...

Страница 550: ...Use the bridge bridging command to enable bridging of the specified network layer protocol s on the specified bridge set Use the undo bridge bridging command to disable bridging of the specified netwo...

Страница 551: ...the bridge learning command to enable dynamic address learning to allow the specified bridge set to add dynamic address entries into the bridge table Use the undo bridge learning command to disable dy...

Страница 552: ...d frames with a destination MAC address of 0000 0000 0111 Sysname system view Sysname bridge 1 mac address 0000 0000 0111 permit interface ethernet 1 0 bridge routing Syntax bridge bridge set routing...

Страница 553: ...bridge set bridge set undo bridge set bridge set View Interface view Parameters bridge set Bridge set number an integer in the range of 1 to 255 Description Use the bridge set command to add the curre...

Страница 554: ...MAC address in the format of H H H dynamic Displays the information about dynamically learned addresses in the bridge table static Displays the information about manually configured about addresses i...

Страница 555: ...g interface total 2 interface s in the set Ethernet1 0 up Ethernet1 1 up Bridge set 2 configure bridge 2 enable bridging ip undo bridging ipx bridging others undo routing ip undo routing ipx bridge 2...

Страница 556: ...s provided this command displays the statistics about all the bridged traffic on the device Example View the statistics information about bridged traffic that has passed Ethernet1 0 Sysname display br...

Страница 557: ...tally 10 frames were received on this interface including one BPDU and two unicast packets Output Indicates what kinds of and how many frames were sent out on this interface Send way Indicates how fra...

Страница 558: ...State of the bridge template interface Line protocol current state State of the data link layer protocol UP DOWN Description Bridge template1 Interface Descriptive string of the interface The Maximum...

Страница 559: ...r interface type dce Sysname Serial2 0 fr dlci 50 Sysname Serial2 0 bridge set 1 Sysname Serial2 0 fr map bridge 50 broadcast interface bridge template Syntax interface bridge template bridge set undo...

Страница 560: ...ernet interface If the bridge set contains no Ethernet interfaces its bridge template interface will use the system default MAC address Related command interface bridge template n Different models of...

Страница 561: ...ule interface type interface number Clears MAC address entry of the specified interface Description Use the reset bridge address table command to remove one or more dynamic bridge table entries Exampl...

Страница 562: ...Enables bridging of broadcasts to the X 25 destination Description Use the x25 map bridge command to create an X 25 to bridging mapping Use the undo x25 map bridge command to remove an X25 to bridgin...

Страница 563: ...aler isdn leased number command to configure 64 kbps leased line connection Use the undo dialer isdn leased number command to remove 64 kbps leased line connection By default no ISDN leased line conne...

Страница 564: ...perty Digital Call Type Out Calling Number Calling Subaddress Called Number 6688164 Called Subaddress UserName IP Address Start Time 05 04 30 14 27 52 Time Used 00 04 34 display isdn call info Syntax...

Страница 565: ...State TEI_UNASSIGNED Link Layer 8 TEI NONE State TEI_UNASSIGNED Network Layer 1 connection s Connection 1 CCIndex 0x0055 State Active CES 1 Channel 0x00000001 TEI 65 Calling_Num Sub Called_Num Sub 66...

Страница 566: ...call record Call Calling Called Start Stop Seconds Type Number Number Time Time Used In 10660016 10660016 03 07 05 11 23 09 0 In 10660022 10660022 03 07 05 11 23 09 0 CCIndex Index of the call at the...

Страница 567: ...he durations of system timers and frame size If only ISDN protocol is specified the system will display the default system parameters of ISDN Example Display the system parameters of the ISDN protocol...

Страница 568: ...RI 1 0 Sysname display isdn spid interface bri 1 0 Interface Bri1 0 SPID Type AUTO SPID B1 SPID Num Neg State SPID_UNASSIGNED Init State INIT_NULL SPID B2 SPID Num Neg State SPID_UNASSIGNED Init State...

Страница 569: ...in most cases despite the ISDN module can provide the channel management function as well Configured with isdn bch local manage command the router operates in local B channel management mode to selec...

Страница 570: ...m view Sysname interface bri 2 0 Sysname Bri2 0 isdn bch local manage isdn bch select way Syntax isdn bch select way ascending descending View ISDN interface view Parameter ascending Selects B channel...

Страница 571: ...alling number Description Use the isdn calling command to have the messages from a calling party to a called party carry the calling number This command mainly applies on BRI interfaces If a calling p...

Страница 572: ...oming digital call if the calling party sends a wrong subaddress or does not send at all Example Check whether the called number carried by incoming digital calls is 66668888 on the interface BRI 1 0...

Страница 573: ...rom a remote device it can automatically identify the length of the call reference However some devices on the network do not have such capability In the event that the router is required to place cal...

Страница 574: ...to configure this command on an ISDN interface if there is still a call on it This command can take effect only if it is configured when there is no call on the interface Alternatively you can manuall...

Страница 575: ...sdn ignore hlc isdn ignore llc Syntax isdn ignore llc undo isdn ignore llc View ISDN interface view Parameter None Description Use the isdn ignore llc command to disable ISDN to carry the Lower Layer...

Страница 576: ...As for the data exchange performed between a router and an ISDN switch the default is as follows For an incoming call the router checks the received Setup messages for the Sending Complete Information...

Страница 577: ...rmation Element in the transmitted SETUP messages Sysname Bri1 0 isdn ignore sending complete outgoing isdn L3 timer Syntax isdn L3 timer timer name time interval undo isdn L3 timer all timer name Vie...

Страница 578: ...o configure a BRI interface to operate in the point to point mode Use the undo isdn link mode command to restore the default BRI interface operating mode By default a BRI interface operates in the poi...

Страница 579: ...0 1 International number 0 1 0 National number 1 0 0 Subscriber number 0 0 0 0 Unknown 0 0 0 1 ISDN telephony numbering loan Recommendation E 164 E 163 1 0 0 1 Private numbering plan DSS1 0 0 0 Unkno...

Страница 580: ...SDN numbering plan Rec E 164 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 Abbreviated number in private numbering plan NTT 0 0 0 Unknown 0 1 0 National number 0 1 1 Network specific number 1 0 0 Subscriber number 0 0 0 0 Unknown 0...

Страница 581: ...how to set number type and code scheme 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 Level 2 regional number in private numbering plan 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 Level 1 regional number in private numbering plan 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 PISN specific numb...

Страница 582: ...er property calling Remove the number type and code scheme for the calling numbers in incoming and outgoing calls undo isdn number property calling Set a number type and code scheme for the called num...

Страница 583: ...no call on the interface Alternatively you can manually disable the interface by executing the shutdown command configure the command and then enable the interface by executing the undo shutdown comma...

Страница 584: ...nd to set the protocol mode for an ISDN interface Use the undo isdn protocol mode command to restore the default protocol mode By default an ISDN interface operates in the user side mode Example Set t...

Страница 585: ...he command and then enable the interface by executing the undo shutdown command The operations however will lead to the disconnection of the call existing on the interface Example Apply ISDN ETSI on i...

Страница 586: ...ESTART messages to the remote end before maintaining B channels Example Enable the PRI interface to send RESTART messages before maintaining B channels Sysname system view Sysname isdn send restart is...

Страница 587: ...disable the NIT mode on the BRI interface By default NIT mode does not apply on BRI interfaces Instead static SPID or dynamic SPID negotiation is applied On an NI compliant BRI interface calls can be...

Страница 588: ...You can use this command to modify the duration of TSPID This command applies only on NI compliant BRI interfaces Example Set the duration of TSPID on the interface BRI 1 0 to 50 seconds Sysname syste...

Страница 589: ...e the isdn spid resend command to set the number of INFORMATION message retransmission attempts for SPID negotiation or initialization on an NI compliant BRI interface Use the undo isdn spid resend co...

Страница 590: ...to place calls normally In addition when the router works with an ISDN NI compliant switch the DMS100 for example in North America you must use this command to configure a unique SPID and LDN for each...

Страница 591: ...mand to configure a unique SPID and LDN for each B channel to ensure a successful MP channel call Otherwise only one B channel can be brought up Also note that both SPID and LDN are provided by your s...

Страница 592: ...atistics in the form of flow Use the isdn statistics stop command to stop making statistics Use the isdn statistics clear to clear the statistic information Example Start counting incoming and outgoin...

Страница 593: ...up and calling for MP fails By default all the B channels on the BRI interface use one TEI value Example Configure the router to request the connected switch for a new TEI value before calling to brin...

Страница 594: ...he isdn q921 permanent command triggers the ISDN BRI interface to establish Q 921 links n The support for these two commands varies with device models Example Specify BRI 2 0 interface to be in perman...

Страница 595: ...ce view Parameters None Description Use the shutdown command to shut down an ISDN interface Use the undo shutdown command to bring up an ISDN interface By default an ISDN interface is up Examples Shut...

Страница 596: ...596 CHAPTER 37 ISDN CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 597: ...dulo and check region configuration Examples Activate MST region configuration manually Sysname system view Sysname stp region configuration Sysname mst region active region configuration check region...

Страница 598: ...ny view Parameters instance instance id Displays the spanning tree information of a particular MST instance The minimum value of instance id is 0 representing the common internal spanning tree CIST an...

Страница 599: ...IST common root regional root the internal path cost from the device to the regional root CIST root port of the device and status of the BPDU guard function enabled or disabled CIST port parameters Po...

Страница 600: ...port command to view the information about abnormally blocked ports Any of the following reasons may cause a port to be abnormally blocked Root guard action Loop guard action MSTP BPDU format compati...

Страница 601: ...nstance instance id history View Any view Table 104 Description on the fields of the display stp abnormal port command Field Description MSTID MST instance ID Blocked Port Name of blocked port which c...

Страница 602: ...spanning tree instance ID this command will display the historic port role calculation information of only this specified spanning instance in the timing of port role calculation Examples View the hi...

Страница 603: ...ameters None Description Use the display stp root command to view the root bridge information of all MSTP instances Examples View the root bridge information of all MSTP instances Sysname display stp...

Страница 604: ...sequenced by instance ID and by port name in each spanning tree instance If you specify a spanning tree instance ID this command will display the statistics of TC BPDUs received and sent by all ports...

Страница 605: ...e specified VLAN s from the specified MST instance and map the removed VLAN s to the CIST MST instance 0 By default all VLANs are mapped to the CIST Notice that If you specify no VLAN in the undo inst...

Страница 606: ...s the spanning tree statistics information on one or multiple ports You can provide up to 10 port lists by each of which you can specify an individual port in the form of interface type interface numb...

Страница 607: ...commands instance region name check region configuration vlan mapping modulo and active region configuration Examples Set the MSTP revision level of the MST region to 5 Sysname system view Sysname stp...

Страница 608: ...enabled MSTP dynamically maintains spanning tree status of the corresponding VLANs based the received configuration BPDUs After being disabled it stops maintaining the spanning tree status Refer to Li...

Страница 609: ...ers are related to the network size You can set these three timers indirectly by setting the network diameter Based on the network diameter you configured MSTP automatically sets an optimal hello time...

Страница 610: ...iant BPDUs and sends when needed compatible format or 802 1s compliant BPDUs If the mode is set to legacy or dot1s on a port the port can only receive and send BPDUs of the specified format If the por...

Страница 611: ...w Sysname stp config digest snooping Enable Digest Snooping on Ethernet 1 1 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 1 Sysname Ethernet1 1 stp config digest snooping stp cost Syntax stp instan...

Страница 612: ...yntax stp edged port enable disable undo stp edged port View Ethernet interface view port group view Parameters enable Configures the current port to be an edge port disable Configures the current por...

Страница 613: ...oup view Parameters None Description Use the stp loop protection command to enable the loop guard function for a port or a group of ports Use the undo stp loop protection command to restore default lo...

Страница 614: ...device becomes the network diameter of that spanning tree and restricts the size of that spanning tree in the current MST region Devices other than the root bridge in an MST region use the maximum hop...

Страница 615: ...onfigure the MSTP work mode of the device Use the undo stp mode command to restore the MSTP work mode to the default setting By default an MSTP compliant device works in MSTP mode Related commands stp...

Страница 616: ...he default path cost for ports based on a private standard Description Use the stp pathcost standard command to specify a standard for the device to use when calculating the default path cost of the l...

Страница 617: ...e to calculate the default path cost for ports based on IEEE 802 1t Sysname system view Sysname stp pathcost standard dot1t stp point to point Syntax stp point to point auto force false force true und...

Страница 618: ...he port group When connecting to a non point to point link a port is incapable of rapid state transition If the current port is the master port of aggregated ports or if it works in full duplex mode t...

Страница 619: ...2006 Sysname MSTP 3 PFWD Instance 2 s Ethernet 1 2 has been set to forwarding state The information mentioned above shows that in instance 2 that state of both Ethernet 1 1 and Ethernet 1 2 has chang...

Страница 620: ...priority priority undo stp instance instance id priority View System view Parameters instance instance id Sets the priority of the current port s in a particular spanning tree instance The minimum val...

Страница 621: ...iew you can configure the parameters related the MST region including the region name VLAN to instance mapping and revision level Examples Enter MST region view Sysname system view Sysname stp region...

Страница 622: ...in the range of 0 to 15 MST instance 0 represents the CIST Description Use the stp root secondary command to specify the current device as a secondary root bridge of the specified MST instance Use th...

Страница 623: ...t group view the setting is effective on all the ports in the port group Examples Enable the root guard function for port Ethernet 1 1 Sysname system view Sysname interface Ethernet 1 1 Sysname Ethern...

Страница 624: ...d of time immediately after it receives TC BPDUs to 6 times Examples Set the maximum number of times the device deletes forwarding address entries within a certain period of time immediately after it...

Страница 625: ...k in the stp bridge diameter bridge number command and let MSTP automatically calculate an optimal setting of these three timers Related commands stp timer hello stp timer max age and stp bridge diame...

Страница 626: ...imer max age Syntax stp timer max age centi seconds undo stp timer max age View System view Parameters centi seconds Max age in the range 600 to 4 000 in centiseconds This argument must be a multiple...

Страница 627: ...imer factor command to configure the timeout time of the device by setting the timeout factor Timeout time timeout factor 3 hello time Use the undo stp timer factor command to restore the timeout fact...

Страница 628: ...maximum transmission rate of all ports of the device is 10 Note that Configured in Ethernet interface view the setting is effective on the current port only configured in port group view the setting...

Страница 629: ...ng modulo command you can quickly specify a VLAN for each MST instance This command maps each VLAN to the MST instance whose ID is VLAN ID 1 modulo 1 where VLAN ID 1 modulo is the modulo operation for...

Страница 630: ...630 CHAPTER 38 MSTP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 631: ...he undo description command to restore the default By default the descriptive string for a VLAN is the VLAN ID for example VLAN 0001 for a VLAN interface is name of the current VLAN interface for exam...

Страница 632: ...put 0 bytes sec 0 packets sec 0 packets input 0 bytes 0 drops 0 packets output 0 bytes 0 drops Table 111 Description on the fields of the display interface vlan interface command Field Description Vla...

Страница 633: ...and interface number in which interface number is the main interface number whereas subnumber is the sub interface number ranging from 1 to 4 094 reserved Displays information of the reserved VLANs P...

Страница 634: ...annot be created Related command display interface vlan interface Example Create VLAN interface 2 Sysname system view Sysname vlan 2 Sysname vlan2 quit Sysname interface vlan interface 2 Sysname Vlan...

Страница 635: ...imum of 32 IP addresses can be configured on a VLAN interface in which one is the primary IP address and all the rest are secondary IP addresses The total number of IP addresses on a VLAN interface va...

Страница 636: ...e interface will resume Shutting down bringing up a VLAN interface does not affect any Ethernet ports in the VLAN The state of an Ethernet port does not change with the VLAN interface state Example Sh...

Страница 637: ...ot create remove reserved VLANs that are reserved for specific function implementation Dynamic VLANs cannot be removed using the undo vlan command A VLAN associated with QoS policies cannot be removed...

Страница 638: ...638 CHAPTER 39 VLAN CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 639: ...rt command to remove one Access port or a group of Access ports from a VLAN Note This command is only applicable to Access ports All ports have their default link type configured as Access however use...

Страница 640: ...an 3 port hybrid pvid vlan Syntax port hybrid pvid vlan vlan id undo port hybrid pvid View Ethernet interface view port group view Parameter vlan id VLAN ID in the range 1 to 4094 Description Use the...

Страница 641: ...rent Hybrid port to the specified VLAN s Use the undo port hybrid vlan command to remove the current Hybrid port from the specified VLAN s A hybrid port can belong to multiple VLANs and thus can allow...

Страница 642: ...rts in the port group Refer to Link Aggregation Configuration Commands on page 473 for information about port groups By default a port is an Access port Example Configure Ethernet 1 0 to be a Trunk po...

Страница 643: ...ame vlan all Please wait Done Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 port link type trunk Sysname Ethernet1 0 port trunk permit vlan 2 4 50 to 100 Please wait Done port trunk pvid vlan Syn...

Страница 644: ...default VLAN ID for the Trunk port of both the local device and remote device Otherwise the packets cannot be transmitted correctly Related command port link type Example Configure the default VLAN ID...

Страница 645: ...d command voice vlan voice vlan enable n As the first 24 bits of a MAC address in binary format an OUI address is a globally unique identifier assigned to a vendor by IEEE Example Display the OUI addr...

Страница 646: ...4 MANUAL Ethernet1 5 AUTO voice vlan Syntax voice vlan vlan id enable Description Description of the OUI addresses that are allowed to pass Table 113 Description on the fields of the display voice vl...

Страница 647: ...voice vlan state Example Enable the voice VLAN feature on VLAN 2 assuming that VLAN 2 already exists Sysname system view Sysname voice vlan 2 enable voice vlan aging Syntax voice vlan aging minutes un...

Страница 648: ...utomatic mode only The Trunk or Hybrid port can be configured with the voice VLAN feature The Access port cannot be configured with this feature Before enabling the voice VLAN feature on a port ensure...

Страница 649: ...m default OUI addresses which can be removed or then added are illustrated in the following table Related command display voice vlan oui Example Configure the OUI address as 1234 1234 1234 the mask as...

Страница 650: ...o voice vlan mode auto command to configure the voice VLAN working mode on a port to be manual By default the voice VLAN working mode is automatic The voice VLAN working mode of a port is independent...

Страница 651: ...lt the security mode of voice VLAN is enabled n The voice vlan security enable and undo voice vlan security enable commands take effect only after the voice VLAN attribute is enabled globally Example...

Страница 652: ...652 CHAPTER 41 VOICE VLAN CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 653: ...solate group information Uplink port support NO Group ID 1 Ethernet1 1 Ethernet1 2 port isolate enable Syntax port isolate enable undo port isolate enable View Ethernet interface view port group view...

Страница 654: ...Configured in Ethernet interface view the setting is effective on the current port only configured in port group view the setting is effective on all ports in the port group Refer to Link Aggregation...

Страница 655: ...undo standby routing group command to disable the dynamic route backup function By default the dynamic route backup function is disabled n Before enabling the dynamic route backup function on a dialup...

Страница 656: ...ic route backup group 1 to monitor routes to the network segments 20 0 0 0 8 and 30 0 0 0 8 Sysname system view Sysname standby routing rule 1 ip 20 0 0 1 255 0 0 0 Sysname standby routing rule 1 ip 3...

Страница 657: ...s or broadcast packets cannot be sent Description Use the broadcast limit link command to set the maximum number of links that can send multicast or broadcast packets in a VT Use the undo broadcast li...

Страница 658: ...seconds output 0 bytes sec 0 packets sec 0 packets input 0 bytes 0 drops 0 packets output 0 bytes 0 drops display interface mfr Syntax display interface mfr mfr number View Any view Parameter mfr numb...

Страница 659: ...0 0 Output queue FIFO queuing Size Length Discards 0 75 0 Last 300 seconds input 0 bytes sec 0 packets sec Last 300 seconds output 0 bytes sec 0 packets sec 0 packets input 0 bytes 0 drops 0 packets o...

Страница 660: ...group12 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Hold timer is 10 sec Internet protocol processing disabled Link layer protocol is PPP LCP initial Physical is MP Output queue Urgent queue Size Len...

Страница 661: ...0 Sysname display interface null 0 NULL0 current state UP Line protocol current state UP spoofing Description NULL0 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 1500 Internet protocol processing disabled Ph...

Страница 662: ...ate command to view the state information about the existing VTs If you do not provide a VT number this command will display the state information about all the existing VTs Related command interface...

Страница 663: ...iew Parameter interface type interface number Interface type and interface number verbose Displays the detailed statistics Description Use the display mfr command to display the configuration informat...

Страница 664: ...ually VA interfaces will be removed due to underlying layer disconnection or user intervention Example View the state information about all the VA interfaces Sysname display virtual access vt 1 Virtua...

Страница 665: ...interface interface type interface number subnumber p2mp p2p command to create a WAN sub interface and enter WAN sub interface view Use the undo interface command to remove the specified sub interfac...

Страница 666: ...096 sub interfaces Example Create a sub interface on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 1 Sysname Ethernet1 0 1 interface loopback Syntax interface loopback number undo i...

Страница 667: ...w Sysname interface mfr 3 Sysname MFR3 interface mp group Syntax interface mp group mp number undo interface mp group mp number View System view Parameter mp number MP group interface number ranging f...

Страница 668: ...System view Parameter number VE interface number ranging from 0 to 1023 Description Use the interface virtual ethernet command to create a VE interface and enter the specified VE interface view Use th...

Страница 669: ...remove the specified VT Before removing a VT make sure that all the relevant VA interfaces are removed and this virtual interface is not being used Example Create VT 10 Sysname system view Sysname in...

Страница 670: ...670 CHAPTER 44 LOGICAL INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 671: ...tore the default that is slave When connected to a SONET SDH device the CPOS interface must use the slave clock because the SONET SDH network clock is more precise When the interface is directly conne...

Страница 672: ...CRC word length for a synchronizing serial interface formed by CPOS interfaces Use the undo crc command to restore the default The CRC word length for a synchronizing serial interface formed by CPOS i...

Страница 673: ...larm none Error 0 BIP 0 SEF Multiplex section Alarm none Error 0 BIP 0 REI Higher order path VC 3 1 Alarm none Error 0 BIP 0 REI Higher order path VC 3 2 Alarm none Error 0 BIP 0 REI Higher order path...

Страница 674: ...at SDH multiplex AU 3 clock master loopback not set Physical layer information of the CPOS interface the framing format is set to SDH AU 3 path is adopted master clock internal clock signal is used an...

Страница 675: ...r path VC 4 1 Alarm none Error 0 BIP 0 REI Lower order path Alarm none Error 0 BIP 0 REI Cpos2 0 CE1 1 is up Frame format NO CRC4 clock slave loopback not set E1 framer 1 1 1 1 Alarm none Error 0 FERR...

Страница 676: ...on Cpos4 0 current state The current physical state of the CPOS interface Frame format SDH multiplex AU 3 clock master loopback not set Physical layer information of the CPOS interface the framing for...

Страница 677: ...document By default timeslot bundling is disabled on E1 channels When the E1 channel is channelized its timeslot 0 is used for synchronization and the other 31 timeslots can be bundled to form one or...

Страница 678: ...clock modes depending on connected devices For example when connected to a SONET SDH device an E1 channel should use the slave clock mode and when directly connected to another device with fiber optic...

Страница 679: ...1 channel remote Enables external loopback on the E1 channel Description Use the e1 set loopback command to configure the loopback mode of the E1 channel Use the undo e1 set loopback command to remove...

Страница 680: ...tdown e1 unframed Syntax e1 e1 number unframed undo e1 e1 number unframed View CPOS interface view Parameter e1 number Number of an E1 channel on the CPOS interface in the range 1 to 63 Description Us...

Страница 681: ...system default is NetEngine c2 c2 value Specifies the path signal label byte The c2 value argument is a hexadecimal number in the range 0 to FF The system default is 0x02 Description Use the flag com...

Страница 682: ...ck local remote undo loopback View CPOS interface view Parameter local Internal loopback used for testing the physical interface itself remote External loopback used for testing the cable connected to...

Страница 683: ...ose to multiplex AUG to AU 4 or AU 3 by using the multiplex mode command When the CPOS interface is operating in SONET mode AUG can be multiplexed only to AU 3 and the multiplex mode command is invali...

Страница 684: ...r1 number2 or multiple timeslots in the form of number1 number2 number3 speed 56k 64k Specifies how timeslots are bundled If the 56k keyword applies timeslots form an N 56 kbps bundle If 64k applies t...

Страница 685: ...ck mode and when directly connected to another device with fiber optic it can use either mode so long as the mode is different from the one used at the opposite end Note that different T1 channels of...

Страница 686: ...es internal loopback payload Enables external payload loopback remote Enables external loopback Description Use the t1 set loopback command to configure the loopback mode of the T1 channel Use the und...

Страница 687: ...e in the range 1 to 84 Description Use the t1 unframed command to set a T1 channel on the CPOS interface to operate in unframed mode Use the undo t1 unframed command to restore the default that is cha...

Страница 688: ...688 CHAPTER 45 CPOS INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 689: ...formation Use the undo arp check enable command to disable the function allowing the device to learn multicast MAC addresses After the ARP entry check is disabled the device can learn the ARP entry wi...

Страница 690: ...e range 1 to 4094 interface type interface number Interface type and interface number vpn instance vpn instance name Name of a VLAN instance a case sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters Description U...

Страница 691: ...mer aging command to set aging time for dynamic ARP entries Use the undo arp timer aging command to restore the default By default the aging time for dynamic ARP entries is 20 minutes Related command...

Страница 692: ...arp static reset arp Example Display the detailed information of all ARP entries Sysname display arp all verbose Type S Static D Dynamic IP Address MAC Address VLAN ID Interface Aging Type Vpn instan...

Страница 693: ...string for matching consisting of 1 to 256 characters Description Use the display arp ip address command to display the ARP entry for a specified IP address Related command arp static and reset arp E...

Страница 694: ...hat contain the specified string string A case sensitive string for matching consisting of 1 to 256 characters count Displays the number of ARP entries Description Use the display arp vpn instance com...

Страница 695: ...ars all ARP entries dynamic Clears all dynamic ARP entries static Clears all static ARP entries interface interface type interface number Clears the ARP entries for the interface specified by the argu...

Страница 696: ...696 CHAPTER 46 ARP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 697: ...nd to restore the default By default a device cannot send gratuitous ARP packets when receiving ARP requests from another network segment Example Disable a device from sending gratuitous ARP packets S...

Страница 698: ...CHAPTER 47 GRATUITOUS ARP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS By default the function is disabled Example Enable the gratuitous ARP packet learning function Sysname system view Sysname gratuitous arp learning ena...

Страница 699: ...e ARP source suppression function is disabled Related command display arp source suppression Example Enable the ARP source suppression function Sysname system view System View return to User View with...

Страница 700: ...p source suppression Syntax display arp source suppression View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display arp source suppression command to display information about the current ARP source s...

Страница 701: ...led from learning dynamic ARP entries Use the undo arp authorized enable command to disable authorized ARP on the interface which at the same time is enabled to learn dynamic ARP entries By default au...

Страница 702: ...time for authorized ARP entries Use the undo arp authorized time out command to restore the default By default the aging time for authorized ARP entries is 1200 seconds Example Configure the aging tim...

Страница 703: ...lt proxy ARP is disabled Related command display proxy arp Example Enable proxy ARP on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 proxy arp enable local proxy...

Страница 704: ...isplay the proxy ARP status Related command proxy arp enable Example Display the proxy ARP status on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname display proxy arp interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet 1 0 Proxy ARP stat...

Страница 705: ...to 65534 sharekey key Specifies a shared key for the BIMS server which is a string of 1 to 16 characters Description Use the bims server command to specify the IP address port number and shared key of...

Страница 706: ...otfile name is specified If you execute the bootfile name command repeatedly the latest configuration will overwrite the previous one Example Specify the bootfile name aaa in DHCP address pool 0 Sysna...

Страница 707: ...DHCP client the DHCP server will allocate an IP address from the address pool Use the undo dhcp select server global pool subaddress command to cancel the support for subaddress allocation By default...

Страница 708: ...esses of the DHCP server interfaces Note that When you use the dhcp server forbidden ip command to exclude an IP address that is bound to a user from dynamic assignment the address can be still assign...

Страница 709: ...ip pool 0 Sysname dhcp pool 0 dhcp server ping packets Syntax dhcp server ping packets number undo dhcp server ping packets View System view Parameter number Number of ping packets in the range of 0 t...

Страница 710: ...response timeout time as 1000ms Sysname system view Sysname dhcp server ping timeout 1000 dhcp server relay information enable Syntax dhcp server relay information enable undo dhcp server relay inform...

Страница 711: ...flicts ip address Displays conflict information for the IP address Description Use the display dhcp server conflict command to display information about IP address conflicts Related command reset dhcp...

Страница 712: ...re address 4 4 4 6 3030 3066 2e65 3230 Apr 25 2007 17 10 47 Release 302e 3130 3234 2d45 7468 6572 6e65 7430 2f31 total 1 entry display dhcp server free ip Syntax display dhcp server free ip View Any v...

Страница 713: ...on of a specified address pool The pool name is a string of 1 to 35 characters If no pool name is specified the binding information of all address pools is displayed Description Use the display dhcp s...

Страница 714: ...LINE 0 DHCPRELEASE 3 DHCPINFORM 0 BOOTPREQUEST 0 BOOTP Reply 9 DHCPOFFER 3 DHCPACK 6 DHCPNAK 0 BOOTPREPLY 0 Bad Messages 0 Type Binding types including Manual Auto OFFERED and Auto COMMITTED Manual St...

Страница 715: ...all DHCP address pools Sysname display dhcp server tree all Global pool Pool name 0 network 20 1 1 0 mask 255 255 255 0 Sibling node 1 option 2 ip address 1 1 1 1 expired 1 0 0 Pool name 1 static bind...

Страница 716: ...of the display dhcp server tree command Field Description Global pool Information of a address pool Pool name Address pool name network Network segment for address allocation static bind ip address 1...

Страница 717: ...mand to remove the domain name suffix from a DHCP address pool The domain name suffix is not specified by default Related command dhcp server ip pool Example Specify the client domain name suffix as m...

Страница 718: ...2 minute 3 gateway list Syntax gateway list ip address 1 8 undo gateway list ip address all View DHCP address pool view Parameter ip address 1 8 Gateway IP address 1 8 means you can specify up to eig...

Страница 719: ...mmand repeatedly the latest configuration will overwrite the previous one Related command dhcp server ip pool and netbios type Example Specify WINS server address 10 12 1 99 in DHCP address pool 0 Sys...

Страница 720: ...ified by default Related command dhcp server ip pool and nbns list Example Specify the NetBIOS node type as b node in DHCP address pool 0 Sysname system view Sysname dhcp server ip pool 0 Sysname dhcp...

Страница 721: ...icates you can specify up to 16 hex digit strings separated by spaces Each string contains 2 4 6 or 8 hex digits ip address ip address 1 8 Specifies IP addresses 1 8 indicates you can specify up to ei...

Страница 722: ...all ip ip address pool pool name View User view Parameter all Clears the IP address dynamic binding information of all DHCP address pools ip ip address Clears the dynamic binding information of a spec...

Страница 723: ...specify the client ID of a static binding in a DHCP address pool Use the undo static bind client identifier command to remove the client ID of a static binding from a DHCP address pool By default no...

Страница 724: ...mmand to remove the IP address of a static binding from a DHCP address pool By default no IP address of a static binding in a DHCP address pool is specified Note that Use the static bind ip address co...

Страница 725: ...the static bind mac address or static bind client identifier command repeatedly the latest configuration will overwrite the previous one Relate command dhcp server ip pool static bind client identifie...

Страница 726: ...ip address TFTP server IP address Description Use the tftp server ip address command to specify the TFTP server IP address in a DHCP address pool Use the undo tftp server ip address command to remove...

Страница 727: ...e config command to configure specified Option 184 contents in a DHCP address pool Use the undo voice config command to remove specified option 184 contents from a DHCP address pool By default no Opti...

Страница 728: ...728 CHAPTER 51 DHCP SERVER CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 729: ...one Description Use the dhcp enable command to enable DHCP Use the undo dhcp enable command to disable DHCP By default DHCP is disabled n For both DHCP server and relay agent configuration enabling DH...

Страница 730: ...ddress check enable dhcp relay information enable Syntax dhcp relay information enable undo dhcp relay information enable View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the dhcp relay information...

Страница 731: ...s the default normal padding format or with the keyword verbose node identifier restores the mac mode of the verbose padding format If configuring the handling strategy of the DHCP relay agent as repl...

Страница 732: ...thernet1 0 dhcp relay information enable Sysname Ethernet1 0 dhcp relay information strategy keep dhcp relay release ip Syntax dhcp relay release ip client ip View System view Parameter client ip DHCP...

Страница 733: ...command to bind an interface to a static binding entry make sure that the interface is configured as a DHCP relay agent otherwise address entry conflicts may occur Related command display dhcp relay...

Страница 734: ...the dhcp relay server detect command to enable pseudo DHCP server detection Use the undo dhcp relay server detect command to disable pseudo DHCP server detection By default pseudo DHCP server detectio...

Страница 735: ...yntax dhcp relay server select group id undo dhcp relay server select View Interface view Parameter group id Specifies a DHCP group number to be correlated in the range of 0 to 19 The specified group...

Страница 736: ...ess pool to the client When the working mode of the interface is changed from DHCP server to DHCP relay agent neither the IP address leases nor the authorized ARP entries will be deleted However these...

Страница 737: ...rmation about DHCP server groups correlated to all interfaces Sysname display dhcp relay all Interface name Server group Ethernet1 1 2 display dhcp relay security Syntax display dhcp relay security ip...

Страница 738: ...tatic Items 1 Dynamic Items 0 Temporary Items 0 All Items 1 display dhcp relay security tracker Syntax display dhcp relay security tracker View Any view Parameter None Table 132 Description on fields...

Страница 739: ...ption Use the display dhcp relay server group command to display the configuration information of a specified or all DHCP server groups Example Display IP addresses of DHCP servers in DHCP server grou...

Страница 740: ...ECLINE packets received 0 BOOTPREQUEST packets 0 DHCP packets received from servers 20 DHCPOFFER packets received 10 DHCPACK packets received 10 DHCPNAK packets received 0 BOOTPREPLY packets 0 DHCP pa...

Страница 741: ...to 19 about which to remove statistics from the relay agent Description Use the reset dhcp relay statistics command to remove statistics from the relay agent If no server group is specified all stati...

Страница 742: ...742 CHAPTER 52 DHCP RELAY AGENT CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 743: ...face type interface number Specifies an interface of which to display DHCP client information Description Use the display dhcp client command to display DHCP client information If no interface interfa...

Страница 744: ...cp client command Field Description Vlan interface1 DHCP client information Information of the interface acting as the DHCP client Current machine state DHCP client current machine state Allocated IP...

Страница 745: ...t1 0 ip address dhcp alloc n The DHCP snooping is supported only on the Layer 2 Ethernet interface DHCP Snooping supports no link aggregation If a Layer 2 Ethernet interface is added into an aggregati...

Страница 746: ...746 CHAPTER 53 DHCP CLIENT CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 747: ...DHCP servers and does not record binding information about MAC addresses of DHCP clients and the obtained IP addresses By default DHCP snooping is disabled Related command display dhcp snooping Exampl...

Страница 748: ...both in the DHCP ACK and DHCP REQUEST messages Example Display DHCP snooping address binding information Sysname display dhcp snooping DHCP Snooping is enabled The client binding table for all untrust...

Страница 749: ...elated command dhcp snooping trust Example Display information about trusted ports Sysname display dhcp snooping trust DHCP Snooping is enabled DHCP Snooping trust becomes active Interface Trusted Eth...

Страница 750: ...750 CHAPTER 54 DHCP SNOOPING CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 751: ...nt Syntax display bootp client interface interface type interface number View Any view Parameter interface interface type interface number Displays the BOOTP client information of the interface Descri...

Страница 752: ...BOOTP Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 ip address bootp alloc Table 137 Description on fields of the display bootp client command Field Description Ethernet1 0 BO...

Страница 753: ...debugging is disabled Table 138 Description on the fields of the debugging dhcp server packet command Field Description Rx Tx Receiving sending operation Interface InterfaceName Receiving interface Me...

Страница 754: ...essfully A static binding entry is found Assign Lease Type Lease from global pool Assign a lease from the global address pool The lease type can be Used Free and Timeout Reclaim conflicted IP Address...

Страница 755: ...PS 7 DHCPS_DEBUG_COMMON DHCPServer Sending ICMP ECHOREQUEST to target IP 22 0 0 1 0 278312 Sysname DHCPS 7 DHCPS_DEBUG_COMMON DHCPServer Assign Free Lease from global pool Checking whether the IP addr...

Страница 756: ...address 0 0 0 0 Relay agent IP address 22 0 0 1 Client hardware address 00e0 fc14 1601 Server host name Not Configured Boot file name Not Configured DHCP message type DHCP Offer A DHCP OFFER message...

Страница 757: ...el Parameters all All types of debugging for DHCP relay agent error DHCP relay agent error debugging event DHCP relay agent event debugging packet DHCP relay agent packet debugging client mac mac addr...

Страница 758: ...PAddress IP address that the DHCP server assigns to the client DHCP message type DHCPmessagetype DHCP message type which can be DHCP Discover DHCP Offer DHCP Request DHCP Decline DHCP ACK DHCP NAK DHC...

Страница 759: ...ver group 0 The DHCP relay agent received a DHCP OFFER message and then broadcast it 0 230969 Sysname DHCPR 7 DHCPR_DEBUG_EVENT Begin to deal with DHCP Request packet 0 230969 Sysname DHCPR 7 DHCPR_DE...

Страница 760: ...view Default Level 1 Monitor level Parameters all All types of debugging for DHCP BOOTP clients error Error debugging or debugging for unknown packets of DHCP BOOTP clients event DHCP BOOTP client ev...

Страница 761: ...o CPU for processing Notify route to add the default gateway ip address Notifies the routing module to add a default route Notify BIMS to connect BIMS server ip ip address port port sharekey sharekey...

Страница 762: ...02 04 80 3C 10 00 00 00 00 20 B8 C4 B1 E4 B5 B1 C7 B0 C2 B7 BE 3D 20 00 30 30 65 30 2E 66 63 31 34 2E 31 36 30 31 2D 56 6C 61 6E 2D 69 6E 74 65 72 66 61 63 65 32 32 FF Warning Deleting the interface...

Страница 763: ...fc14 1601 Options 63 82 53 63 35 01 03 0C 06 63 6C 69 65 6E 74 32 04 16 00 00 02 36 04 0B 00 00 01 37 04 01 03 06 0F 39 02 04 80 3C 10 00 00 00 00 44 65 63 00 4E 6F 76 00 4F 63 74 00 3D 20 00 30 30 6...

Страница 764: ...421 Sysname DHCPC 7 DHCP_Client Vlan interface2 Move to BOUND state in 1 seconds if no arp reply is received If no ARP reply is received the state of the DHCP client will be changed to BOUND state aft...

Страница 765: ...the display dns domain command to display the domain name suffixes Related command dns domain Example Display domain name suffixes Sysname display dns domain Type D Dynamic S Static No Type Domain nam...

Страница 766: ...isplay dns proxy table View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display dns proxy table command to display the DNS proxy table Examples Display the DNS proxy table Sysname display dns proxy t...

Страница 767: ...rameter None Description Use the display ip host command to display the host names and corresponding IP addresses in the static DNS database Example Display the host names and corresponding IP address...

Страница 768: ...omain name suffix with a domain name suffix specified or all domain name suffixes with no domain name suffix specified No domain name suffix is configured by default You can configure a maximum of 10...

Страница 769: ...nd to enable dynamic domain name resolution Use the undo dns resolve command to disable dynamic domain name resolution Dynamic domain name resolution is disabled by default Example Enable dynamic doma...

Страница 770: ...dots The host name must include at least one letter ip address IP address of the specified host in dotted decimal notation Description Use the ip host command to create a mapping between host name and...

Страница 771: ...reset dns dynamic host command to clear the information in the dynamic domain name cache Related command display dns dynamic host Example Clear the information in the dynamic domain name cache Sysname...

Страница 772: ...772 CHAPTER 57 DNS CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 773: ...the interface packets refer to all incoming and outgoing IP packets If a firewall is configured only those valid packets can pass the firewall Description Use the display ip count command to display t...

Страница 774: ...s ip count enable Syntax ip count enable undo ip count enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the ip count enable command to enable IP accounting Use the undo ip count enable command t...

Страница 775: ...the exterior table is 0 Rule incompliant packets are not to be counted IP packets are sorted as follows If a firewall is configured on an interface and incoming and outgoing IP packets are denied by...

Страница 776: ...Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 ip count firewall denied outbound packets Specify not to count the outbound IP packets denied by the firewall on Ethernet1 0 Sys...

Страница 777: ...onfigure maximum number of accounting entries in the interior table Use the undo ip count interior threshold command to restore the default When doing this you are prompted to clear the table first if...

Страница 778: ...counting rules Example Count outgoing IP packets on Ethernet1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 ip count outbound packets ip count rule Syntax ip count rule ip a...

Страница 779: ...P accounting rule Sysname system view Sysname ip count rule 169 254 10 1 255 255 0 0 ip count timeout Syntax ip count timeout minutes undo ip count timeout View System view Parameter minutes Aging tim...

Страница 780: ...ars the statistics from the firewall denied table exterior Clears the statistics from the exterior table interior Clears the statistics from the interior table Description Use the reset ip count comma...

Страница 781: ...col current state DOWN Internet Address is 1 1 1 1 8 Primary Broadcast address 1 255 255 255 The Maximum Transmit Unit 1500 bytes ip fast forwarding incoming packets state is Disable ip fast forwardin...

Страница 782: ...packets received on an interface Unicast packets bytes and multicast packets sent on an interface ARP packet input number 0 Request packet 0 Reply packet 0 Unknown packet 0 Total number of ARP packet...

Страница 783: ...hannel D channel instead of the ones used by the user channels B channels For details about CE1 PRI and CT1 PRI interfaces refer to Fundamental CE1 PRI Interface Configuration Commands on page 201 and...

Страница 784: ...Use the undo ip address ip address mask mask length command to remove the primary IP address Use the undo ip address ip address mask mask length sub command to remove a secondary IP address By defaul...

Страница 785: ...s 202 38 160 1 255 255 255 0 sub ip address unnumbered Syntax ip address unnumbered interface interface type interface number undo ip address unnumbered View Interface view Parameter interface interfa...

Страница 786: ...786 CHAPTER 59 IP ADDRESSING CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 787: ...g containing 1 to 256 characters acl acl number Displays FIB information passing a specified ACL numbered from 2000 to 2999 ip prefix ip prefix name Displays FIB information passing a specified IP pre...

Страница 788: ...R Reject L Generated by ARP or ESIS Destination Mask Nexthop Flag TimeStamp Interface Token 10 2 1 1 32 127 0 0 1 HU t 1150900568 InLoop0 invalid 127 0 0 0 8 127 0 0 1 U t 1150623094 InLoop0 invalid...

Страница 789: ...al to the mask that a user enters If no masks are specified FIB entries that match the natural network address and have the masks longer than or equal to the natural mask will be displayed Description...

Страница 790: ...0 timestamp 0 information request 0 mask requests 0 mask replies 0 time exceeded 0 Output echo 10 destination unreachable 0 source quench 0 redirects 0 echo reply 5 parameter problem 0 timestamp 0 inf...

Страница 791: ...3 17 56 1161 sndbuf 8192 rcvbuf 8192 sb_cc 0 rb_cc 0 socket option SO_KEEPALIVE SO_OOBINLINE SO_SENDVPNID SO_SETKEEPALIVE socket state SS_ISCONNECTED SS_PRIV SS_ASYNC Task VTYD 18 socketid 3 Proto 6 L...

Страница 792: ...0 0 0 FA 0 0 0 0 sndbuf 4194304 rcvbuf 4194304 sb_cc 0 rb_cc 0 socket option 0 socket state SS_PRIV SS_NBIO SS_ASYNC display ip statistics Syntax display ip statistics View Any view Parameter None Ta...

Страница 793: ...of packets with destination being local bad protocol Total number of unknown protocol packets bad format Total number of packets with incorrect format bad checksum Total number of packets with incorr...

Страница 794: ...packets of data after window 0 0 bytes packets received after close 0 ACK packets 481 8776 bytes duplicate ACK packets 7 too much ACK packets 0 Sent packets Total 665 urgent packets 0 control packets...

Страница 795: ...nsent Sent packets Total Total number of packets sent urgent packets Number of urgent packets sent control packets Number of control packets sent window probe packets Number of window probe packets se...

Страница 796: ...ne Description Use the display udp statistics command to display statistics of UDP packets Related command reset udp statistics Packets dropped with MD5 authentication Number of packets dropped with M...

Страница 797: ...oadcasts Use the undo ip forward broadcast command to disable an interface from forwarding directed broadcasts By default an interface is disabled from forwarding directed broadcasts Table 163 Descrip...

Страница 798: ...ct packets This feature is enabled by default Example Disable sending ICMP redirection packets Sysname system view Sysname undo ip redirects ip ttl expires enable Syntax ip ttl expires enable undo ip...

Страница 799: ...ed the device will not send network unreachable and source route failure ICMP packets but still send other destination unreachable ICMP packets Example Disable sending ICMP destination unreachable pac...

Страница 800: ...le Display statistics of UDP traffic Sysname reset udp statistics tcp anti naptha enable Syntax tcp anti naptha enable undo tcp anti naptha enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the t...

Страница 801: ...and IP packet head so the recommended maximum size of TCP packets is about 1200 bytes Example Set the maximum size of TCP packets to 300 bytes on Ethernet1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface eth...

Страница 802: ...error will be prompted You can respectively configure the maximum number of TCP connections in each state If the maximum number of TCP connections in a state is 0 the aging of TCP connections in this...

Страница 803: ...nnection state check interval is 30 seconds The device periodically checks the number of TCP connections in each state If it detects that the number of TCP connections in a state exceeds the maximum n...

Страница 804: ...he synwait timer Related command tcp timer syn timeout and tcp window Example Set the length of the TCP finwait timer to 800 seconds Sysname system view Sysname tcp timer fin timeout 800 tcp timer syn...

Страница 805: ...tion Use the tcp window command to configure the receiving sending buffer size of TCP connection Use the undo tcp window command to restore the default The TCP receiving sending buffer is 8 KB by defa...

Страница 806: ...806 CHAPTER 60 IP PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 807: ...set the default outgoing interface for matched packets Use the undo apply default output interface command to remove the configuration Using this command can set two outgoing interfaces at most for lo...

Страница 808: ...ault next hop to 1 1 1 1 for matched packets Sysname system view Sysname policy based route aa permit node 11 Sysname policy based route apply ip address default next hop 1 1 1 1 track 1 apply ip addr...

Страница 809: ...The precedences are listed in the following table Description Use the apply ip precedence command to set a precedence for matched packets Use the undo apply ip precedence command to remove the settin...

Страница 810: ...configuration This command is used to specify interfaces two interfaces at most to send the matched IP packets Note that Two outgoing interfaces at most can be specified for matched IP packets For non...

Страница 811: ...cy routing Description Use the display ip policy based route setup command to display the configuration of enabled policy routing Examples Display the configuration of policy routing enabled on interf...

Страница 812: ...net 1 0 Denied 0 Forwarded 0 Total denied 0 forwarded 0 policy based route pr01 The referenced policy name is pr01 permit node 1 The match mode is permit and the policy consists of only node 1 if matc...

Страница 813: ...mber in the range of 2000 to 3999 The number of a basic ACL ranges from 2000 to 2999 and that of an advanced ACL ranges from 3000 to 3999 Description Use the if match acl command to define an ACL matc...

Страница 814: ...Examples Permit the packets with a length from 100 to 200 bytes Sysname system view Sysname policy based route aa permit node 11 Sysname policy based route if match packet length 100 200 ip local pol...

Страница 815: ...mmand to enable policy routing and reference a policy on the interface Use the undo ip policy based route command to disable interface policy routing Interface policy routing is disabled by default No...

Страница 816: ...A policy consists of several nodes and a node consists of if match clauses and apply clauses The if match clauses define the match rules for the node and the apply clauses define the actions that sho...

Страница 817: ...817 If no policy name is specified this command clears all the policy routing statistics Examples Clear all the policy routing statistics Sysname reset policy based route statistics...

Страница 818: ...818 CHAPTER 61 IP UNICAST POLICY ROUTING CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 819: ...warded UDP packets on all interfaces Example Display the information of forwarded UDP packets on the interface Ethernet1 0 Sysname display udp helper server interface ethernet 1 0 Interface name Serve...

Страница 820: ...port port number dns netbios ds netbios ns tacacs tftp time View System view Parameter port number UDP port number with which packets need to be forwarded in the range of 1 to 65535 except 67 and 68 d...

Страница 821: ...ndo udp helper server ip address View Interface view Parameter ip address IP address of the destination server in dotted decimal notation Description Use the udp helper server command to specify the d...

Страница 822: ...822 CHAPTER 62 UDP HELPER CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 823: ...n advanced ACL the value ranges from 3000 to 3999 Description Use the ip urpf command to enable URPF check on the interface Use the undo ip urpf command to disable this function By default URPF check...

Страница 824: ...824 CHAPTER 63 URPF CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 825: ...8 8 0 0 1 67 17 Eth1 0 Eth1 1 7 484 0 8 0 0 1 67 7 0 0 13 68 17 Eth1 1 Eth1 0 7 819 0 8 0 0 1 8 7 0 0 13 0 1 Eth1 2 Eth1 0 7 ip fast forwarding Syntax ip fast forwarding inbound outbound undo ip fast...

Страница 826: ...pression enabled PPP links c CAUTION In the case of load balancing using fast forwarding fast forwarding must be disabled in the corresponding direction of the interface The interface on which fast fo...

Страница 827: ...orwarding cache View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset ip fast forwarding cache command to clear the information in the fast forwarding cache Example Clear the information in the fast...

Страница 828: ...828 CHAPTER 64 FAST FORWARDING COMMANDS...

Страница 829: ...mic host command no more than 21 characters can be displayed If the domain name exceeds the maximum length the first 21 characters will be displayed display dns ipv6 server Syntax display dns ipv6 ser...

Страница 830: ...tic Destination 1 PrefixLength 128 NextHop 1 Flag HU Label NULL Tunnel ID 0 TimeStamp Date 12 5 2004 Time 9 15 18 Interface InLoopBack0 Table 171 Description on the fields of the display dns ipv6 serv...

Страница 831: ...Any view Parameter None Description Use the display ipv6 host command to display the mappings between host names and IPv6 addresses in the static DNS database Example Display the mappings between host...

Страница 832: ...ified interface is displayed Note that If you have configured the time slots of a CE1 PRI or CT1 PRI interface as an ISDN PRI group using the pri set command then executing the display ip interface br...

Страница 833: ...layer state of the interface IPv6 is enabled IPv6 packet forwarding state of the interface IPv6 packet forwarding is enabled in the example link local address Link local address configured for the int...

Страница 834: ...m the first one containing the specified character string include Displays the neighbor entries containing the specified character string exclude Displays the neighbor entries without the specified ch...

Страница 835: ...tal number of neighbor entries acquired dynamically Table 176 Description on fields of the display ipv6 neighbors command Field Description IPv6 Address IPv6 address of a neighbor Link layer Link laye...

Страница 836: ...ess ZoneID PathMTU Age Type fe80 12 0 1300 40 Dynamic 2222 3 0 1280 Static display ipv6 socket Syntax display ipv6 socket socktype socket type task id socket id View Any view Parameter socktype socket...

Страница 837: ...EPORT SO_SENDVPNID socket state SS_PRIV SS_ASYNC SOCK_DGRAM SOCK_RAW display ipv6 statistics Syntax display ipv6 statistics View Any view Parameter None Table 178 Description on fields of the display...

Страница 838: ...0 ICMPv6 protocol Sent packets Total 0 unreached 0 too big 0 hopcount exceeded 0 reassembly timeout 0 parameter problem 0 echo request 0 echo replied 0 neighbor solicit 0 neighbor advert 0 router soli...

Страница 839: ...reassembled packets Number of packets failing to be reassembled Number of packets whose reassembly times out ICMPv6 protocol Statistics of ICMPv6 packets Sent packets Total 0 unreached 0 too big 0 hop...

Страница 840: ...ering 0 unknown info type 0 Deliver failed bad length 0 ratelimited 0 Statistics of received ICMPv6 packets including Total number of received packets Number of packets with checksum errors Number of...

Страница 841: ...in sequence 0 0 bytes window probe packets 0 window update packets 0 checksum error 0 offset error 0 short error 0 duplicate packets 0 0 bytes partially duplicate packets 0 0 bytes out of order packet...

Страница 842: ...update packets 6 Number of data packets 7 Number of retransmitted packets 8 Number of ACK packets Retransmitted timeout Number of packets whose retransmission times out connections dropped in retransm...

Страница 843: ...delivered input socket full 0 input packets missing pcb cache 0 Sent packets Total 0 Table 181 Description on fields of the display tcp ipv6 status command Field Description TCP6CB IPv6 address of th...

Страница 844: ...s 2002 1 for a DNS server Sysname system view Sysname dns server ipv6 2002 1 ipv6 Syntax ipv6 undo ipv6 View System view Parameter None shorter than header Total number of UDP packets whose total leng...

Страница 845: ...n Use the ipv6 address command to configure an IPv6 site local address or aggregatable global unicast address for an interface Use the undo ipv6 address command to remove the IPv6 address from the int...

Страница 846: ...length eui 64 undo ipv6 address ipv6 prefix prefix length eui 64 View Interface view Parameter ipv6 prefix prefix length IPv6 address prefix and prefix length They together specify the prefix of an I...

Страница 847: ...interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 ipv6 address fe80 1 link local ipv6 fibcache Syntax ipv6 fibcache undo ipv6 fibcache View System view Parameter None Description Use the ipv6 fibcache comma...

Страница 848: ...hash based ipv6 host Syntax ipv6 host hostname ipv6 address undo ipv6 host hostname ipv6 address View System view Parameter hostname Host name a string of up to 20 characters The character string can...

Страница 849: ...iseconds Example Set the capacity of the token bucket to 50 and the update period to 100 milliseconds Sysname system view Sysname ipv6 icmp error bucket 50 ratelimit 100 ipv6 icmpv6 multicast echo rep...

Страница 850: ...lag View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the ipv6 nd autoconfig managed address flag command to set the managed address configuration M flag to 1 so that the host can acquire an IPv6 add...

Страница 851: ...thernet1 0 undo ipv6 nd autoconfig other flag ipv6 nd dad attempts Syntax ipv6 nd dad attempts value undo ipv6 nd dad attempts View Interface view Parameter value Number of attempts to send an NS mess...

Страница 852: ...View Interface view Parameter value Interval for sending NS messages in milliseconds in the range of 1 000 to 3 600 000 Description Use the ipv6 nd ns retrans timer command to set the interval for se...

Страница 853: ...specified by the device By default the neighbor reachable time on the local interface is 30 000 milliseconds and the Reachable Timer field in RA messages is 0 Example Set the neighbor reachable time...

Страница 854: ...e between the maximum interval and the minimum interval Use the undo ipv6 nd ra interval command to restore the default By default the maximum interval between RA messages is 600 seconds and the minim...

Страница 855: ...RA messages Use the undo ipv6 nd ra prefix command to remove the prefix information from RA messages By default no prefix information is configured in RA messages and the IPv6 address of the interface...

Страница 856: ...d number of a Layer 3 interface in a static neighbor entry Description Use the ipv6 neighbor command to configure a static neighbor entry Use the undo ipv6 neighbor command to remove a static neighbor...

Страница 857: ...learned on a specified interface Use the undo ipv6 neighbors max learning num command to restore the default Example Set the maximum number of neighbors that can be dynamically learned on Ethernet1 0...

Страница 858: ...dynamic PMTU Use the undo ipv6 pathmtu age command to restore the default By default the aging time is 10 minutes Note that the aging time is invalid for a static PMTU Related command display ipv6 pa...

Страница 859: ...ation on all interfaces dynamic Clears the dynamic neighbor information on all interfaces interface interface type interface number Clears dynamic neighbor information on a specified interface static...

Страница 860: ...6 packets Example Clear the statistics of IPv6 packets and ICMPv6 packets Sysname reset ipv6 statistics reset tcp ipv6 statistics Syntax reset tcp ipv6 statistics View User view Parameter None Descrip...

Страница 861: ...f the finwait timer is 675 seconds Example Set the finwait timer length of TCP connections to 800 seconds Sysname system view Sysname tcp ipv6 timer fin timeout 800 tcp ipv6 timer syn timeout Syntax t...

Страница 862: ...ze of the TCP sending receiving buffer in KB kilobyte in the range of 1 to 32 Description Use the tcp ipv6 window command to set the size of the TCP sending receiving buffer Use the undo tcp ipv6 wind...

Страница 863: ...om 1 1 1 1 to 1 1 1 4 display natpt address mapping Syntax display natpt address mapping View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display natpt address mapping command to display the static an...

Страница 864: ...ue is 240 seconds finrst aging time value is 5 seconds frag aging time value is 5 seconds Table 184 Description on fields of the display natpt address mapping command Field Description NATPT address m...

Страница 865: ...ormation No Dynamic V6 Address Records Present NATPT Prefix Info Prefix Interface NextHop 2001 NATPT aging time value information tcp aging time value is 86400 seconds udp aging time value is 40 secon...

Страница 866: ...ons Syntax display natpt frag sessions View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display natpt frag sessions command to display the NAT PT fragment session information Example Display the NAT P...

Страница 867: ...ion Info No IPV6Source IPV4Source Pro IPV6Destination IPV4Destination No Sessions Present display natpt statistics Syntax display natpt statistics View Any view Parameter None Description Use the disp...

Страница 868: ...Description Use the natpt address group command to configure a NAT PT address pool Use the undo natpt address group command to remove a specified NAT PT address pool Table 188 Description on fields o...

Страница 869: ...aging time default dns finrst frag icmp syn frag tcp udp time value View System view Parameter default Restores the default NAT PT session timeout time dns Specifies the DNS packet timeout time in se...

Страница 870: ...time icmp 45 natpt enable Syntax natpt enable undo natpt enable View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the natpt enable command to enable the NAT PT feature on an interface Use the undo n...

Страница 871: ...x of the destination address of the packet complies with the format of the natpt prefix argument during a dynamic mapping on the IPv6 network side ipv4 address IPv4 address of the specified next hop t...

Страница 872: ...lated from an IPv6 packet to 0 Sysname system view Sysname natpt turn off tos natpt turn off traffic class Syntax natpt turn off traffic class undo natpt turn off traffic class View System view Parame...

Страница 873: ...c command must be specified by the natpt prefix command in advance Example Use ACL 2000 to identify the source address of an IPv4 packet and add the NAT PT prefix 2001 to translate the source address...

Страница 874: ...e different from the NAT PT prefix but it is recommended to be the same as the NAT PT prefix Example Configure the static mapping from the source IPv4 address 2 3 4 9 to the destination IPv6 address 2...

Страница 875: ...tatic ipv6 address ipv4 address View System view Parameter ipv6 address Source IPv6 address to be mapped ipv4 address IPv4 address to which an IPv6 address is mapped Description Use the natpt v6bound...

Страница 876: ...mic mappings reset natpt statistics Syntax reset natpt statistics View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset natpt statistics command to clear all NAT PT statistics information Example Cl...

Страница 877: ...6 ipv6 address Syntax ipv6 address ipv6 address prefix length ipv6 address prefix length undo ipv6 address ipv6 address prefix length ipv6 address prefix length View Interface view Parameter ipv6 addr...

Страница 878: ...nd to enable the device to automatically create a link local address for an interface Use the undo ipv6 address auto link local command to remove the automatically created link local address By defaul...

Страница 879: ...nk local undo ipv6 address ipv6 address link local View Interface view Parameter ipv6 address IPv6 link local address The high order ten bits of an IPv6 link local address must be 1111111010 binary th...

Страница 880: ...880 CHAPTER 67 DUAL STACK CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 881: ...ss By default no destination address is configured for the tunnel interface Note that The destination address of a tunnel interface is the address of the peer interface receiving packets and is usuall...

Страница 882: ...ption Tunnel0 Interface The Maximum Transmit Unit is 64000 Internet Address is 10 1 2 1 24 Primary Encapsulation is TUNNEL aggregation ID not set Tunnel source 192 13 2 1 destination 192 13 2 2 Tunnel...

Страница 883: ...figured in tunnel interface view is displayed If device does not support aggregation ID not set is displayed Tunnel source Source address of a tunnel destination Destination address of a tunnel Tunnel...

Страница 884: ...nnel 2 Sysname Tunnel2 tunnel protocol ipv6 ipv6 Sysname Tunnel2 encapsulation limit 3 interface tunnel Syntax interface tunnel number Table 190 Description on fields of the display interface tunnel c...

Страница 885: ...created you must create it before entering tunnel interface view A tunnel interface number has only local significance and therefore the same interface number or different interface numbers can be set...

Страница 886: ...the undo source command to remove the configured source IP address By default no source address is configured for a tunnel interface Note that The source address of a tunnel interface is the address o...

Страница 887: ...6 over IPv6 tunnel mpls te Sets the tunnel to an MPLS TE tunnel Description Use the tunnel protocol command to configure the tunnel type Use the undo tunnel protocol to restore the tunnel type to the...

Страница 888: ...888 CHAPTER 68 TUNNELING CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 889: ...efault outgoing interface This command only applies to packets not finding a match in the routing table You can specify up to five default outgoing interfaces implementing load balancing based on data...

Страница 890: ...ipv6 address undo apply ipv6 address default next hop ipv6 address View IPv6 policy based route view Parameter ipv6 address Default next hop Description Use the apply ipv6 address default next hop co...

Страница 891: ...ply default output interface and apply ipv6 address default next hop Example Set a next hop of 1 1 for matched IPv6 packets Sysname system view Sysname ipv6 policy based route aa permit node 11 Sysnam...

Страница 892: ...e interface type interface number View IPv6 policy based route view Parameter interface type interface number Specifies an interface Description Use the apply output interface command to set an outgoi...

Страница 893: ...ased route IPv6 Policy based routing configuration information ipv6 policy based route abc Node 1 permit apply output interface Ethernet1 0 display ipv6 policy based route Syntax display ipv6 policy b...

Страница 894: ...routing configuration information Sysname display ipv6 policy based route setup local Local policy based routing configuration information ipv6 policy based route test Node 6 permit if match acl6 200...

Страница 895: ...denied 0 forwarded 0 if match acl6 Syntax if match acl6 acl6 number undo if match acl6 View IPv6 policy based route view Parameter acl6 number IPv6 ACL number in the range 2000 to 3999 The number of...

Страница 896: ...et length match rule Use the undo if match packet length command to remove the match rule Related command if match acl6 Example Match the IPv6 packets with a length from 100 to 200 bytes Sysname syste...

Страница 897: ...able IPv6 policy routing and reference a policy on the interface Use the undo ipv6 policy based route command to disable interface policy routing IPv6 interface policy routing is disabled by default R...

Страница 898: ...es The if match clauses define the match rules for the node and the apply clauses define the actions that should be taken for matched packets Note that There is an AND relationship between the if matc...

Страница 899: ...configure the teardown time in terminal template view With this function enabled if a terminal is disconnected from the router the terminal enters the state of DOWN and the router will automatically...

Страница 900: ...ablishment time to 10 seconds Sysname system view Sysname rta template abc Sysname rta template abc auto link 10 bind vpn instance Syntax bind vpn instance vpn name undo bind vpn instance View Termina...

Страница 901: ...router and the FEP The supported encryption algorithm is AES advanced encryption standard and the supported key length is 128 bit Example Enable the data encryption between the router and the FEP Sysn...

Страница 902: ...delay A router configured with data send delay begins to send the data received from a terminal to an FEP after the configured data send delay time expires Example Set the data send delay time to 50 m...

Страница 903: ...nt or RTC server APP Name Application name It defaults to null APP State Application state Kept Linking Linked Disconnect meaning respectively not connected being connected connected disconnected Remo...

Страница 904: ...1 TTY indicates the terminal access type and 1 the terminal number Interface Used Physical interface corresponding to the terminal number Current State Current terminal state Down OK and Menu respect...

Страница 905: ...remote data Receive Buffer Head Receive buffer head Receive Buffer Tail Receive buffer tail VTY APP Type State VTY list configured on the terminal VTY represents VTY number APP represents application...

Страница 906: ...stablished Terminal receive buffer is the buffer used on a router to store terminal data Example Configure not to clear the terminal receive buffer after the TCP connection is established Sysname syst...

Страница 907: ...e timeout Syntax idle timeout seconds undo idle timeout View Terminal template view Parameters seconds Connection idle timeout time in seconds ranging 10 to 3 600 Description Use the idle timeout comm...

Страница 908: ...n Note The ASCII value of the hotkey must be different from that of any other hotkey configured on the device Otherwise hotkey conflicts will occur For example the hotkey value cannot be set to 17 or...

Страница 909: ...r example Start terminals support E 8Q E 9Q E 10Q E 11Q E 12Q and E 13Q Example Configure a menu screencode of E 10Q Sysname system view Sysname rta template abc Sysname rta template abc menu screenco...

Страница 910: ...acters on the terminal Use the undo print information command to disable the router from printing characters on the terminal By default the router can print characters on the terminal You can use this...

Страница 911: ...l template view Parameters chinese Prints prompt information in Chinese english Prints prompt information in English Description Use the print language command to set the language of the printed promp...

Страница 912: ...of any other hotkey configured on the device Otherwise hotkey conflicts will occur For example the hotkey value cannot be set to 17 or 19 because these two values are used for the hotkeys of flow cont...

Страница 913: ...hotkey is configured After you press the terminal reset hotkey when a terminal fault occurs the router tears down and then reestablishes the TCP connection with the FEP Note that the ASCII value of th...

Страница 914: ...ction is established otherwise no connection can be established between the router and the FEP n Only a MAC address or a character string can be configured at a time and the latest configured one take...

Страница 915: ...command to disable terminal access By default terminal access is disabled on the router Note that after terminal access is disabled the settings of template terminal and VTY will be kept Example Enabl...

Страница 916: ...blished for this address to take effect Example Set the global TCP connection source IP address to 1 1 1 1 Sysname system view Sysname rta source ip 1 1 1 1 rta template Syntax rta template template n...

Страница 917: ...nterfaces This command can be configured on a synchronous asynchronous serial interface only when the interface operates in the asynchronous mode Example Apply the terminal template abc with the termi...

Страница 918: ...eshold specifies the maximum data in bytes that the send buffer can store Example Set the terminal send buffer threshold to 1 000 bytes Sysname system view Sysname rta template abc Sysname rta templat...

Страница 919: ...stem view Sysname rta template abc Sysname rta template abc tcp recvbuf size 512 Set the TCP send buffer size to 512 bytes Sysname system view Sysname rta template abc Sysname rta template abc tcp sen...

Страница 920: ...ivity test hotkey as Alt A namely 1 96 13 Sysname system view Sysname rta template abc Sysname rta template abc testkey 1 96 13 update changed config Syntax update changed config View Terminal templat...

Страница 921: ...ion information of VTY 1 to chuxu Sysname system view Sysname rta template abc Sysname rta template abc vty 1 description chuxu vty hotkey Syntax vty vty number hotkey ascii code 1 3 undo vty vty numb...

Страница 922: ...abc Sysname rta template abc vty 1 hotkey 1 vty password Syntax vty vty number password simple cipher string undo vty vty number password View Terminal template view Parameters vty number VTY number r...

Страница 923: ...cified VTY Note that after this configuration no more Telnet VTYs TTY VTYs or RTC server VTYs can be configured in the template of the VTY Related command rta rtc server listen port and vty rtc server...

Страница 924: ...string Terminal screen code a string of 1 to 15 characters Description Use the vty screencode command to set the screen code for triggering screen saving Use the undo vty screencode command to cancel...

Страница 925: ...remote command to create a VTY for Telnet terminal access Use the undo vty command to remove the specified VTY Note that after this configuration no more RTC client VTYs or RTC server VTYs can be conf...

Страница 926: ...ty switch priority command to configure the RTC server to perform VTY switching based on priority Use the undo vty switch priority command to restore the default setting By default the VTY switching i...

Страница 927: ...switching is performed Note that this command takes effect only in RTC client terminal access After this configuration when an RTC client needs to initiate a connection to an RTC server it first init...

Страница 928: ...928 CHAPTER 70 TERMINAL ACCESS CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 929: ...When bandwidth based load sharing is disabled the packets are forwarded through all these interfaces in turn When bandwidth based load sharing is enabled the device calculates the packet forwarding p...

Страница 930: ...the routing table Use the display ip routing table verbose command to display detailed information about all routes in the routing table Examples Display brief information about active routes in the r...

Страница 931: ...D 0x0 Label NULL State Active Adv Age 00h00m30s Tag 0 Destination 10 1 1 1 32 Protocol Direct Process ID 0 Preference 0 Cost 0 NextHop 127 0 0 1 Interface InLoopBack0 RelyNextHop 0 0 0 0 Neighbour 0 0...

Страница 932: ...le acl acl number verbose View Any view Parameters acl number Basic ACL number in the range of 2000 to 2999 Table 203 Description on the fields of the display ip routing table verbose command Field De...

Страница 933: ...c 2000 rule deny source any Display brief information about active routes permitted by basic ACL 2000 Sysname acl basic 2000 display ip routing table acl 2000 Routes Matched by Access list 2000 Summar...

Страница 934: ...0x0 Label NULL State Active NoAdv Age 00h05m42s Tag 0 Destination 10 1 3 0 24 Protocol Direct Process ID 0 Preference 0 Cost 0 NextHop 10 1 3 1 Interface Eth1 1 RelyNextHop 0 0 0 0 Neighbour 0 0 0 0 T...

Страница 935: ...stination is found For details refer to IS IS Configuration Commands on page 1037 and Multicast Routing and Forwarding Configuration Commands on page 1327 Int The route was discovered by an Internal G...

Страница 936: ...table ip address mask The system ANDs the input destination IP address with the input subnet mask and ANDs the destination IP address in each route entry with the input subnet mask If the two operati...

Страница 937: ...Count 1 Destination Mask Proto Pre Cost NextHop Interface 11 1 1 0 24 Static 60 0 0 0 0 0 NULL0 Display route entries by specifying a destination IP address and mask Sysname display ip routing table...

Страница 938: ...for the follow up display of routing policies If the specified prefix list is not configured detailed information about all routes with the verbose keyword or brief information about all active routes...

Страница 939: ...isis ospf rip or static inactive Displays only inactive routes With this argument absent the command displays information about both active and inactive routes verbose Displays detailed routing inform...

Страница 940: ...or a VPN instance The VPN instance name is a string of 1 to 31 characters Description Use the display ip routing table statistics command to display statistics about the public network routing table o...

Страница 941: ...p relay tunnel Syntax display ip relay tunnel View Any view Parameters None Description Use the display ip relay tunnel command to display recursive tunnel information deleted Number of routes marked...

Страница 942: ...me destination network Nexthop Packet s Bandwidth KB Flow s Interface 10 1 1 2 763851 100000 0 Ethernet0 0 0 10 1 2 2 1193501 155000 0 Atm1 0 0 10 1 3 2 15914 2048 0 Serial2 0 0 display ipv6 routing t...

Страница 943: ...iew Parameters acl6 number Basic IPv6 ACL number in the range 2000 to 2999 Verbose Displays both active and inactive verbose routing information permitted by the ACL Without this keyword only brief ac...

Страница 944: ...e specified destination IPv6 address Executing the command with different parameters yields different output display ipv6 routing table ipv6 address prefix length The system ANDs the input destination...

Страница 945: ...y ipv6 routing table ipv6 address1 ipv6 address2 Syntax display ipv6 routing table ipv6 address1 prefix length1 ipv6 address2 prefix length2 verbose View Any view Parameters ipv6 address1 ipv6 address...

Страница 946: ...itted by the IPv6 prefix list abc2 Sysname display ipv6 routing table ipv6 prefix abc2 Routes Matched by Prefix list abc Summary Count 1 Destination 100 64 Protocol Static NextHop Preference 60 Interf...

Страница 947: ...ics command to display routing statistics including total route number added route number and deleted route number Examples Display routing statistics Sysname display ipv6 routing table statistics Pro...

Страница 948: ...RelayNextHop Tag 0H Neighbour ProcessID 0 Interface InLoopBack0 Protocol Direct State Active NoAdv Cost 0 Tunnel ID 0x0 Label NULL Age 22161sec display ipv6 relay route Syntax display ipv6 relay route...

Страница 949: ...fields of the display ipv6 relay route command Field Description Total Number of Relay route Total number of recursive routes Dest Mask Destination address mask of the recursive route Related instance...

Страница 950: ...address mask mask length reset load sharing statistics all View User view Parameters ip address Destination IP address in dotted decimal notation mask IP address mask in dotted decimal notation mask...

Страница 951: ...the routing statistics of the specified routing protocol in the IPv6 routing table At present this argument can be bgp direct is is ospf rip or static Description Use the reset ip routing table statis...

Страница 952: ...952 CHAPTER 71 IP ROUTING TABLE COMMANDS Examples Clear the routing statistics of all the routing protocols in the routing table Sysname reset ipv6 routing table statistics protocol all...

Страница 953: ...te policy name Sets the attributes of the summary route according to the routing policy the name of which is a string of 1 to 19 characters detail suppressed Only advertises the summary route suppress...

Страница 954: ...d balancing in the range 1 to 8 When it is set to 1 no load balancing is available Description Use the balance command to configure the number of BGP routes for load balancing Use the undo balance com...

Страница 955: ...BGP VPN instance view Syntax bestroute as path neglect undo bestroute as path neglect View BGP view BGP VPN instance view Parameters None Description Use the bestroute as path neglect command to conf...

Страница 956: ...Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp bestroute compare med In BGP VPN instance view enable the comparison of MED for paths from each AS when selecting the best route The VPN has been created Sysname system vie...

Страница 957: ...been created Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpn instance vpn1 Sysname bgp vpn1 bestroute med confederation bgp Syntax bgp as number undo bgp as number View System view Pa...

Страница 958: ...stem view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpn instance vpn1 Sysname bgp vpn1 compare different as med confederation id Syntax confederation id as number undo confederation id View BGP view Par...

Страница 959: ...ration nonstandard undo confederation nonstandard View BGP view Parameters None Description Use the confederation nonstandard command to make the router compatible with routers not compliant with RFC3...

Страница 960: ...as number list argument is used all confederation peer sub ASs are removed Related commands confederation nonstandard and confederation id Examples Specify confederation peer sub ASs 2000 and 2001 Sys...

Страница 961: ...mmand to disable route dampening By default no route dampening is configured The command dampens only EBGP routes rather than IBGP routes Related commands reset bgp dampening reset bgp flap info displ...

Страница 962: ...7295 The larger the value is the higher the preference is Description Use the default local preference command to configure the default local preference Use the undo default local preference command t...

Страница 963: ...same the system first selects the route with the smallest MED as the best external route Examples In BGP view configure the default MED as 25 Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp default me...

Страница 964: ...to 47 characters Description Use the display bgp group command to display the information of the peer group Examples Display the information of the peer group aaa Sysname display bgp group aaa BGP pee...

Страница 965: ...Value Preferred value of the routes from the peer No routing policy is configured No routing policy is configured for the peer Members Detailed information of the members in the peer group Peer IPv4 a...

Страница 966: ...sk Mask Route policy Routing policy Short cut Short cut route Table 216 Description on the fields of the display bgp network command Field Description Table 217 Description on the fields of the displa...

Страница 967: ...sh capability Address family IPv4 Unicast advertised and received Received Total 5 messages Update messages 1 Sent Total 4 messages Update messages 0 Maximum allowed prefix number 4294967295 Threshold...

Страница 968: ...l Path Ogn 40 40 40 0 24 20 20 20 1 0 200 300i Peer optional capabilities Optional capabilities supported by the peer including BGP multiple extension and routing refresh Address family IPv4 Unicast R...

Страница 969: ...learned through EGP incomplete learned by other means Network Destination network address Next Hop Next hop IP address MED MULTI_EXIT_DISC attribute LocPrf Local preference value PrefVal Preferred va...

Страница 970: ...1 BGP Local router ID is 2 2 2 2 Status codes valid best d damped h history i internal s suppressed S Stale Origin i IGP e EGP incomplete Network NextHop MED LocPrf PrefVal Path Ogn 10 1 5 0 24 10 1...

Страница 971: ...splays the exactly matched routes Description Use the display bgp routing community command to display BGP routing information with the specified BGP community Examples Display routing information wit...

Страница 972: ...3 3 3 0 30 1 2 3 4 0 4 4 0 0 20 1 2 3 4 0 4 5 6 0 26 1 2 3 4 0 BGP Local router ID is 30 30 30 1 Status codes valid best d damped h history i internal s suppressed S Stale Origin i IGP e EGP incomple...

Страница 973: ...euse Value 750 HalfLife Time in second 900 Suppress Limit 2000 display bgp routing table different origin as Syntax display bgp routing table different origin as View Any view Parameters None Table 22...

Страница 974: ...ask length longer match View Any view Parameters as regular expression Displays route flap information that matches the AS path regular expression as path acl number Displays route flap information ma...

Страница 975: ...lay bgp routing table peer command to display BGP routing information advertised to or received from the specified BGP peer Related commands display bgp peer Examples Display BGP routing information a...

Страница 976: ...codes valid best d damped h history i internal s suppressed S Stale Origin i IGP e EGP incomplete Network NextHop MED LocPrf PrefVal Path Ogn 40 40 40 0 24 30 30 30 1 0 0 300i Refer to Table 219 for...

Страница 977: ...family vpn instance vpn1 Sysname bgp vpn1 ebgp interface sensitive filter policy export BGP BGP VPN instance view Syntax filter policy acl number ip prefix ip prefix name export direct isis process i...

Страница 978: ...Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp filter policy 2000 export In BGP VPN instance view reference ACL 2000 to filter all outgoing redistributed routes the VPN has been created Sysname system view Sysname bgp 1...

Страница 979: ...BGP Graceful Restart capability Use the undo graceful restart command to disable BGP Graceful Restart capability By default BGP Graceful Restart capability is disabled n When a GR capable BGP speaker...

Страница 980: ...ew Parameters timer Time to wait for the End of RIB marker in the range 3 to 300 seconds Description Use the graceful restart timer wait for rib command to configure the time to wait for the End of RI...

Страница 981: ...number 200 and add EBGP peers 10 1 1 1 and 10 1 2 1 into the group the VPN has been created Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpn instance vpn1 Sysname bgp vpn1 group test e...

Страница 982: ...d is incomplete Examples In BGP view redistribute routes from RIP Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp import route rip In BGP VPN instance view redistribute routes from RIP the VPN has bee...

Страница 983: ...cy applied to the route The name is a string of 1 to 19 characters Description Use the network command to inject a network to the local BGP routing table Use the undo network command to remove a netwo...

Страница 984: ...munity list if match community apply community Examples In BGP view advertise the community attribute to peer group test Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp peer test advertise community I...

Страница 985: ...BGP BGP VPN instance view Syntax peer group name ip address allow as loop number undo peer group name ip address allow as loop View BGP view BGP VPN instance view Parameters group name Name of a peer...

Страница 986: ...er of the peer or peer group in the range 1 to 65535 Description Use the peer as number command to specify the AS number for a peer peer group Use the undo peer as number command to delete the AS numb...

Страница 987: ...ng is configured Related commands ip as path acl if match as path and apply as path Examples In BGP view reference the AS path ACL 1 to filter routes outgoing to the peer group test Sysname system vie...

Страница 988: ...r group name ip address capability advertise route refresh View BGP view BGP VPN instance view Parameters group name Name of a peer group a string of 1 to 47 characters ip address IP address of a peer...

Страница 989: ...e BGP connections to another BGP router you need to specify on the local router the respective source interfaces for establishing TCP connections to the peers on the peering BGP router because the loc...

Страница 990: ...s available in the routing table Examples In BGP view advertise a default route to peer group test Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp peer test default route advertise In BGP VPN instance...

Страница 991: ...eer test description ISP1 peer ebgp max hop BGP BGP VPN instance view Syntax peer group name ip address ebgp max hop hop count undo peer group name ip address ebgp max hop View BGP view BGP VPN instan...

Страница 992: ...ption Use the peer enable command to enable the specified peer Use the undo peer enable command to disable the specified peer By default the BGP peer is enabled If a peer is disabled the router will n...

Страница 993: ...eer test fake as 200 peer filter policy BGP BGP VPN instance view Syntax peer group name ip address filter policy acl number export import undo peer group name ip address filter policy acl number expo...

Страница 994: ...s group name Name of a peer group a string of 1 to 47 characters ip address IP address of a peer as number AS number of the peer in the range 1 to 65535 Description Use the peer group command to add a...

Страница 995: ...related routing information For a peer group this means all sessions with the peer group will be tore down Examples In BGP view disable session establishment with peer 10 10 10 10 Sysname system view...

Страница 996: ...up test the VPN has been created Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpn instance vpn1 Sysname bgp vpn1 peer test ip prefix list1 export peer keep all routes BGP BGP VPN instan...

Страница 997: ...and to enable the logging of session state and event information for a specified peer or peer group Use the undo peer log change command to remove the configuration The logging is enabled by default E...

Страница 998: ...r group test to the router itself the VPN has been created Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpn instance vpn1 Sysname bgp vpn1 peer test next hop local peer password Syntax...

Страница 999: ...ssword simple aabbcc In BGP VPN instance view perform MD5 authentication on the TCP connection set up between the local router 10 1 100 1 and the peer router 10 1 100 2 the VPN has been created Sysnam...

Страница 1000: ...ied in the routing policy is zero the routes matching it will also use the value set with the command For information about using a routing policy to set a preferred value refer to peer group BGP BGP...

Страница 1001: ...em view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpn instance vpn1 Sysname bgp vpn1 peer test public as only peer reflect client BGP BGP VPN instance view Syntax peer group name ip address reflect clie...

Страница 1002: ...outes that can be received from a peer peer group Use the undo peer route limit command to restore the default The number is unlimited by default Examples In BGP view set the number of routes that can...

Страница 1003: ...policy Refer to route policy on page 1205 and if match interface on page 1200 Examples In BGP view apply routing policy test policy to routes outgoing to peer group test Sysname system view Sysname bg...

Страница 1004: ...ysname bgp ipv4 family vpn instance vpn1 Sysname bgp vpn1 peer test as number 100 Sysname bgp vpn1 peer test route update interval 10 peer substitute as BGP BGP VPN instance view Syntax peer group nam...

Страница 1005: ...peer or peer group Use the undo peer timer command to restore the default By default the keepalive and holdtime are 60s and 180s respectively Note that The timer configured with this command is prefer...

Страница 1006: ...out the default value applies Description Use the preference command to configure preferences for external internal and local routes Use the undo preference command to restore the default For external...

Страница 1007: ...luster id cluster id undo reflector cluster id View BGP view Parameters cluster id Cluster ID of the route reflector an integer from 1 to 4294967295 the integer is translated into an IP address by the...

Страница 1008: ...the refresh bgp command to perform soft reset on specified BGP connections Using this function can refresh the BGP routing table without tearing down BGP connections and apply a newly configured routi...

Страница 1009: ...ew Parameters ip address Destination IP address of a route mask Mask in dotted decimal notation mask length Mask length in the range 0 to 32 Description Use the reset bgp dampening command to clear ro...

Страница 1010: ...tistics of all routes matching AS path ACL 10 Sysname reset bgp flap info as path acl 10 reset bgp ipv4 all Syntax reset bgp ipv4 all View User view Parameters None Description Use the reset bgp ipv4...

Страница 1011: ...mmary automatic Syntax summary automatic undo summary automatic View BGP view BGP VPN instance view Parameters None Description Use the summary automatic command to enable automatic summarization for...

Страница 1012: ...e AS know the latest routing information When a BGP router receives an IBGP route it checks only whether the next hop is reachable by default If the synchronization is enabled the IBGP route is synchr...

Страница 1013: ...l the BGP peers while it becomes valid only after the corresponding BGP connections are reset Related commands peer timer BGP BGP VPN instance view Examples Configure keepalive interval and holdtime i...

Страница 1014: ...1014 CHAPTER 72 BGP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1015: ...nd to disable all BGP debugging By default all BGP debugging is disabled Note the following This command enables all BGP debugging which may cause heavy traffic and affect system performance therefore...

Страница 1016: ...CAP Type 1 Multiprotocol CAP Len 4 IPv4 UNC 1 1 CAP Type 2 RouteRefresh CAP Len 0 Total CAPB Len 8 Total OPT Len 10 Total Message Len 39 Aug 24 15 32 02 630 2006 Sysname RM 6 RMDEBUG BGP 10 1 1 2 Stat...

Страница 1017: ...Use the debugging bgp detail command to enable detailed debugging for BGP Use the undo debugging bgp detail command to disable detailed debugging for BGP Enabling debugging may affect system performa...

Страница 1018: ...eters ipv4 address IPv4 address of a peer ipv6 address IPv6 address of a peer Description Use the debugging bgp event command to enable event debugging for BGP Use the undo debugging bgp event command...

Страница 1019: ...State is changed from CONNECT to ACTIVE Aug 24 14 12 13 706 2006 Sysname RM 6 RMDEBUG BGP 10 1 1 2 State is changed from ACTIVE to OPENSENT Aug 24 14 12 13 706 2006 Sysname RM 6 RMDEBUG BGP 10 1 1 2 C...

Страница 1020: ...debugging once the debugging operation is complete By default this debugging is disabled Examples Enable BGP GR event debugging on the BGP GR Helper when the neighbor performs an active standby switch...

Страница 1021: ...bugging route refresh Enables BGP Route Refresh message debugging receive Enables the debugging for received BGP packets send Enables the debugging for sent BGP packets verbose Displays detailed debug...

Страница 1022: ...n 8 Total OPT Len 10 Total Message Len 39 Information about the sent BGP Open message 0 2683500 4945 RM 6 RMDEBUG BGP 11 1 1 2 Recv OPEN Length 39 Version 4 Local AS 200 HoldTime 180 BGP ID 192 168 74...

Страница 1023: ...th following destinations Update message length 53 MED 0 Origin Incomplete AS Path 200 Next Hop 11 1 1 2 222 1 1 1 32 Information about the received BGP Update of a redistributed static route Device A...

Страница 1024: ...command only when necessary and disable debugging once the debugging operation is complete Examples Configure BGP on Device A and specify BGP peer 2 2 2 2 Device B On Device B which is connected to De...

Страница 1025: ...ebugging for received BGP packets send Enables the debugging for sent BGP packets verbose Displays detailed debugging information Description Use the debugging bgp update command to enable debugging f...

Страница 1026: ...Enables disables debugging for sent BGP updates verbose Displays detailed debugging information Description Use the debugging bgp update ipv4 command to enable debugging for BGP Update messages Use th...

Страница 1027: ...ate message length 56 Local Pref 100 MED 0 Origin Incomplete AS Path Next Hop 11 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 32 Sep 4 16 08 37 304 2006 Sysname RM 6 RMDEBUG BGP Recv UPDATE from 11 1 1 2 with following destinations...

Страница 1028: ...ystem performance therefore use this command only when necessary and disable debugging once the debugging operation is complete By default this debugging is disabled Examples Device A and Device B hav...

Страница 1029: ...t Level 1 Monitor level Parameters peer ipv4 address group name Enables disables BGP L2VPN Update message debugging for the specified peer peer group receive Enables disables the debugging for receive...

Страница 1030: ...et 0 label base 8192 Update messages in an L2VPN environment debugging bgp update label route Syntax debugging bgp update label route peer ipv4 address group name acl acl number ip prefix ip prefix na...

Страница 1031: ...n enabled on the connected interfaces Enable debugging for BGP labeled route update messages Sysname debugging bgp update route label Sep 4 16 14 32 16 2006 Sysname RM 6 RMDEBUG BGP Send UPDATE to pee...

Страница 1032: ...lters the output message debugging information with the specified IP prefix list receive Enables disables the debugging for the received BGP packets send Enables disables the debugging for the sent BG...

Страница 1033: ...ndo debugging bgp update vpls command to disable debugging for BGP VPLS Update messages By default this debugging is disabled Enabling debugging may affect system performance therefore use this comman...

Страница 1034: ...l Parameters vpn instance name Enables disables the BGP update message debugging for the specified VPN instance ip prefix ip prefix name Filters the output message debugging information with the speci...

Страница 1035: ...command to enable debugging for BGP VPNv4 Update messages Use the undo debugging bgp update vpnv4 command to disable debugging for BGP VPNv4 Update messages By default this debugging is disabled Enabl...

Страница 1036: ...with following destinations Update message length 92 Local Pref 100 MED 0 Ext Community 1 1 Origin Incomplete AS Path Next Hop 2 2 2 2 111 2 2 2 32 RD 100 2 Label 1024 Sep 4 16 14 33 164 2006 Sysname...

Страница 1037: ...cifies the system to check the configuration for the corresponding field of OSI in LSP n Whether a password should use ip or osi is not affected by the actual network environment Description Use the a...

Страница 1038: ...preference of interface cost set by the auto cost command is lower than that set by the circuit cost command The preference from high to low is the cost set by the isis cost command the global cost se...

Страница 1039: ...nterface bandwidth is in the range of 1 M to 10 M the interface cost is 60 if the interface bandwidth is in the range of 11 M to 100 M the interface cost is 50 if the interface bandwidth is in the ran...

Страница 1040: ...wide wide compatible compatible narrow compatible relax spf limit undo cost style View IS IS view Parameters narrow Specifies to receive and send only packets of narrow cost style The narrow cost rang...

Страница 1041: ...2 Specifies the level of the default route as Level 2 level 1 2 Specifies the level of the default route as Level 1 2 n If no level is specified a Level 2 default route is generated Description Use t...

Страница 1042: ...isplay isis brief ISIS 1 Protocol Brief Information network entity 10 0000 0000 0001 00 is level level 1 2 cost style narrow preference 15 Lsp length receive 1497 Lsp length originate level 1 1497 lev...

Страница 1043: ...sis graceful restart status level 1 level 2 process id vpn instance vpn instance name View Any view Parameters level 1 Displays the IS IS Level 1 Graceful Restart state level 2 Displays the IS IS Leve...

Страница 1044: ...mation verbose Displays IS IS interface detail information tunnel Displays IS IS tunnel information process id IS IS process ID in the range of 1 to 65535 vpn instance name VPN instance name a string...

Страница 1045: ...ddress 0000 5e19 6d00 IP Address 192 168 0 1 Secondary IP Address es IPV6 Link Local Address IPV6 Global Address es Csnp Timer Value L1 10 L2 10 Hello Timer Value L1 40 L2 10 Hello Multiplier Value L1...

Страница 1046: ...Resource 1 1024 500 0 Max Paths Resource 1 6 3 0 Max IPv4 Rt Resource 400000 400000 400000 0 Max IPv6 Rt Resource 400000 400000 400000 0 ISIS Core License Values ________________________ Feature Name...

Страница 1047: ...instance name a string of 1 to 31 characters Table 236 Description on the fields of the display isis license command Field Description ISIS Shell License Values License values of ISIS shell Feature Na...

Страница 1048: ...nstance vpn instance name View Any view Parameters process id Specifies an IS IS process ID in the range of 1 to 65535 vpn instance name Specifies a VPN instance name in the range of 1 to 31 character...

Страница 1049: ...les Configure a name for the local IS IS system Sysname system view Sysname isis Sysname isis 1 is name RUTA Configure a static mapping for the remote IS IS system 0000 0000 0041 Sysname isis 1 is nam...

Страница 1050: ...s IP address Examples Display detailed IS IS neighbor information Sysname display isis peer verbose Peer information for ISIS 1 System Id 0000 0000 0003 Interface Ethernet1 0 Circuit Id 0000 0000 0003...

Страница 1051: ...SIS 1 ISIS 1 IPv4 Level 1 Forwarding Table IPV4 Destination IntCost ExtCost ExitInterface NextHop Flags 12 12 12 0 24 10 NULL Eth0 1 0 Direct D L 24 24 24 0 24 20 NULL Eth0 1 0 12 12 12 2 R L 2 2 2 2...

Страница 1052: ...0 L1 IS_SPFTRIG_PERIODIC 2 0 13 55 43 L2 IS_SPFTRIG_PERIODIC 2 0 13 55 43 L1 IS_SPFTRIG_PERIODIC 2 0 11 54 12 L2 IS_SPFTRIG_PERIODIC 2 0 11 54 12 L1 IS_SPFTRIG_PERIODIC 2 0 12 7 24 L2 IS_SPFTRIG_PERIO...

Страница 1053: ...process including the number of routes learned from other IS IS routers the number of routes redistributed from other protocols and the number of LSP generated locally Examples Display IS IS statisti...

Страница 1054: ...such as user918 A cipher password must be a string of 24 characters such as _ TT8F Y5SQ Q MAF4 1 ip Specifies to check the IP related fields in a LSP Table 242 Description on the fields of the displa...

Страница 1055: ...ng packets Sysname system view Sysname isis Sysname isis 1 domain authentication mode simple 123456 filter policy export IS IS view Syntax filter policy acl number ip prefix ip prefix name route polic...

Страница 1056: ...y redistributed routing information satisfying certain conditions can be advertised You can use the filter policy command to reference filtering conditions Related commands filter policy import IS IS...

Страница 1057: ...View IS IS view Parameters flood count flooding count Specifies the maximum number of LSPs to be sent in the fast flooding process ranging from 1 to 15 The default is 5 max timer interval flooding in...

Страница 1058: ...By default IS IS Graceful Restart capability is disabled Examples Enable the Graceful Restart capability for IS IS process 1 Sysname system view Sysname isis 1 Sysname isis 1 graceful restart gracefu...

Страница 1059: ...in the network Copies of LSPs in the LSP databases in other routers which may look newer than LSPs generated by the restarting router after it initializes LSP fragment sequence numbers This may resul...

Страница 1060: ...area the external type indicates the cost of routes between areas The type is external by default The keywords are valid only when the cost type is narrow narrow compatible or compatible level 1 Redis...

Страница 1061: ...er redistributed routes a string of 1 to 19 characters route policy route policy name Specifies the name of a routing policy that is used to filter redistributed routes a string of 1 to 19 characters...

Страница 1062: ...on each interface that needs to run the IS IS process Related commands isis enable network entity Examples Enable IS IS routing process 1 with the system ID being 0000 0000 0002 and area ID being 01 0...

Страница 1063: ...r the password applies to both Level 1 and Level 2 and the system checks the OSI related fields in a LSP Related commands area authentication mode domain authentication mode n The level 1 and level 2...

Страница 1064: ...2 0 is connected to a non backbone router in the same area Configure the link adjacency level of serial 2 0 as Level 1 to prevent sending and receiving Level 2 Hello packets Sysname system view Sysna...

Страница 1065: ...se the isis cost command to set the link cost of an interface for SPF calculation Use the undo isis cost command to restore the default No cost is configured by default If neither level 1 nor level 2...

Страница 1066: ...level 1 level 2 undo isis dis priority level 1 level 2 View Interface view Parameters value Specifies a priority for DIS selection from 0 to 127 The default is 64 level 1 Applies the DIS selection pri...

Страница 1067: ...on each interface that needs to run the IS IS process Related commands isis network entity Examples Create IS IS routing process 1 and enable it on the Serial2 0 interface Sysname system view Sysname...

Страница 1068: ...ew Examples Add the frame relay subinterface Serial2 1 1 to the mesh group 3 Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 1 Sysname Serial2 1 link protocol fr Sysname Serial2 1 quit Sysname interfac...

Страница 1069: ...ello packets n The feature is not supported on the loopback interface Examples Disable Serial 2 0 from sending and receiving hello packets Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Seri...

Страница 1070: ...he interval for sending CSNP packets over broadcast network Use the undo isis timer csnp command to restore the default The default CSNP interval is 10 seconds n If no level is specified the CSNP inte...

Страница 1071: ...ctively The point to point link however does not distinguish so you need not specify intervals respectively As the shorter the interval is the more system resources will be occupied you should configu...

Страница 1072: ...djust the Holddown time by changing either the hello interval or the number of Hello intervals on an interface Related commands isis timer hello Examples Configure the number of Level 2 Hello interval...

Страница 1073: ...imer retransmit command to configure the interval for retransmitting LSP packets over point to point link Use the undo isis timer retransmit command to restore the default of 5s You need not use this...

Страница 1074: ...r Level 1 or Level 2 if there is only one area because there is no need for all routers to maintain two identical databases at the same time In this case you are recommended to configure all the route...

Страница 1075: ...to remove the configuration By default no name is configured for a remote IS Examples Map the name RUTB to the remote IS 0000 0000 0041 Sysname system view Sysname isis Sysname isis 1 is name map 0000...

Страница 1076: ...jacency state changes Sysname system view Sysname isis Sysname isis 1 log peer change lsp fragments extend Syntax lsp fragments extend level 1 level 2 level 1 2 mode 1 mode 2 undo lsp fragments extend...

Страница 1077: ...isis Sysname isis 1 lsp fragments extend mode 1 level 2 lsp length originate Syntax lsp length originate size level 1 level 2 undo lsp length originate level 1 level 2 View IS IS view Parameters size...

Страница 1078: ...iew Sysname isis Sysname isis 1 lsp length receive 1024 maximum load balancing IS IS view Syntax maximum load balancing number undo maximum load balancing View IS IS view Parameters number Maximum num...

Страница 1079: ...The second part is the router s 6 byte system ID which is unique within the whole area and backbone area The third part is the 1 byte SEL that must be 00 Generally a router needs one NET In the case...

Страница 1080: ...eference of IS IS protocol as 25 Sysname system view Sysname isis Sysname isis 1 preference 25 reset isis all Syntax reset isis all process id vpn instance vpn instance name View User view Parameters...

Страница 1081: ...set overload on startup start from nbr system id timeout nbr timeout allow interlevel external undo set overload View IS IS view Parameters on startup Specifies to start the overload tag timeout timer...

Страница 1082: ...ing Examples Set overload flag on the current router Sysname system view Sysname isis Sysname isis 1 set overload spf slice size Syntax spf slice size duration time undo spf slice size View IS IS view...

Страница 1083: ...to summarize only the routes redistributed to Level 1 area level 1 2 Specifies to summarize all the routes redistributed to the Level 1 and Level 2 areas level 2 Specifies to summarize only the routes...

Страница 1084: ...ration command to restore the default By default the LSP generation interval is 2 seconds n If only the maximum interval is specified this maximum interval is the LSP generation interval If both the m...

Страница 1085: ...5535 Description Use the timer lsp max age command to set the LSP maximum aging time for the current router Use the undo timer lsp max age command to restore the default The default is 1200 seconds A...

Страница 1086: ...er spf View IS IS view Parameters maximum interval Specifies the maximum interval in seconds for SPF calculations ranging from 1 to 120 minimum interval Specifies the minimum interval in milliseconds...

Страница 1087: ...tual system id undo virtual system virtual system id View IS IS view Parameters virtual system id Virtual system ID of the IS IS process Description Use the virtual system command to configure a virtu...

Страница 1088: ...1088 CHAPTER 74 IS IS CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1089: ...al error graceful restart ha events interface information memory allocating miscellaneous errors receiving packet content self originate update sending packet content snp packet spf event spf summary...

Страница 1090: ...tion summary spf timer Enables debugging for IS IS route calculation triggers task error Enables debugging for IS IS task errors timer Enables IS IS timer debugging traffic eng Enables debugging for I...

Страница 1091: ...rc Type circuitType The received hello packet was rejected because the interface type point to point is wrong circuitName Interface name circuitType Interface type which can be L1 L2 or L12 helloType...

Страница 1092: ...nterface name helloType Level Mismatch Local Level circuitLevel Packet type mismatch helloType Hello packet type LAN L1 LAN L2 or P2P circuitLevelI Current level of the link It can be L1 L2 or L12 hel...

Страница 1093: ...interface IP of the IS ISv6 enabled interface is down CIRC Circ Up not processed Circuit already up The interface is already UP therefore no more interface UP requests are processed CIRC Circ Down no...

Страница 1094: ...d Description UPDT PDU length mismatch in SNP RecLen d EncodeLen d SNP packet length mismatch RECV PDU length mismatch in Hello PDU RecLen d EncodeLen d Hello packet length mismatch PROT ERR Wrong P2P...

Страница 1095: ...moothing HSB SMOOTH Failed to start Max LspGen timer Starting the maximum LSP generation interval timer failed in the smoothing HSB SMOOTH LSP Expired Purging LSP LSP expired in the smoothing therefor...

Страница 1096: ...it IPv4 IPv6 Up circName Local interface is up IPv4 IPv6 circName Interface name UPDT Circuit IPv4 IPv6 Down circName Local interface is down IPv4 IPv6 circName Interface name UPDT Circuit Cost change...

Страница 1097: ...pId End LSP ID Rxed pduType From sourceId circuitName PDUs were received pduType PDU type which can be PSNP or CSNP sourceId Source NSAP address of the packet circuitName Name of the receiving interfa...

Страница 1098: ...root node nexthopNum Number of nexthops of the node nbrNum Number of neighbors of the node parentNum Number of parent nodes ISPF NODE L sysLevel MT topoType Create NODE sourceId Dist distanceValue Nex...

Страница 1099: ...vel MT topoType Adding Bcast ADJ sourceId A broadcast network adjacency is being added sysLevel system level topoType topology type sourceId source system ID ISPF LINK L sysLevel MT topoType Create Ne...

Страница 1100: ...distanceValue Nexthops nexthopNum Nbrs nbrNum Parents parentNum RmtNbr Tree Tent Direct Overload Del Isolated For the link of the local node the two way check was ignored distanceValue Cost to the ro...

Страница 1101: ...on FWDB LIMIT Need to Process ISIS MaxRouteLimit Resume Restore the maximum routes in the route table in the case that the route table is not full Table 259 Description on the fields of the debugging...

Страница 1102: ...cause overload bit is set UPDT LSDB Enters Normal Over Load State The LSDB enters the overloaded state UPDT update process recovered from Normal Oload The LSDB leaves the overloaded state UPDT Rx IP c...

Страница 1103: ...00 Old DIS null New DIS 0000 0000 0001 01 An L1 L2 neighbor relationship was established between Router A and Router B and a DIS election was performed VLAN interface 100 on Router A is connected to V...

Страница 1104: ...lan interface100 undo isis enable ISIS 1 UPDT Deleting from the LSP Neighbour option TLV 2 ISIS 1 UPDT Circuit Down Vlan100 ISIS 1 UPDT Deleting Address 100 1 1 0 from L1 LSPs TLV 128 ISIS 1 UPDT Dele...

Страница 1105: ...EVE Adding To PATHS 0000 0000 0001 00 Cost 10 Number of next ho ps1 Preference 7 ISIS 1 SPF EVE Processing LSPs of System 0000 0000 0001 00 ISIS 1 SPF EVE Processing LSPs of Virtual System 0000 0000 0...

Страница 1106: ...1106 CHAPTER 75 IS IS DEBUGGING COMMANDS...

Страница 1107: ...tises or not to advertise the summary route By default the summary route is advertised cost cost Specifies the cost of the summary route in the range 1 to 16777215 The default cost is to the biggest c...

Страница 1108: ...at by the system or an IP address Description Use the area command to create an area and enter area view Use the undo area command to remove a specified area No OSPF area is created by default Example...

Страница 1109: ...single route If the ASBR resides in an NSSA area it advertises the summary route in a Type 7 LSA into the area With the asbr summary command configured on an NSSA ABR it summarizes routes in Type 5 L...

Страница 1110: ...width reference OSPF view Syntax bandwidth reference value undo bandwidth reference View OSPF view Parameters value Specifies a bandwidth reference value for link cost calculation in the range 1 to 21...

Страница 1111: ...tag and the upper limit are 1 2 1 and 1000 by default Related commands import route OSPF view Examples Configure default parameters cost as 10 upper limit as 20000 tag as 100 and type as 2 for redistr...

Страница 1112: ...ent only if the router has the default route configured cost cost Specifies the cost for the default route in the range 0 to 16777214 The default is 1 type type Specifies the ASE LSA type 1 or 2 which...

Страница 1113: ...Parameters description Describes OSPF process in OSPF view or describes OSPF area in OSPF area view description is a string of up to 80 characters Description Use the description command to describe a...

Страница 1114: ...sbr summary ip address mask mask length View Any view Parameters process id OSPF process ID in the range 1 to 65535 ip address Matched IP address in dotted decimal format mask IP address mask in dotte...

Страница 1115: ...spf brief command to display OSPF brief information If no OSPF process is specified brief information of all OSPF processes is displayed Examples Display OSPF brief information Table 263 Description o...

Страница 1116: ...8 1 1 Timers Hello 10 Dead 40 Poll 40 Retransmit 5 Transmit Del ay 1 Table 264 Description on the fields of the display ospf brief command Field Description RouterID Router ID of this router Border Ro...

Страница 1117: ...by this router Router 4 Network 0 Sum Net 0 Area Area ID in the IP address format Authtype Authentication type of the area Non authentication simple authentication or MD5 authentication Area flag The...

Страница 1118: ...Type OSPF packet type Input Packets received Output Packets sent Hello Hell packet DB Description Database Description packet Link State Req Link State Request packet Link State Update Link State Upd...

Страница 1119: ...ter ID confusion Packets with duplicate route ID OSPF bad packet Packets illegal OSPF bad version Packets with wrong version OSPF bad checksum Packets with wrong checksum OSPF bad area ID Packets with...

Страница 1120: ...0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Area 0 0 0 1 IP Address Type State Cost Pri DR BDR 172 16 0 1 Broadcast DR 1 1 172 16 0 1 0 0 0 0 LS ACK Unknown LSA type LSAck packets with unknown LSA type LS REQ Empty request LSR...

Страница 1121: ...splays Type9 LSA Opaque link LSA information in the LSDB opaque area Displays Type10 LSA Opaque area LSA information in the LSDB opaque as Displays Type11 LSA Opaque AS LSA information in the LSDB lin...

Страница 1122: ...he LSDB Sysname display ospf 1 lsdb network OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 192 168 1 1 Area 0 0 0 0 Link State Database Type Network LS ID 192 168 0 2 Adv Rtr 192 168 2 1 LS Age 922 Len 32 Options E Se...

Страница 1123: ...2 1 192 168 0 1 Ethernet1 0 192 168 1 1 1 192 168 1 1 Ethernet1 1 Table 269 Description on the fields of the display ospf 1 lsdb network command Field Description Type LSA type LS ID DR IP address Adv...

Страница 1124: ...tailed information about the neighbor is displayed If neither interface nor neighbor ID is specified brief information about neighbors of the specified OSPF process or all OSPF process is displayed Ex...

Страница 1125: ...y Router priority DR The DR on the interface s network segment BDR The BDR on the interface s network segment MTU Interface MTU Dead timer due in 33 sec Dead timer times out in 33 seconds Neighbor is...

Страница 1126: ...isplay ospf peer statistics command Field Description Area ID Area ID Down Under this state neighbor initial state the router has not received any information from a neighboring router for a period of...

Страница 1127: ...erface number Specifies an interface neighbor id Neighbor s router ID Description Use the display ospf retrans queue command to display retransmit list information If no OSPF process is specified retr...

Страница 1128: ...p Description Use the display ospf routing command to display routing table information If no OSPF process is specified routing table information of all OSPF processes is displayed Examples Display OS...

Страница 1129: ...t Area 0 0 0 1 Timers Hello 10 Dead 40 Retransmit 5 Transmit Delay 1 Table 276 Description on the fields of the display ospf routing command Field Description Destination Destination network Cost Cost...

Страница 1130: ...cess 1 Sysname system view Sysname ospf 1 Sysname ospf 1 enable link local signaling enable log Syntax enable log config error state undo enable log config error state View OSPF view Parameters config...

Страница 1131: ...chronization OOB Resynch capability Use the undo enable out of band resynchronization command to disable the OSPF out of band resynchronization capability By default the capability is disabled Example...

Страница 1132: ...otocol process id undo filter policy export protocol process id View OSPF view Parameters acl number Number of the basic or advanced ACL used to filter routing information by destination address in th...

Страница 1133: ...utes a string of up to 19 characters gateway ip prefix name Name of an IP address prefix list used to filter routes received from the specified neighbors a string of up to 19 characters Description Us...

Страница 1134: ...he enable out of band resynchronization command If the keywords nonstandard and ietf are not specified when OSPF GR is enabled nonstandard is the default Related commands enable link local signaling e...

Страница 1135: ...arameters interval value Specifies the Graceful Restart interval in the range 40 to 1 800 seconds Description Use the graceful restart interval command to configure the Graceful Restart interval Use t...

Страница 1136: ...Parameters protocol Redistributes routes from the specified protocol which can be bgp direct isis ospf rip or static process id Process ID in the range 1 to 65535 The default is 1 It is available only...

Страница 1137: ...e 2 external route is an EGP route which has low credibility so OSPF considers the cost from ASBR to a Type 2 external route is much bigger than the cost from the ASBR to an OSPF internal router There...

Страница 1138: ...dentical LSAs in milliseconds in the range 0 to 60000 Description Use the lsa arrival interval command to specify the minimum interval between two identical received LSAs Use the undo lsa arrival inte...

Страница 1139: ...ion interval command to restore the default The LSA generation interval defaults to 5 seconds With this command configured when network changes are not frequent an LSA is generated at the initial inte...

Страница 1140: ...d balanced routes in the range 1 to 8 A maximum of 1 means no load balancing is enabled Description Use the maximum load balancing command to specify the maximum number of load balanced routes Use the...

Страница 1141: ...55 255 Description Use the network command to enable OSPF on the interface attached to the specified network in the area Use the undo network command to disable OSPF on an interface By default an inte...

Страница 1142: ...e in a Type 3 summary LSA into the NSSA area In this way all the other summary LSAs are not advertised into the area Such an area is known as an NSSA totally stub area Description Use the nssa command...

Страница 1143: ...ption Use the ospf command to enable an OSPF process Use the undo ospf command to disable an OSPF process No OSPF process is enabled by default You can enable multiple OSPF processes on a router and s...

Страница 1144: ...ng of up to 8 characters For cipher type password a plain password is a string of up to 8 characters and a cipher password is a string of up to 24 characters MD5 HMAC MD5 authentication For plain type...

Страница 1145: ...Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 ospf authentication mode simple cipher abc ospf cost Syntax ospf cost value undo ospf cost View Interface view Parameters value Value of OSPF cost in th...

Страница 1146: ...is 1 The bigger the value is the higher the priority This configuration is not supported on the NULL interface Examples Set the DR priority on the current interface to 8 Sysname system view Sysname i...

Страница 1147: ...DD packets that is no real MTU is added Note that After a virtual link is established via a Virtual Template or Tunnel two devices on the link from different vendors may have different MTU values To...

Страница 1148: ...rk type as NBMA If an NBMA network is fully meshed you can configure the network type for interfaces as NBMA If not you need to configure the network type as P2MP for two routers having no direct link...

Страница 1149: ...conds Sysname system view Sysname interface serial2 0 Sysname Serial2 0 ospf timer dead 60 ospf timer hello Syntax ospf timer hello seconds undo ospf timer hello View Interface view Parameters seconds...

Страница 1150: ...nterface finds its neighbor is dead it will send hello packets at the poll interval Note that The poll interval is at least four times the hello interval This configuration is not supported on the NUL...

Страница 1151: ...econds undo ospf trans delay View Interface view Parameters seconds LSA transmit delay time in seconds in the range 1 to 3600 Description Use the ospf trans delay command to set the LSA transmit delay...

Страница 1152: ...need to specify neighbors and neighbor DR priorities on the routers After startup a router sends a hello packet to neighbors with DR priorities higher than 0 When the DR and BDR are elected the DR wil...

Страница 1153: ...eral routing protocols find routes to the same destination the router uses the route found by the protocol with the highest priority Examples Set a priority of 150 for OSPF internal routes Sysname sys...

Страница 1154: ...The system prompts whether to reset OSPF process upon execution of this command Examples Reset all OSPF processes Sysname reset ospf process reset ospf redistribution Syntax reset ospf process id red...

Страница 1155: ...scription Use the silent interface command to disable specified interfaces from sending any OSPF packet Use the undo silent interface command to restore the default By default an interface sends OSPF...

Страница 1156: ...axagelsa LSA max age information nbrstatechange Neighbor state change information originatelsa Information about LSAs originated locally vifauthfail Virtual interface authentication failure informatio...

Страница 1157: ...erval command to restore the default The interval defaults to 5 seconds Based on its LSDB an OSPF router calculates the shortest path tree with itself being the root and uses it to determine the next...

Страница 1158: ...igure area1 as a stub area Sysname system view Sysname ospf 100 Sysname ospf 100 area 1 Sysname ospf 100 area 0 0 0 1 stub stub router Syntax stub router undo stub router View OSPF view Parameters Non...

Страница 1159: ...the value on its virtual link neighbor The dead interval is at least four times the hello interval md5 MD5 authentication hmac md5 HMAC MD5 authentication simple Simple authentication key id Key ID fo...

Страница 1160: ...ources are consumed A so small retransmission interval will lead to unnecessary retransmissions A big value is appropriate for a low speed link You need to specify an appropriate transmission delay wi...

Страница 1161: ...ero fields are non zero If all messages are trusty you can disable this feature to spare the processing time of the CPU Examples Disable the zero field check on RIP 1 messages for RIP process 100 Sysn...

Страница 1162: ...RIP view Parameters value Cost of the default route in the range of 1 to 15 Description Use the default route originate cost command to advertise a default route with the specified metric to RIP neigh...

Страница 1163: ...80 sec s Suppress time 120 sec s Garbage collect time 120 sec s TRIP retransmit time 5 sec s TRIP response packets retransmit count 36 Silent interfaces None Default routes Disabled Verify source Enab...

Страница 1164: ...ansmit count Maximum retransmit times for update requests and responses Silent interfaces Number of silent interfaces which do not periodically send updates Default routes Indicates whether a default...

Страница 1165: ...isplay rip route Syntax display rip process id route statistics ip address mask mask length peer ip address View Any view Parameters process id RIP process number in the range of 1 to 65535 Table 280...

Страница 1166: ...2 34 0 0 0 8 21 0 0 23 1 0 RA 23 Peer 21 0 0 12 on Ethernet1 0 Destination Mask NextHop Cost Tag Flags Sec 56 0 0 0 8 21 0 0 12 1 0 RA 34 12 0 0 0 8 21 0 0 12 1 0 RA 12 Display routing information for...

Страница 1167: ...never expires A The route is aging S The route is suppressed G The route is in Garbage collect state Peer 21 0 0 23 on Ethernet1 0 Routing information learned on a RIP interface from the specified nei...

Страница 1168: ...only the routes redistributed from the specified routing protocol Otherwise RIP filters all routes to be advertised If interface type interface number is specified RIP filters only the routes advertis...

Страница 1169: ...ysname system view Sysname rip 1 Sysname rip 1 filter policy 2000 import Reference IP prefix list abc on Ethernet1 1 to filter all received RIP routes Sysname rip 1 filter policy ip prefix abc import...

Страница 1170: ...f 0 to 65 535 The default is 0 route policy route policy name Specifies a routing policy with 1 to 19 characters allow ibgp When the protocol argument is set to bgp allow ibgp is an optional keyword T...

Страница 1171: ...load balancing command to specify the maximum number of load balanced routes Use the undo maximum load balancing command to restore the default Examples Specify the maximum number of load balanced rou...

Страница 1172: ...P view Parameters ip address RIP peer IP address in dotted decimal format Description Use the peer command to specify a neighbor in the non broadcast multi access NBMA network With this command used r...

Страница 1173: ...s to these routes The priority of other routes is the one set by the preference command If no priority is set for matched routes in the routing policy the priority of all routes is the one set by the...

Страница 1174: ...not apply to interface parameters The configured interface parameters become invalid after you disable the RIP process Examples Create a RIP process and enter rip process view Sysname system view Sys...

Страница 1175: ...mples Configure MD5 authentication on Ethernet1 0 with the key string being rose in the format defined in RFC 2453 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 rip version 2...

Страница 1176: ...interface is increased Related commands rip metricout Examples Configure an additional metric for routes received on Ethernet1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 r...

Страница 1177: ...RIP process Use the undo rip mib binding command to restore the default By default MIB operations are bound to the RIP process with the smallest process ID Examples Configure RIP 100 to accept SNMP r...

Страница 1178: ...e function By default the poison reverse function is disabled Examples Enable the poison reverse function for RIP routing updates on Serial 2 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface serial 2 0 Sysname...

Страница 1179: ...nterface ethernet1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 rip split horizon rip summary address Syntax rip summary address ip address mask mask length undo rip summary address ip address mask mask length View Interfac...

Страница 1180: ...View Interface view Parameters 1 RIP version 1 2 RIP version 2 broadcast Sends RIP 2 messages in broadcast mode multicast Sends RIP 2 messages in multicast mode Description Use the rip version command...

Страница 1181: ...ernet1 0 to broadcast RIP 2 messages Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 rip version 2 broadcast silent interface RIP view Syntax silent interface all interface type...

Страница 1182: ...ll subnet routes can be broadcasted By default automatic RIP 2 summarization is enabled Enabling automatic RIP 2 summarization can reduce the size of the routing table to enhance the scalability and e...

Страница 1183: ...essed state only routes which come from the same neighbor and whose metric is less than 16 will be received by the router to replace unreachable routes The garbage collect timer defines the interval f...

Страница 1184: ...ax trip retransmit timer retransmit time value undo trip retransmit timer View RIP view Parameters retransmit time value Interval in seconds for retransmitting an Update Request or Update Response in...

Страница 1185: ...not recommended Examples Enable the source IP address validation on incoming messages Sysname system view Sysname rip rip 100 Sysname rip 100 validate source address version Syntax version 1 2 undo v...

Страница 1186: ...view On a ComwareV3 device you can only perform such configuration in interface view To enable a ComwareV5 device in the RIP 1 mode to interoperate with a ComwareV3 device in the RIP 2 broadcast mode...

Страница 1187: ...h command to remove the clause configuration No AS_PATH attribute is set by default With the replace keyword using the apply as path command replaces the original AS_PATH attribute with specified AS n...

Страница 1188: ...sname route policy if match as path 1 Sysname route policy apply comm list 1 delete apply community Syntax apply community none additive community number 1 16 aa nn 1 16 internet no export subconfed n...

Страница 1189: ...for BGP routes passing AS path ACL 8 Sysname system view Sysname route policy setcommunity permit node 16 Sysname route policy if match as path 8 Sysname route policy apply community no export apply...

Страница 1190: ...No cost type is set for routing information by default Examples Create routing policy policy1 with node 10 matching mode as permit If a route matches tag 8 set the cost type for the route to IS IS in...

Страница 1191: ...vel 1 level 1 2 level 2 undo apply isis View Routing policy view Parameters level 1 Redistributes routes into IS IS level 1 area level 2 Redistributes routes into IS IS level 2 area level 1 2 Redistri...

Страница 1192: ...node 10 matching mode as permit If a route matches AS path ACL 1 set the local preference for the route to 130 Sysname system view Sysname route policy policy1 permit node 10 Sysname route policy if...

Страница 1193: ...BGP routes Use the undo apply origin command to remove the clause configuration No origin attribute is set for routing information by default Related commands if match interface if match acl if match...

Страница 1194: ...system view Sysname route policy policy1 permit node 10 Sysname route policy if match route type external type1or2 Sysname route policy apply preference 90 apply preferred value Syntax apply preferre...

Страница 1195: ...the route to 100 Sysname system view Sysname route policy policy1 permit node 10 Sysname route policy if match route type external type1 Sysname route policy apply tag 100 display ip as path Syntax d...

Страница 1196: ...ty list if match community and apply community Examples Display the information of the BGP community list 1 Sysname display ip community list 1 Community List Number 1 permit 1 1 1 2 2 2 display ip ex...

Страница 1197: ...as path as path number 1 16 undo if match as path as path number 1 16 View Routing policy view Parameters as path number AS path ACL number in the range of 1 to 256 1 16 Indicates the argument before...

Страница 1198: ...f match community basic community list number adv community list number 1 16 View Routing policy view Parameters basic community list number Basic community list number in the range of 1 to 99 adv com...

Страница 1199: ...emove the match criterion The match criterion is not configured by default This command is one of the if match clauses of routing policy used for matching routes with the specified route cost Related...

Страница 1200: ...16 undo if match interface interface type interface number 1 16 View Routing policy view Parameters interface type Interface type interface number Interface number 1 16 Indicates the argument before...

Страница 1201: ...e type Syntax if match route type internal external type1 external type2 external type1or2 is is level 1 is is level 2 nssa external type1 nssa external type2 nssa external type1or2 undo if match rout...

Страница 1202: ...eters value Specifies a tag value ranging from 0 to 4294967295 Description Use the if match tag command to specify a tag for matching against the tag field of the routes Use the undo if match tag comm...

Страница 1203: ...ate an AS path ACL Use the undo ip as path command to remove an AS path ACL No AS path ACL is created by default Examples Create an AS path ACL numbered 1 permitting routing information whose AS_PATH...

Страница 1204: ...nternet Routes with this attribute can be advertised to all the BGP peers By default all routes have this attribute no advertise Routes with this attribute will not be advertised to other BGP peers no...

Страница 1205: ...re it can be entered up to 16 times Description Use the ip extcommunity list to define an extended community list entry Use the undo ip extcommunity list command to remove an extended community list N...

Страница 1206: ...icy routing It contains several nodes and each node comprises some if match and apply clauses The if match clauses define the matching criteria of the node and the apply clauses define the actions per...

Страница 1207: ...ess next hop command to set a next hop when redistributing routes Related commands if match interface if match acl if match ip prefix if match ip next hop if match cost if match tag route policy apply...

Страница 1208: ...riterion No ACL match criterion is configured by default Related commands if match interface if match ip next hop if match cost if match tag route policy apply ip address next hop apply cost apply loc...

Страница 1209: ...atch criterion The match criterion is not configured by default Related commands route policy Examples Create routing policy policy1 with node 10 matching mode as permit Define an if match clause to p...

Страница 1210: ...efix list as permit that is when a route to be filtered is in the range of the IPv4 prefix list the route passes the IPv4 prefix list without needing to enter the next item for testing If the route to...

Страница 1211: ...s specified as 0 0 0 0 0 then only the default routes will be matched To match all the routes use 0 0 0 0 0 less equal 32 Examples Create a routing policy named policy1 with node 10 matching mode as p...

Страница 1212: ...1212 CHAPTER 79 IPV4 ROUTING POLICY CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1213: ...ting routes does not take effect Examples Create routing policy policy1 with node 10 matching mode permit If a route matches AS path ACL 1 set next hop 3ff3 506 1 for it Sysname system view Sysname ro...

Страница 1214: ...ix name Specifies the name of a IPv6 prefix list for filtering a string of 1 to 19 characters Description Use the if match ipv6 command to configure a destination next hop or source address based matc...

Страница 1215: ...ing mode for the IPv6 prefix list as deny that is if a route matches the IPv6 prefix list the route neither passes the filter nor enters the next node for test If not the route will enter the next ite...

Страница 1216: ...l the routes configure it as 0 less equal 128 Examples Permit the IPv6 addresses with mask length between 32 bits and 64 bits Sysname system view Sysname ip ipv6 prefix abc permit 0 greater equal 32 l...

Страница 1217: ...tes and their configurations you must reconf igure all static routes Are you sure Y N Y ip route static Syntax ip route static dest address mask mask length gateway address track track entry number in...

Страница 1218: ...nterface the next hop address must be specified vpn instance d vpn instance name Name of the destination VPN instance case sensitive If a destination VPN instance name is specified the router will sea...

Страница 1219: ...ress through PPP negotiation In this case you need only specify the output interface For NBMA and P2MP interfaces which support point to multipoint networks the IP address to link layer address mappin...

Страница 1220: ...default preference default preference value undo ip route static default preference View System view Parameters default preference value Default preference for static routes which is in the range of...

Страница 1221: ...ance command to restore the default The feature is not available by default Unlike IGP BGP has no explicit metric for making load balancing decision Instead it implements load balancing by defining it...

Страница 1222: ...as path neglect bestroute compare med IPv6 address family view Syntax bestroute compare med undo bestroute compare med View IPv6 address family view Parameters None Description Use the bestroute compa...

Страница 1223: ...f ipv6 bestroute med confederation compare different as med IPv6 address family view Syntax compare different as med undo compare different as med View IPv6 address family view Parameters None Descrip...

Страница 1224: ...he threshold are suppressed By default it is 2000 ceiling Specifies a ceiling penalty value from 1001 to 20000 The value must be bigger than the suppress value By default the value is 16000 route poli...

Страница 1225: ...making the route passing B preferred Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv6 family Sysname bgp af ipv6 default local preference 180 default med IPv6 address family view Syntax default me...

Страница 1226: ...rs None Description Use the default route imported command to enable the redistribution of default route into the IPv6 BGP routing table Use the undo default route imported command to disable the redi...

Страница 1227: ...and Field Description BGP peer group Name of the peer group remote AS AS number of the peer group Type Type of the peer group Maximum allowed prefix number Maximum allowed prefix number Threshold Thre...

Страница 1228: ...to display IPv6 BGP path information If no parameter is specified all path information will be displayed Examples Display IPv6 BGP path information Sysname display bgp ipv6 paths Address Hash Refcount...

Страница 1229: ...ipv6 peer BGP Local router ID 20 0 0 1 local AS number 100 Total number of peers 1 Peers in established state 1 Peer V AS MsgRcvd MsgSent OutQ PrefRcv Up Down State 20 21 4 200 17 19 0 3 00 09 59 Esta...

Страница 1230: ...tory i internal s suppressed S Stale Origin i IGP e EGP incomplete Network 30 30 PrefixLen 64 NextHop 30 30 30 1 LocPrf PrefVal 0 Label NULL MED 0 Path Ogn i Network 40 40 PrefixLen 64 NextHop 40 40 4...

Страница 1231: ...address PrefixLen Prefix length NextHop Next Hop MED MULTI_EXIT_DISC attribute LocPrf Local preference value Path AS_PATH attribute recording the ASs the packet has passed to avoid routing loops Pref...

Страница 1232: ...13 times no advertise Displays routes not advertised to any peer no export Displays routes advertised outside the AS if there is a confederation it displays routes not advertised outside the confedera...

Страница 1233: ...iew the routing information matching the specified IPv6 BGP community list Examples Display the routing information matching the specified IPv6 BGP community list Sysname display bgp ipv6 routing tabl...

Страница 1234: ...ommands dampening IPv6 address family view Examples Display IPv6 BGP routing dampening parameters Sysname display bgp ipv6 routing table dampening parameter Maximum Suppress Time in second 3069 Ceilin...

Страница 1235: ...ULL MED 0 Path Ogn 300 i Refer to Table 291 for description on the fields above display bgp ipv6 routing table flap info Syntax display bgp ipv6 routing table flap info regular expression as regular e...

Страница 1236: ...ers None Description Use the display bgp ipv6 routing table label command to display IPv6 BGP label routing information Examples Display IPv6 BGP label routing information Sysname display bgp ipv6 rou...

Страница 1237: ...routing table peer command to display the routing information advertised to or received from the specified IPv4 or IPv6 BGP peer Examples Display the routing information advertised to the specified BG...

Страница 1238: ...abel NULL MED 0 Path Ogn 100 i Refer to Table 291 for description on the fields above display bgp ipv6 routing table statistic Syntax display bgp ipv6 routing table statistic View Any view Parameters...

Страница 1239: ...the specified protocol are filtered If no protocol is specified all redistributed routes will be filtered Examples Reference ACL6 2001 to filter all outbound IPv6 BGP routes Sysname system view Sysnam...

Страница 1240: ...scription Use the group command to create a peer group Use the undo group command to delete a peer group An IBGP peer group will be created if neither internal nor external is selected Examples Create...

Страница 1241: ...s redistributed using the import route command has the incomplete origin attribute Examples Redistribute routes from RIPng 1 Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv6 family Sysname bgp af...

Страница 1242: ...vertised must exist in the local IP routing table and using a routing policy makes route management more flexible The route advertised to the BGP routing table using the network command has the IGP or...

Страница 1243: ...ers ipv4 address IPv4 address of a peer ipv6 address IPv6 address of a peer Description Use the peer advertise ext community command to advertise the extended community attribute to a peer peer group...

Страница 1244: ...ber allowed in the AS PATH of routes from peer 1 1 as 2 Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv6 family Sysname bgp af ipv6 peer 1 1 allow as loop 2 peer as number IPv6 address family view...

Страница 1245: ...S path ACL in the range 1 to 256 import Filters incoming routes export Filters outgoing routes Description Use the peer as path acl command to specify an AS path ACL to filter routes incoming from or...

Страница 1246: ...amily view Parameters ipv6 group name Name of a peer group a string of 1 to 47 characters ipv6 address IPv6 address of a peer interface type interface number Specifies the type and name of the interfa...

Страница 1247: ...vertise a default route to a peer peer group Use the undo peer default route advertise command to disable advertising a default route By default no default route is advertised to a peer peer group Usi...

Страница 1248: ...up test external Sysname bgp af ipv6 peer test description ISP1 peer ebgp max hop IPv6 address family view Syntax peer ipv6 group name ipv6 address ebgp max hop hop count undo peer ipv6 group name ipv...

Страница 1249: ...peer or peer group Use the undo peer enable command to disable an IPv4 peer or peer group By default no IPv4 peer or peer group is enabled If an IPv4 peer or peer group is disabled the router will no...

Страница 1250: ...y view Parameters group name Name of an IPv4 or IPv6 peer group a string of 1 to 47 characters ipv4 address IPv4 address of a peer ipv6 address IPv6 address of a peer acl6 number IPv6 ACL number in th...

Страница 1251: ...does not belong to any peer group Examples Create a peer group named test and add the peer 1 2 3 4 to the peer group Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv6 family Sysname bgp af ipv6 gr...

Страница 1252: ...IPv4 or IPv6 peer group a string of 1 to 47 characters ipv4 address IPv4 address of a peer ipv6 address IPv6 address of a peer ipv6 prefix name IPv6 prefix list name a string of 1 to 19 characters imp...

Страница 1253: ...s command to disable this function By default the function is not enabled Examples Save routing information from peer 1 2 3 4 Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv6 family Sysname bgp af...

Страница 1254: ...up Use the undo peer log change command to remove the configuration The logging is enabled by default Examples Enable the logging of session state and event information of peer 1 2 3 4 Sysname system...

Страница 1255: ...roup Use the undo peer preferred value command to restore the default By default routes received from a peer or peer group have a preferred value of 0 Routes learned from peers each have an initial pr...

Страница 1256: ...d to allow IPv6 BGP updates to a peer peer group to carry private AS numbers By default BGP updates carry the private AS number The command does not take effect if the BGP update has both the public A...

Страница 1257: ...ndo peer group name ipv4 address ipv6 address route limit View IPv6 address family view Parameters group name Name of an IPv4 or IPv6 peer group a string of 1 to 47 characters ipv4 address IPv4 addres...

Страница 1258: ...tes to the peer group Description Use the peer route policy command to apply a routing policy to routes incoming from or outgoing to a peer or peer group Use the undo peer route policy command to remo...

Страница 1259: ...o the peer 1 2 3 4 as 10 seconds Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv6 family Sysname bgp af ipv6 peer 1 2 3 4 as number 100 Sysname bgp af ipv6 peer 1 2 3 4 route update interval 10 pe...

Страница 1260: ...dtime interval for a peer or peer group Use the undo peer timer command to restore the default keepalive interval defaults to 60 seconds and holdtime interval defaults to 180 seconds Note that The tim...

Страница 1261: ...er the preference is The default values of external preference internal preference and local preference are 255 255 and 130 respectively Examples Configure preferences for EBGP IBGP and local routes a...

Страница 1262: ...ctor Use the undo reflector cluster id command to remove the configured cluster ID By default a route reflector uses its router ID as the cluster ID Usually there is only one route reflector in a clus...

Страница 1263: ...ons To perform IPv4 IPv6 BGP soft reset all routers in the network should support route refresh If a router not supporting route refresh exists in the network you need to use the peer keep all routes...

Страница 1264: ...formation will be cleared Examples Clear the damping information of routes to 2345 64 and release suppressed routes Sysname reset bgp ipv6 dampening 2345 64 reset bgp ipv6 flap info Syntax reset bgp i...

Страница 1265: ...If not the system will select a router ID automatically from the current interfaces IPv4 addresses The selection sequence is the highest IPv4 address of Loopback interfaces addresses then the highest...

Страница 1266: ...Enable the route synchronization between IPv6 BGP and IGP Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv6 family Sysname bgp af ipv6 synchronization timer IPv6 address family view Syntax timer ke...

Страница 1267: ...er timer IPv6 address family view Examples Configure keepalive interval and holdtime interval as 60 and 180 seconds Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv6 family Sysname bgp af ipv6 time...

Страница 1268: ...1268 CHAPTER 82 IPV6 BGP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1269: ...2 Displays Level 2 IPv6 IS IS routes only n If no level is specified both Level 1 and Level 2 namely Level 1 2 routing information will be displayed Description Use the display isis route ipv6 comman...

Страница 1270: ...sed in LSPs U Up Down Bit Set Table 296 Description on the fields of the display isis route ipv6 command Field Description Destination IPv6 destination address prefix PrefixLen Length of the prefix Fl...

Страница 1271: ...ting a default route No IPv6 IS IS default route is generated by default With a routing policy you can configure IPv6 IS IS to generate the default route that must match the routing policy You can use...

Страница 1272: ...isis 1 Sysname isis 1 network entity 10 0001 1010 1020 1030 00 Sysname isis 1 ipv6 enable ipv6 filter policy export Syntax ipv6 filter policy acl6 number ipv6 prefix ipv6 prefix name route policy rout...

Страница 1273: ...be advertised You can configure the filtering conditions using the ipv6 filter policy command You can use the ipv6 filter policy export command which filters redistributed routes only when they are a...

Страница 1274: ...lter the received routes Sysname system view Sysname isis Sysname isis 1 ipv6 filter policy 2003 import ipv6 import route Syntax ipv6 import route protocol process id allow ibgp cost cost level 1 leve...

Страница 1275: ...use routing loops Therefore be cautious with this command Examples Configure IPv6 IS IS to redistribute static routes and sets the cost 15 for them Sysname system view Sysname isis Sysname isis 1 ipv6...

Страница 1276: ...el 1 ipv6 maximum load balancing Syntax ipv6 maximum load balancing number undo ipv6 maximum load balancing View IS IS view Parameters number Maximum number of equivalent load balanced routes Descript...

Страница 1277: ...mary ipv6 prefix prefix length avoid feedback generate_null0_route level 1 level 1 2 level 2 tag tag undo ipv6 summary ipv6 prefix prefix length level 1 level 1 2 level 2 View IS IS view Parameters ip...

Страница 1278: ...d undo isis ipv6 enable View Interface view Parameters process id IS IS process ID ranging from 1 to 65535 The default is 1 Description Use the isis ipv6 enable command to enable IPv6 for the specifie...

Страница 1279: ...ary command to configure an IPv6 summary route on an area border router Use the undo abr summary command to remove an IPv6 summary route Then the summarized routes are advertised By default no route s...

Страница 1280: ...cost Syntax default cost value undo default cost View OSPFv3 view Parameters value Specifies a default cost for redistributed routes in the range of 1 to 16777214 Description Use the default cost com...

Страница 1281: ...a to configure the area as stub If multiple OSPFv3 processes are running use of this command takes effect only for the current process Related commands stub OSPFv3 area view Examples Configure Area1 a...

Страница 1282: ...area is 1 SPF algorithm executed 1 times Number of LSA 2 These LSAs checksum Sum 0x20C8 Number of Unknown LSA 0 Table 298 Description on the fields of the display isofv3 command Field Description Rou...

Страница 1283: ...No backup designated router on this link Timer interval configured Hello 10 Dead 40 Wait 40 Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00 00 02 Neighbor Count is 1 Adjacent neighbor count is 1 These LSAs checksum Sum...

Страница 1284: ...LSAs link state id Link state ID an IPv4 address originate router router id The ID of the advertising router total Specifies to display all information in the LSDB Description Use the display ospfv3...

Страница 1285: ...Type Link LSA Link State ID 0 0 2 6 Originating Router 2 2 2 2 LS Seq Number 0x80000002 Checksum 0xEFFA Length 56 Priority 1 Options 0x000013 R E V6 Link Local Address FE80 1441 0 E213 1 Number of Pre...

Страница 1286: ...Router Originating Router LS Seq Number LSA Sequence Number Checksum LSA Checksum Length LSA Length Priority Router Priority Options Options Link Local Address Link Local Address Number of Prefixes Nu...

Страница 1287: ...e type interface number verbose peer router id View Any view Parameters process id Specifies the ID of an OSPFv3 process ranging from 1 to 65535 area Specifies to display neighbor information of the s...

Страница 1288: ...er due in 00 00 29 Neighbor is up for 00 06 28 Database Summary List 0 Link State Request List 0 Link State Retransmission List 0 Table 304 Description on the fields of the display isofv3 peer command...

Страница 1289: ...06 Description on the fields of the display ospfv3 peer statistic command Field Description Area ID Area ID Down In this state neighbor initial state the router has not received any information from a...

Страница 1290: ...the statistics of OSPFv3 link state request list Sysname display ospfv3 request list statistics OSPFv3 Router with ID 1 1 1 1 Process 1 Interface Neighbor LSA Count Eth1 0 2 2 2 2 0 display ospfv3 re...

Страница 1291: ...ay the statistics of OSPFv3 link state retransmission list Sysname display ospfv3 retrans list statistics OSPFv3 Router with ID 3 3 3 3 Process 1 Interface Neighbor LSA Count Eth1 0 1 1 1 1 0 display...

Страница 1292: ...e 1 external route IA Inter area route I Intra area route E2 Type 2 external route Selected route OSPFv3 Router with ID 1 1 1 1 Process 1 Destination 2001 64 Type I Cost 1 NextHop directly connected I...

Страница 1293: ...topology Syntax display ospfv3 process id topology area area id View Any view Parameters process id Specifies the ID of an OSPFv3 process of which to display topology information ranging from 1 to 655...

Страница 1294: ...Eth1 0 display ospfv3 vlink Syntax display ospfv3 process id vlink View Any view Parameters process id Specifies the ID of an OSPFv3 process ranging from 1 to 65535 Description Use the display ospfv3...

Страница 1295: ...cess id Specifies to filter the routes of a RIPng process which in the range of 1 to 65535 bgp4 Specifies to filter BGP4 routes direct Specifies to filter direct routes static Specifies to filter stat...

Страница 1296: ...00 quit Sysname ospfv3 Sysname ospfv3 1 filter policy 2001 export filter policy import OSPFv3 view Syntax filter policy acl6 number ipv6 prefix ipv6 prefix name import undo filter policy import View O...

Страница 1297: ...edistribute direct routes static Specifies to redistributes static routes cost value Specifies the cost for redistributed routes ranging from 1 to 16777214 It defaults to 1 type type Specifies the typ...

Страница 1298: ...changes of the current OSPFv3 process will display on the configuration terminal Examples Disable the logging on neighbor state changes of OSPFv3 process 100 Sysname system view Sysname ospfv3 100 Sys...

Страница 1299: ...configured in OSPFv3 view Otherwise you can find the process but which cannot generate any LSA Examples Enable the OSPFv3 process with process ID as 120 and configure the Router ID as 1 1 1 1 Sysname...

Страница 1300: ...id View Interface view Parameters value OSPFv3 cost of the interface in the range 1 to 65535 instance id The instance ID of an interface in the range of 0 to 255 which defaults to 0 Description Use t...

Страница 1301: ...ew Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 ospfv3 dr priority 8 instance 1 ospfv3 mtu ignore Syntax ospfv3 mtu ignore instance instance id undo ospfv3 mtu ignore instance instance id View I...

Страница 1302: ...four times the Hello seconds value and must be identical on interfaces attached to the same network segment Related commands ospfv3 timer hello Examples Configure the OSPFv3 neighbor dead time as 80...

Страница 1303: ...transmit command to configure the LSA retransmission interval for an interface of an instance Use the undo ospfv3 timer retransmit command to restore the default The interval defaults to 5 seconds Whe...

Страница 1304: ...delay 3 instance 1 preference Syntax preference ase route policy route policy name preference undo preference ase View OSPFv3 view Parameters ase Applies the preference to OSPFv3 external routes If t...

Страница 1305: ...fferent processes have different Router IDs Related commands ospfv3 n By configuring different router IDs for different processes you can run multiple OSPFv3 processes on a router Examples Configure t...

Страница 1306: ...spf timers View OSPFv3 view Parameters delay interval The interval in seconds between when OSPFv3 receives a topology change and when it starts SPF calculation in the range 1 to 65535 hold interval Th...

Страница 1307: ...as a stub area Sysname system view Sysname ospfv3 1 Sysname ospfv3 1 area 1 Sysname ospfv3 1 area 0 0 0 1 stub vlink peer OSPFv3 area view Syntax vlink peer router id hello seconds retransmit seconds...

Страница 1308: ...Use the undo vlink peer command to remove a virtual link For a non backbone area without direct connection with the backbone area or for a backbone area that cannot maintain connectivity you can use t...

Страница 1309: ...an enable the zero field check on RIPng packet headers If any such field contains a non zero value the RIPng packet will be discarded Examples Disable the zero field check on RIPng packet headers of R...

Страница 1310: ...Display the running status and configuration information of all configured RIPng processes Sysname display ripng RIPng process 1 Preference 100 Checkzero Enabled Default Cost 0 Maximum number of bala...

Страница 1311: ...ost 2 3FFE C00 C18 1 64 via FE80 200 5EFF FE04 B602 cost 2 3FFE C00 C18 1 64 via FE80 200 5EFF FE04 B601 cost 2 3FFE C00 C18 2 64 via FE80 200 5EFF FE04 B602 cost 2 3FFE C00 C18 3 64 via FE80 200 5EFF...

Страница 1312: ...he fields of the display ripng interface command Field Description Interface name Name of an interface running RIPng Link Local Address Link local address of an interface running RIPng Split horizon I...

Страница 1313: ...Dest 3FFE C00 C18 1 64 via FE80 200 5EFF FE04 B601 cost 2 tag 0 A 13 Sec Dest 3FFE C00 C18 3 64 via FE80 200 5EFF FE04 B601 cost 2 tag 0 A 13 Sec Peer FE80 200 5EFF FE04 3302 on Ethernet1 2 Dest 100 3...

Страница 1314: ...ing protocol is rip ospf or isis Description Use the filter policy export command to define an outbound route filtering policy Only routes passing the filter can be advertised in the update messages U...

Страница 1315: ...from which to redistribute routes Currently it can be bgp4 direct isisv6 ospfv3 ripng or static process id Process ID in the range of 1 to 65535 The default is 1 This argument is available only when...

Страница 1316: ...er of equal cost load balanced routes in the range 1 to 8 Description Use the maximum load balancing command to specify the maximum number of equal cost routes for load balancing Use the undo maximum...

Страница 1317: ...routing policy the one set by the preference command applies to all routes Examples Set the RIPng route priority to 120 Sysname system view Sysname ripng 100 Sysname ripng 100 preference 120 Restore t...

Страница 1318: ...Use the undo ripng default route command to stop advertising and forwarding the default route By default a RIP process does not advertise any default route After you execute this command the generate...

Страница 1319: ...n value undo ripng metricin View Interface view Parameters value Additional metric to received routes in the range of 0 to 16 Description Use the ripng metricin command to specify an additional metric...

Страница 1320: ...Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 ripng metricout 12 ripng poison reverse Syntax ripng poison reverse undo ripng poison reverse View Interface view Parameters None Description Use th...

Страница 1321: ...371 and LAPB and X 25 Configuration Commands on page 421 Examples Enable the split horizon function on Ethernet1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 ripng split h...

Страница 1322: ...configure RIPng timers Use the undo timers command to restore the default By default the garbage collect timer is 120 seconds the suppress timer 120 seconds the timeout timer 180 seconds and the upda...

Страница 1323: ...stances The lengths of these timers must be kept consistent on all routers and access servers in the network Examples Configure the update timeout suppress and garbage collect timers as 5s 15s 15s and...

Страница 1324: ...1324 CHAPTER 85 IPV6 RIPNG CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1325: ...es Sysname system view Sysname delete ipv6 static routes all This will erase all ipv6 static routes and their configurations you must reconfigure all static routes Are you sure Y N Y ipv6 route static...

Страница 1326: ...default IPv6 route If the destination address of an IPv6 packet does not match any entry in the routing table this default route will be used to forward the packet While configuring static routes you...

Страница 1327: ...address in the range of 4 to 32 The system default is 32 interface type interface number Specifies an interface by its type and number Description Use the display multicast boundary command to view th...

Страница 1328: ...ce address For a multicast group address this argument has an effective value range of 4 to 32 for a multicast source address this argument has an effective value range of 0 to 32 The system default i...

Страница 1329: ...to indicate different states of S G entries Major values of this field are described in Table 322 Uptime Length of time for which the S G entry has been up in hours minutes seconds Timeout in Length...

Страница 1330: ...pecified interface or all interfaces Related command multicast minimum ttl Example View the minimum TTL required for a multicast packet to be forwarded on all interfaces of the public instance Sysname...

Страница 1331: ...ctive value range of 4 to 32 for a multicast source address this argument has an effective value range of 0 to 32 The system default is 32 in both cases incoming interface Displays multicast routing e...

Страница 1332: ...k length Mask length of the multicast source address in the range of 0 to 32 Description Use the display multicast routing table static command to view the information of multicast static routes Examp...

Страница 1333: ...urce address group address Multicast group address in the range of 224 0 1 0 to 239 255 255 255 Description Use the display multicast rpf info command to view the RPF information of a multicast source...

Страница 1334: ...stance name a case sensitive string of up to 31 characters source address Multicast source address mask Mask of the multicast source address mask length Mask length of the multicast source address in...

Страница 1335: ...ng table By default no multicast static route is configured Note that The arguments source address mask mask length protocol and policy name are critical elements in multicast static route configurati...

Страница 1336: ...ommand to trace the path down which the multicast traffic from a given multicast source flows to the last hop router Note that if the last hop router address argument is given in the command to trace...

Страница 1337: ...d Field Description last hop router Last hop router 6 6 6 6 225 2 1 1 The S G multicast stream for which the forwarding path is being traced 1 5 5 5 8 The S G outgoing interface address of each hop st...

Страница 1338: ...moved Related command display multicast boundary Example Configure Ethernet 1 0 to be the forwarding boundary of multicast group 239 2 0 0 16 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname...

Страница 1339: ...st forwarding table The value ranges from 0 to 900 Description Use the multicast forwarding table route limit command to configure the maximum number of route entries in the multicast forwarding table...

Страница 1340: ...fic is disabled Example Enable per source load splitting of multicast traffic in the public instance Sysname system view Sysname multicast load splitting source Enable per source load splitting of mul...

Страница 1341: ...on Use the multicast minimum ttl command to configure the minimum TTL required for a multicast packet to be forwarded on the interface Use the undo multicast minimum ttl command to restore the system...

Страница 1342: ...ysname vpn instance mvpn multicast routing enable reset multicast forwarding table Syntax reset multicast vpn instance vpn instance name all instance forwarding table source address mask mask mask len...

Страница 1343: ...ng table of the public instance Sysname reset multicast forwarding table 225 5 4 3 Clear the multicast forwarding entries related to multicast group 226 1 2 3 from the multicast forwarding table of VP...

Страница 1344: ...ting table command to clear multicast routing entries from the multicast routing table When a route entry is deleted from the multicast routing table the corresponding forwarding entry is also deleted...

Страница 1345: ...ays the detailed information of IGMP multicast groups Description Use the display igmp group command to view IGMP multicast group information Note that If you do not specify group address this command...

Страница 1346: ...haracters all instance Specifies all VPN instances interface type interface number Specifies an interface to display the IGMP configuration and operation information about If no interface is specified...

Страница 1347: ...ion Version of IGMP currently running on the interface Value of query interval for IGMP in seconds IGMP query interval in seconds Value of other querier present interval for IGMP in seconds Other quer...

Страница 1348: ...ment has an effective value range of 0 to 32 for a multicast group address this argument has an effective value range of 4 to 32 The system default is 32 in both cases Description Use the display igmp...

Страница 1349: ...the upstream Related command igmp fast leave last member query interval n This command takes effect on all Layer 3 interfaces when executed in IGMP view Example Enable the fast leave function globally...

Страница 1350: ...outing enable Sysname vpn instance mvpn quit Sysname igmp vpn instance mvpn Sysname igmp mvpn igmp enable Syntax igmp enable undo igmp enable View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the igm...

Страница 1351: ...ending a Leave notification directly to the upstream Related command fast leave IGMP view and igmp last member query interval Example Enable fast leave for multicast group members on Ethernet 1 0 Sysn...

Страница 1352: ...terval Syntax igmp last member query interval interval undo igmp last member query interval View Interface view Parameter interval IGMP last member query interval in seconds with an effective range of...

Страница 1353: ...Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 igmp max response time 8 igmp require router alert Syntax igmp require router alert undo igmp require router alert View Interface...

Страница 1354: ...variable is 2 Related command robust count IGMP view igmp timer query igmp last member query interval igmp timer other querier present display igmp interface Example Set the IGMP querier robustness va...

Страница 1355: ...ified multicast group Use the undo igmp static group command to remove the current interface as a statically connected member of the specified multicast group By default an interface is not a static m...

Страница 1356: ...meters in the above mentioned formula default to 60 seconds 2 times and 10 seconds respectively so the default other querier present interval 60 2 10 2 125 seconds Related command timer other querier...

Страница 1357: ...he IGMP version on the current interface Use the undo igmp version command to restore the IGMP version to the system default The default IGMP version is version 2 Related command version IGMP view Exa...

Страница 1358: ...rval undo igmp max response time View Public instance IGMP view VPN instance IGMP view Parameter interval Maximum response time for IGMP general queries in seconds with an effective range of 1 to 25 D...

Страница 1359: ...Sysname igmp require router alert reset igmp group Syntax reset igmp vpn instance vpn instance name all instance group all interface interface type interface number all group address mask mask mask le...

Страница 1360: ...ries for multicast group 225 0 0 1 on Ethernet 1 0 in the public instance Sysname reset igmp group interface ethernet 1 0 225 0 0 1 Clear the IGMP forwarding entries for multicast groups in the 225 1...

Страница 1361: ...d router alert command to globally disable the insertion of the Router Alert option into IGMP messages to be sent By default an IGMP message carries the Router Alert option Related command igmp send r...

Страница 1362: ...her querier present interval to 200 seconds in the public instance Sysname system view Sysname igmp Sysname igmp timer other querier present 200 timer query IGMP view Syntax timer query interval undo...

Страница 1363: ...ange of 1 to 3 Description Use the version command to configure the global IGMP version Use the undo version command to restore the global IGMP version to the system default The default IGMP version i...

Страница 1364: ...1364 CHAPTER 88 IGMP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1365: ...the SA message cache mechanism in the public instance Sysname system view Sysname msdp Sysname msdp cache sa enable display msdp brief Syntax display msdp vpn instance vpn instance name all instance b...

Страница 1366: ...View Any view Parameter vpn instance name VPN instance name a case sensitive string of up to 31 characters all instance Specifies all VPN instances peer address Specifies an MSDP peer to view the det...

Страница 1367: ...rt policy none Information about SA Requests Policy to accept SA Request messages none Sending SA Requests status disable Minimum TTL to forward SA with encapsulated data 0 SAs learned from this peer...

Страница 1368: ...es Filtering rule for receiving or forwarding SA messages from the specified MSDP peer Sending SA Requests status Whether enabled to send an SA request message to the designated MSDP peer upon receivi...

Страница 1369: ...mation of S G entries in the MSDP cache in the public instance Sysname display msdp sa cache MSDP Source Active Cache Information of VPN Instance public net MSDP Total Source Active Cache 5 entries MS...

Страница 1370: ...ache in the public instance Sysname display msdp sa count MSDP Source Active Count Information of VPN Instance public net Number of cached Source Active entries counted by Peer Peer s Address Number o...

Страница 1371: ...acl acl number undo import source View Public instance MSDP view VPN instance MSDP view Parameter acl number Basic or advanced ACL number in the range of 2000 to 3999 A basic ACL is used to filter th...

Страница 1372: ...name undo msdp vpn instance vpn instance name View System view Parameter vpn instance name VPN instance name a case sensitive string of up to 31 characters Description Use the msdp command to enable M...

Страница 1373: ...rface as the RP address of SA messages Use the undo originating rp command to restore the system default Be default the PIM RP address is used as the RP address of SA messages Example Specify the IP a...

Страница 1374: ...s description text undo peer peer address description View Public instance MSDP view VPN instance MSDP view Parameter peer address MSDP peer address text Descriptive text a string of 1 to 80 character...

Страница 1375: ...up Grp1 peer minimum ttl Syntax peer peer address minimum ttl ttl value undo peer peer address minimum ttl View Public instance MSDP view VPN instance MSDP view Parameter peer address MSDP peer addres...

Страница 1376: ...age is sent Note that before you can enable the device to send SA requests you must disable the SA message cache mechanism Related command cache sa enable Example Disable the SA message cache mechanis...

Страница 1377: ...s from the specified MSDP peer export Specifies to filter SA messages forwarded to the specified MSDP peer peer address MSDP peer address acl number Advanced ACL number in the range of 3000 to 3999 If...

Страница 1378: ...other SA requests will be ignored if you do not provide this argument all SA requests will be ignored Description Use the peer sa request policy command to configure a filtering rule for SA request m...

Страница 1379: ...er Sysname reset msdp peer 125 10 7 6 reset msdp sa cache Syntax reset msdp vpn instance vpn instance name all instance sa cache group address View User view Parameter vpn instance name VPN instance n...

Страница 1380: ...nformation of the specified MSDP peer or all MSDP peers without resetting the MSDP peer s Example Clear the statistics information of the MSDP peer 125 10 7 6 in the public instance Sysname reset msdp...

Страница 1381: ...RP addresses pass the filtering will be accepted If multiple static RPF peers use the same filtering policy at the same time when a peer receives an SA message it will forward the SA message to the o...

Страница 1382: ...nge is 1 to 60 Description Use the timer retry command to configure the interval between MSDP peer connection retries Use the undo timer retry command to restore the default setting By default the int...

Страница 1383: ...atic rp PIM view Example Enable auto RP in the public instance Sysname system view Sysname pim Sysname pim auto rp enable bsr policy PIM view Syntax bsr policy acl number undo bsr policy View Public i...

Страница 1384: ...face number Specifies an interface by its type and number This configuration can take effect only if PIM SM is enabled on the interface hash length Hash mask length for RP selection calculation in the...

Страница 1385: ...scope c bsr global Syntax c bsr global hash length hash length priority priority undo c bsr global View Public instance PIM view VPN instance PIM view Parameter hash length Hash mask length for RP se...

Страница 1386: ...cified multicast group in the range of 0 to 32 If you do not include this keyword in your command the corresponding global setting will be used priority Priority of the C BSR in the BSR admin scope re...

Страница 1387: ...length for RP selection calculation is 30 Related command c bsr PIM view c bsr global and c bsr group Example Set the global Hash mask length for RP selection calculation to 16 in the public instance...

Страница 1388: ...rameter interval Bootstrap interval in seconds with an effective range of 1 to 2 147 483 647 Description Use the c bsr interval command to configure the bootstrap interval namely the interval at which...

Страница 1389: ...es an interface the IP address of which will be advertised as a C RP address acl number Basic ACL number in the range of 2000 to 2999 This ACL defines a range of multicast groups the C RP is going to...

Страница 1390: ...2000 rule permit source 225 1 0 0 0 0 255 255 Sysname acl basic 2000 rule permit source 226 2 0 0 0 0 255 255 Sysname acl basic 2000 quit Sysname pim Sysname pim c rp ethernet 1 0 group policy 2000 p...

Страница 1391: ...he interval at which the BSR sends bootstrap messages The recommended C RP timeout setting is 2 5 times the bootstrap interval or longer Related command c rp PIM view and c bsr interval PIM view Examp...

Страница 1392: ...adv 3000 quit Sysname pim Sysname pim crp policy 3000 display pim bsr info Syntax display pim vpn instance vpn instance name all instance bsr info View Any view Parameter vpn instance name VPN instan...

Страница 1393: ...icast source If you do not provide this argument this command will display the information about all unicast routes used by PIM Table 335 Description on the fields of the display pim bsr info command...

Страница 1394: ...ace number message type assert bsr crp graft graft ack hello join prune state refresh View Any view Parameter vpn instance name VPN instance name a case sensitive string of up to 31 characters all ins...

Страница 1395: ...public net PIM global control message counters Received Sent Invalid Register 20 37 2 Register Stop 25 20 1 Probe 10 5 0 PIM control message counters for interface Ethernet1 0 Received Sent Invalid A...

Страница 1396: ...0 00 24 00 00 02 display pim interface Syntax display pim vpn instance vpn instance name all instance interface interface type interface number verbose View Any view Parameter vpn instance name VPN in...

Страница 1397: ...2 PIM DR Priority configured 1 PIM neighbor count 1 PIM hello interval 30 s PIM LAN delay negotiated 500 ms PIM LAN delay configured 500 ms PIM override interval negotiated 2500 ms PIM override inter...

Страница 1398: ...interval PIM neighbor tracking negotiated Negotiated neighbor tracking status enabled disabled PIM neighbor tracking configured Configured neighbor tracking status enabled disabled PIM generation ID...

Страница 1399: ...detailed information of join prune messages to send Description Use the display pim join prune command to view the information about the join prune messages to send Example View the information of joi...

Страница 1400: ...42 1 View the PIM neighbor information on Ethernet 1 0 of the public instance Sysname display pim neighbor interface ethernet 1 0 Total Number of Neighbors on this interface 3 Neighbor Interface Upti...

Страница 1401: ...s all VPN instances group address Multicast group address in the range of 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 source address Multicast source address mask Mask of the multicast group source address 255 255 2...

Страница 1402: ...ifies multicast routing entries on routers directly connecting to the same subnet with the multicast source msdp Specifies routing entries learned from MSDP SA messages niif Specifies multicast routin...

Страница 1403: ...G and G entries in the PIM routing table 172 168 0 2 227 0 0 1 An S G entry in the PIM routing table Protocol PIM mode PIM SM or PIM DM Flag Flag of the S G or G entry in the PIM routing table Uptime...

Страница 1404: ...the RP the system will delete it Example View the RP information corresponding to the multicast group 224 0 1 1 in the public instance Sysname display pim rp info 224 0 1 1 Vpn instance public net BS...

Страница 1405: ...Set the router priority for DR election to 3 in the public instance Sysname system view Sysname pim Sysname pim hello option dr priority 3 hello option holdtime PIM view Syntax hello option holdtime...

Страница 1406: ...th of time the device must wait upon receiving a prune message from downstream before taking the prune action Within this period of time if the device receives a prune override message from that downs...

Страница 1407: ...ide interval interval undo hello option override interval View Public instance PIM view VPN instance PIM view Parameter interval Prune override interval in milliseconds with an effective range of 1 to...

Страница 1408: ...nd PIM SM Related command holdtime join prune PIM view pim holdtime join prune and pim holdtime assert Example Set the global value of the assert timeout time to 100 seconds in the public instance Sys...

Страница 1409: ...e range of 100 to 8 100 Description Use the jp pkt size command to configure the maximum size of join prune messages Use the undo jp pkt size command to restore the default setting By default the maxi...

Страница 1410: ...l queue size the outgoing interface of the corresponding entry may have been pruned due to timeout before the last join prune message in a queue reaches the upstream device Related commands jp pkt siz...

Страница 1411: ...stance mvpn Sysname pim mvpn pim bsr boundary Syntax pim bsr boundary undo pim bsr boundary View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the pim bsr boundary command to configure a BSR admin sco...

Страница 1412: ...priority priority undo pim hello option dr priority View Interface view Parameter priority Router priority for DR election in the range of 0 to 4294967295 A larger value of this argument means a high...

Страница 1413: ...0 seconds on Ethernet1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 pim hello option holdtime 120 pim hello option lan delay Syntax pim hello option lan delay interval undo...

Страница 1414: ...amely neighbor tracking is disabled Related command hello option neighbor tracking PIM view Example Disable join suppression on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname...

Страница 1415: ...to configure the assert timeout time on the current interface Use the undo pim holdtime assert command to restore the default setting By default the assert timeout time is 180 seconds Related command...

Страница 1416: ...e 280 pim require genid Syntax pim require genid undo pim require genid View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the pim require genid command enable rejection of hello messages without Gene...

Страница 1417: ...fresh feature on the interface Use the undo pim state refresh capable command to disable the state fresh feature By default the state refresh feature is enabled Related command state refresh interval...

Страница 1418: ...ello interval in seconds with an effective range of 1 to 2 147 483 647 Description Use the pim timer hello command to configure on the current interface the interval at which hello messages are sent U...

Страница 1419: ...View Interface view Parameter interval Maximum delay in seconds between hello messages with an effective range of 1 to 5 Description Use the pim triggered hello delay command to configure the maximum...

Страница 1420: ...he permit statement of the ACL can be accepted by the RP Description Use the register policy command to configure an ACL rule to filter register messages Use the undo register policy command to remove...

Страница 1421: ...stem view Sysname pim Sysname pim register suppression timeout 70 register whole checksum PIM view Syntax register whole checksum undo register whole checksum View Public instance PIM view VPN instanc...

Страница 1422: ...ntrol message counters command to reset PIM control message counters Example Reset PIM control message counters on all interfaces in the public instance Sysname reset pim control message counters sour...

Страница 1423: ...source and group addresses and discards packets that fail the match If this command is executed repeatedly the last configuration will take effect Example In the public instance configure the router t...

Страница 1424: ...witches to the SPT immediately after it receives the first multicast packet from the RPT Note that To adjust the order of an existing ACL in the group policy list you can use the acl number argument t...

Страница 1425: ...ange to be 232 1 0 0 16 in the public instance Sysname system view Sysname acl number 2000 Sysname acl basic 2000 rule permit source 232 1 0 0 0 0 255 255 Sysname acl basic 2000 quit Sysname pim Sysna...

Страница 1426: ...ate refresh rate limit command to restore the default setting By default the device waits 30 seconds before receiving a new state refresh message Related command pim state refresh capable state refres...

Страница 1427: ...system group 224 0 0 0 4 preferred Specifies to give priority to the static RP if the static RP conflicts with the dynamic RP If you do not include the preferred keyword in your command the dynamic R...

Страница 1428: ...Parameter interval Hello interval in seconds with an effective range of 1 to 2 147 483 647 Description Use the timer hello command to configure the hello interval globally Use the undo timer hello co...

Страница 1429: ...cription Use the timer spt switch command to configure the interval between checks of the traffic rate threshold before RPT to SPT switchover Use the undo timer spt switch command to restore the defau...

Страница 1430: ...1430 CHAPTER 90 PIM CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1431: ...on the specified interface or all interfaces Related command multicast ipv6 boundary Example Display the IPv6 multicast boundary information configured on all interfaces Sysname display multicast ipv...

Страница 1432: ...se outgoing interface is the specified ones exclude Displays the routing entries whose outgoing interface list OIL excludes the specified interface include Displays the routing entries whose OIL inclu...

Страница 1433: ...ing interface outgoing interface type and number Matched 146754 packets 10272780 bytes Wrong If 0 packets Number of matched packets number of bytes number of packets with incoming interface errors For...

Страница 1434: ...h ipv6 group address prefix length incoming interface interface type interface number register outgoing interface exclude include match interface type interface number register View Any view Parameter...

Страница 1435: ...wnstream interface 1 Ethernet1 1 display multicast ipv6 rpf info Syntax display multicast ipv6 rpf info ipv6 source address ipv6 group address View Any view Parameter ipv6 source address IPv6 multicas...

Страница 1436: ...ngth Prefix length of the IPv6 multicast group address in the range of 8 to 128 all Deletes all IPv6 multicast boundaries configured on the interface Description Use the multicast ipv6 boundary comman...

Страница 1437: ...ured the previously configured B will be removed Related command display multicast ipv6 boundary Example Configure Ethernet 1 0 to be the forwarding boundary of the IPv6 multicast group FF03 101 16 Sy...

Страница 1438: ...o configure the maximum number of routing entries in the IPv6 multicast forwarding table Use the undo multicast ipv6 forwarding table route limit command to restore the maximum number of routing entri...

Страница 1439: ...multicast ipv6 longest match View System view Parameter None Description Use the multicast ipv6 longest match command to configure route selection based on the longest match namely based on the prefix...

Страница 1440: ...sname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 multicast ipv6 minimum hoplimit 8 multicast ipv6 routing enable Syntax multicast ipv6 routing enable undo multicast ipv6 routing en...

Страница 1441: ...e number Interface type and interface number register Specifies the register interface all Clears all forwarding entries from the IPv6 multicast forwarding table Description Use the reset multicast ip...

Страница 1442: ...he specified one interface type interface number Interface type and interface number register Specifies a registration interface all Clears all routing entries from the IPv6 multicast routing table De...

Страница 1443: ...roups Description Use the display mld group command to view information of MLD multicast groups Note that If you do not specify an IPv6 multicast group address this command will display the MLD inform...

Страница 1444: ...lue of query interval for MLD in seconds 125 Value of other querier present interval for MLD in seconds 255 Value of maximum query response time for MLD in seconds 10 Value of startup query interval i...

Страница 1445: ...ersion running on the interface MLD group policy MLD group policy Value of query interval for MLD in seconds MLD query interval in seconds Value of other querier present interval for MLD in seconds ML...

Страница 1446: ...he fast leave feature globally By default the fast leave feature is disabled that is the MLD querier sends a multicast address specific query upon receiving an MLD done message from a host instead of...

Страница 1447: ...nd display mld interface Example Globally set the last listener query interval to 3 seconds Sysname system view Sysname mld Sysname mld last listener query interval 3 max response time MLD view Syntax...

Страница 1448: ...ew This command can take effect only after IPv6 multicast routing is enabled on the device Related command mld enable and multicast ipv6 routing enable on page 1440 Example Enter MLD view Sysname syst...

Страница 1449: ...the mld fast leave command to enable the fast leave function on the current interface for IPv6 multicast group members Use the undo mld fast leave command to disable the fast leave function on the cu...

Страница 1450: ...d in the MLDv2 report message instead of the source address in the IPv6 message Example Configure an IPv6 ACL so that hosts on the subnet attached to Ethernet 1 0 can join the IPv6 multicast group FF0...

Страница 1451: ...on the interface Use the undo mld max response time command to restore the default configuration By default the maximum response delay for MLD general query messages is 10 seconds The maximum respons...

Страница 1452: ...obust count robust value undo mld robust count View Interface view Parameter robust value MLD querier robustness variable with an effective range of 2 to 5 The MLD robustness variable determines the n...

Страница 1453: ...rnet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 undo mld send router alert mld static group Syntax mld static group ipv6 group address source ipv6 source address undo mld static group all ipv6 group address source ipv6...

Страница 1454: ...er other querier present View Interface view Parameter interval MLD other querier present interval in seconds in the range of 60 to 300 Description Use the mld timer other querier present command to c...

Страница 1455: ...tore the default configuration By default the query interval is 125 seconds Related command mld timer query mld timer other querier present and display mld interface Example Set the query interval to...

Страница 1456: ...to the upper layer protocol for processing Related command mld require router alert and send router alert MLD view Example Globally configure the device to discard MLD messages without the Router Aler...

Страница 1457: ...entries on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname reset mld group interface ethernet 1 0 all Clear all MLD forwarding entries for the IPv6 multicast group FF03 101 10 on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname reset mld group interface...

Страница 1458: ...ble the insertion of the Router Alert option into MLD messages to be sent Use the undo send router alert command to globally disable the insertion of the Router Alert option into MLD messages to be se...

Страница 1459: ...esent timer query MLD view robust count MLD view max response time MLD view and display mld interface Example Set the MLD other querier present interval for non queriers to 200 seconds globally Sysnam...

Страница 1460: ...number MLD version number 1 or 2 Description Use the version command to configure the MLD version globally Use the undo version command to restore the default MLD version By default the MLD version is...

Страница 1461: ...command to remove the restriction of the BSR address range By default there are no restrictions on the BSR address range namely all the received BSR messages are regarded to be valid Example Configure...

Страница 1462: ...6 PIM view c bsr priority IPv6 PIM view and c rp IPv6 PIM view Example Configure the interface with an IPv6 address of 1101 1 as a C BSR Sysname system view Sysname pim ipv6 Sysname pim6 c bsr 1101 1...

Страница 1463: ...s 60 seconds so the default bootstrap timeout 60 2 10 130 seconds Related command c bsr IPv6 PIM view and c bsr interval IPv6 PIM view Example Set the bootstrap timeout time to 150 seconds Sysname sys...

Страница 1464: ...tion Use the c bsr priority command to configure the global C BSR priority Use the undo c bsr priority command to restore the default setting By default the C BSR priority is 0 Related command c bsr I...

Страница 1465: ...and to remove the related C RP configuration No C RPs are configured by default Note that If you do not specify an IPv6 multicast group range for the C RP the C RP will serve all IPv6 multicast groups...

Страница 1466: ...terval C RP timeout in seconds with an effective range of 1 to 65 535 Description Use the c rp holdtime command to configure the global C RP timeout time namely the length of time the BSR waits for a...

Страница 1467: ...st groups By default there are no restrictions on C RP address ranges and the address ranges of served groups namely all received C RP messages are assumed to be legal Example Configure a C RP address...

Страница 1468: ...l 60 Next advertisement scheduled at 00 00 48 display pim ipv6 claimed route Syntax display pim ipv6 claimed route ipv6 source address View Any view Table 354 Description on the fields of the display...

Страница 1469: ...rs Syntax display pim ipv6 control message counters message type probe register register stop interface interface type interface number message type assert bsr crp graft graft ack hello join prune sta...

Страница 1470: ...ge counters PIM global control message counters Received Sent Invalid Register 20 37 2 Register Stop 25 20 1 Probe 10 5 0 PIM control message counters for interface Ethernet1 0 Received Sent Invalid A...

Страница 1471: ...ar interface verbose Displays the detailed PIM information Description Use the display pim ipv6 interface command to view the IPv6 PIM information on the specified interface or all interfaces Example...

Страница 1472: ...ption on the fields of the display pim ipv6 interface command Field Description Interface Interface name and its IPv6 address PIM version IPv6 PIM version PIM mode IPv6 PIM mode dense or sparse PIM DR...

Страница 1473: ...ghbor verbose Displays the detailed information of join prune messages to send Description Use the display pim join prune command to view the information about the join prune messages to send Example...

Страница 1474: ...ors 2 Neighbor Interface Uptime Expires Dr Priority FE80 A01 101 1 Eth1 0 02 50 49 00 01 31 1 FE80 A01 102 1 Eth1 1 02 49 39 00 01 42 1 Table 359 Description on the fields of the display pim join prun...

Страница 1475: ...ays routing entries that contain the specified interface as the incoming interface interface type interface number Specifies an interface by its type and number register Specifies the register interfa...

Страница 1476: ...state machine FSM Description Use the display pim ipv6 routing table command to view IPv6 PIM routing table information Related command display multicast ipv6 routing table on page 1434 Example View...

Страница 1477: ...ts for the next bootstrap message from the BSR if the bootstrap message does not contain information of the RP the system will delete it Example View the RP information corresponding to the IPv6 multi...

Страница 1478: ...cl6 number the embedded RP feature will be enabled for all the IPv6 multicast groups in the default embedded RP address scopes if you specify acl6 number the embedded RP feature will be enabled for on...

Страница 1479: ...e of the router priority for DR election Use the undo hello option dr priority command to restore the default setting By default the router priority for DR election is 1 Related command pim ipv6 hello...

Страница 1480: ...e namely the length of time the device must wait upon receiving a prune message from downstream before taking the prune action Within this period of time if the device receives a prune override messag...

Страница 1481: ...tion override interval View IPv6 PIM view Parameter interval Prune override interval in milliseconds with an effective range of 1 to 65 535 Description Use the hello option override interval command t...

Страница 1482: ...sname system view Sysname pim ipv6 Sysname pim6 holdtime assert 100 holdtime join prune IPv6 PIM view Syntax holdtime join prune interval undo holdtime join prune View IPv6 PIM view Parameter interval...

Страница 1483: ...ipv6 Sysname pim6 jp pkt size 1500 jp queue size IPv6 PIM view Syntax jp queue size queue size undo jp queue size View IPv6 PIM view Parameter queue size Maximum number of S G entries in a join prune...

Страница 1484: ...Configure a join prune messages to contain a maximum of 2 000 S G entries Sysname system view Sysname pim ipv6 Sysname pim6 jp queue size 2000 pim ipv6 Syntax pim ipv6 undo pim ipv6 View System view P...

Страница 1485: ...oundary of the BSR admin scope region Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 pim ipv6 bsr boundary pim ipv6 dm Syntax pim ipv6 dm undo pim ipv6 dm View Interface view P...

Страница 1486: ...on is 1 Related command hello option dr priority IPv6 PIM view Example Set the router priority for DR election to 3 on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1...

Страница 1487: ...une delay to 500 milliseconds Related command pim ipv6 hello option override interval hello option override interval IPv6 PIM view and hello option lan delay IPv6 PIM view Example Set the prune delay...

Страница 1488: ...l on the current interface Use the undo pim ipv6 hello option override interval command to restore the default setting By default the prune override interval is 2 500 milliseconds Related command pim...

Страница 1489: ...view Parameter interval Join prune timeout time in seconds with an effective range of 1 to 65 535 Description Use the pim ipv6 holdtime join prune command to configure the join prune timeout time on...

Страница 1490: ...w Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 pim ipv6 require genid pim ipv6 sm Syntax pim ipv6 sm undo pim ipv6 sm View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the pim ipv6 sm command t...

Страница 1491: ...pim ipv6 timer graft retry interval undo pim ipv6 timer graft retry View Interface view Parameter interval Graft retry period in seconds with an effective range of 1 to 65 535 Description Use the pim...

Страница 1492: ...ne interval undo pim ipv6 timer join prune View Interface view Parameter interval Join prune interval in seconds with an effective range of 1 to 2 147 483 647 Description Use the pim ipv6 timer join p...

Страница 1493: ...sname Ethernet1 0 pim ipv6 trigged hello delay 3 probe interval IPv6 PIM view Syntax probe interval interval undo probe interval View IPv6 PIM view Parameter interval Register probe time in seconds wi...

Страница 1494: ...3 64 Sysname system view Sysname acl ipv6 number 3000 Sysname acl6 adv 3000 rule permit ipv6 source 3 1 64 destination ff0e 13 64 Sysname acl6 adv 3000 quit Sysname pim ipv6 Sysname pim6 register poli...

Страница 1495: ...ter to calculate the checksum based on the entire register message Sysname system view Sysname pim ipv6 Sysname pim6 register whole checksum reset pim ipv6 control message counters Syntax reset pim ip...

Страница 1496: ...iew Example Set the IPv6 multicast source lifetime to 200 seconds Sysname system view Sysname pim ipv6 Sysname pim6 source lifetime 200 source policy IPv6 PIM view Syntax source policy acl6 number und...

Страница 1497: ...e is 1 to 4 194 304 This argument is not supported on a switch infinity Disables RPT to SPT switchover group policy acl6 number Uses this threshold for IPv6 multicast groups that match the specified I...

Страница 1498: ...st traffic rate configuration matched in sequence will take effect For a switch once an IPv6 multicast forwarding entry is created subsequent IPv6 multicast data will not be encapsulated in register m...

Страница 1499: ...efresh hoplimit hoplimit value undo state refresh hoplimit View IPv6 PIM view Parameter hoplimit value Hop limit value of state refresh messages in the range of 1 to 255 Description Use the state refr...

Страница 1500: ...refresh rate limit interval undo state refresh rate limit View IPv6 PIM view Parameter interval Time to wait before receiving a new refresh message in seconds and with an effective range of 1 to 6553...

Страница 1501: ...the undo static rp command to configure a static RP By default no static RP is configured Note that IPv6 PIM SM or IPv6 PIM DM cannot be enabled on an interface that serves as a static RP When the IP...

Страница 1502: ...Sysname pim6 timer hello 40 timer join prune IPv6 PIM view Syntax timer join prune interval undo timer join prune View IPv6 PIM view Parameter interval Join prune interval in seconds with an effectiv...

Страница 1503: ...t setting By default the traffic rate threshold is checked at an interval of 15 seconds before RPT to SPT switchover Before using this command be sure to use the spt switch threshold command to config...

Страница 1504: ...1504 CHAPTER 93 IPV6 PIM CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1505: ...roup information for VPN Instance mvpn Share group 225 2 2 2 MTunnel address 1 1 1 1 display multicast domain vpn instance switch group receive Syntax display multicast domain vpn instance vpn instanc...

Страница 1506: ...multicast domain vpn instance mvpn switch group receive MD switch group information received by VPN Instance mvpn Total 2 switch groups for 8 entries Total 2 switch groups for 8 entries matched switch...

Страница 1507: ...d multicast source group address in the range of 0 to 32 the system default is 32 vpn group address VPN multicast group address in the range of 224 0 1 0 to 239 255 255 255 Description Use the display...

Страница 1508: ...ups for 3 entries Total 2 switch groups for 3 entries matched 226 1 1 0 reuse_count 1 226 1 1 1 reuse_count 1 226 1 1 2 reuse_count 1 multicast domain holddown time Syntax multicast domain holddown ti...

Страница 1509: ...mmand to enable the switch group reuse log function Use the undo multicast domain log switch group reuse command to disable the switch group reuse log function By default the switch group reuse log fu...

Страница 1510: ...instance view To configure a new group address and MTI for a VPN instance you must remove the existing configuration The undo multicast domain share group command removes the configured MTI and the c...

Страница 1511: ...The start address of the switch group pool in the range of 224 0 1 0 to 239 255 255 255 mask Mask for addresses in the switch group pool in the range of 255 255 255 0 to 255 255 255 255 meaning the sw...

Страница 1512: ...overlap with that for any other VPN instance A new configuration with this command in the same VPN instance supersedes the existing configuration The threshold threshold value command option is not su...

Страница 1513: ...asic Configuration Commands on page 2405 and Information Center Configuration Commands on page 2425 display mpls fast forwarding cache Syntax display mpls fast forwarding cache verbose View Any view P...

Страница 1514: ...and to display information about the ILM table With no incoming label specified the command displays the ILM entries of all incoming labels Examples Display the ILM entry with a specified incoming lab...

Страница 1515: ...Sysname display mpls interface Interface Status TE Attr LSP Count CRLSP Count Eth1 0 Up En 0 0 Eth1 1 Up En 0 0 Display detailed information about MPLS enabled interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname display...

Страница 1516: ...label command to display the status of one or more specified or all labels Example Display the status of a specified label Sysname display mpls label 1280 Label alloc state means not used means used D...

Страница 1517: ...will display all LDP information in detail Related command mpls ldp system view mpls ldp interface view Example Display all LDP information in detail Sysname display mpls ldp all verbose LDP Global In...

Страница 1518: ...R neighbor Keepalive timer Graceful Restart Whether GR is enabled FT Reconnect Timer FT reconnection timer of GR Recovery Timer Restore timer of GR MTU Signaling Whether MTU signaling is supported LDP...

Страница 1519: ...l vpn instance vpn instance name interface type interface number verbose begin exclude include regular expression display mpls ldp interface all verbose begin exclude include regular expression View A...

Страница 1520: ...faces Sysname display mpls ldp interface verbose LDP Interface Information in Public Network Interface Name Ethernet1 0 LDP ID 172 17 1 1 0 Transport Address 172 17 1 1 Entity Status Active Interface...

Страница 1521: ...specified string regular expression Regular expression a string of 1 to 80 characters No blank space is acceptable Description Use the display mpls ldp lsp command to display information about LSPs e...

Страница 1522: ...Parameter vpn instance name Name of the VPN instance a case sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters peer id LSR ID of the peer verbose Displays detailed information Filters the output information begi...

Страница 1523: ...f Peer Keepalive Timer 45 Sec Recovery Timer Reconnect Timer Peer Label Advertisement Mode Downstream Unsolicited Peer Discovery Source Ethernet1 0 Peer LDP ID 168 1 1 1 0 Peer Max PDU Length 4096 Pee...

Страница 1524: ...e ip Example Display information about remote peer BJI LDP Remote Entity Information Remote Peer Name BJI Remote Peer IP 3 3 3 3 LDP ID 1 1 1 1 0 Transport Address 1 1 1 1 Configured Keepalive Timer 4...

Страница 1525: ...ith the specified string include Includes the specified string exclude Excludes the specified string regular expression Regular expression a string of 1 to 80 characters No blank space is acceptable T...

Страница 1526: ...t Rcvd 6 6 Message Count Label Advertisement Mode Downstream Unsolicited Label Resource Status Peer Local Available Available Peer Discovery Mechanism Extended Session existed time 000 00 01 DDD HH MM...

Страница 1527: ...ent by the current LSR during the session Y Number of Keepalive messages received by the current LSR during the session Negotiated Keep Alive Timer Negotiated Keepalive timer Label Advertisement Mode...

Страница 1528: ...60 Sec Graceful Restart Off FT Reconnect Timer 60 Sec MTU Signaling On Recovery Timer 60 Sec LDP Instance Information Instance ID 1 VPN Instance vpn1 Instance Status Active LSR ID 1 1 1 9 Hop Count L...

Страница 1529: ...SPs rsvp te Displays information about CR LSPs established by RSVP TE static Displays information about static LSPs static cr Displays information about static CR LSPs egress Displays information abou...

Страница 1530: ...Nexthop 127 0 0 1 In Label 3 Out Label NULL In Interface Serial2 0 Out Interface LspIndex 10241 Token 0 LsrType Egress Outgoing token 0 Label Operation POP Table 379 Description on the fields of the...

Страница 1531: ...number Token Token the pubic network LsrType Role of the LSR for the LSP Outgoing Token Token inter AS VPN Table 380 Description on the fields of the display mpls lsp verbose command Field Description...

Страница 1532: ...1 1024 1 Record s Found Display all NHLFE entries Sysname display mpls nhlfe Out Interface Token Oper Nexthop Deep Stack S2 0 2 PUSH 88 1 1 2 1 1024 1 Record s Found display mpls route state Syntax di...

Страница 1533: ...se View Any view Parameter lsp name Name for the LSP a string of 1 to 15 characters exclude Excludes the specified FEC include Includes the specified FEC dest addr Destination IP address of the FEC ma...

Страница 1534: ...ype interface number all View Any view Table 384 Description on the fields of the display mpls static lsp command Field Description Name Name of the LSP FEC Forwarding equivalence class I O Label Inco...

Страница 1535: ...e all Statistics for Interface IN Incoming Interface Ethernet1 0 Octets 0 Packets 0 Errors 0 Disables 0 Failed Label Lookup 0 Start Time 2004 04 28 10 23 55 End Time 2004 04 28 10 23 55 Statistics for...

Страница 1536: ...ing interface Octets Number of bytes received by the interface Packets Number of packets received by the interface Errors Number of inbound packet processing errors on the interface Disables Number of...

Страница 1537: ...0 00 00 00 00 End Time 0000 00 00 00 00 00 Statistics for Lsp IN LSP Name LSP Index DynamicLsp 9218 InSegment Octets 0 Packets 0 Errors 0 Down 0 Start Time 0000 00 00 00 00 00 End Time 0000 00 00 00 0...

Страница 1538: ...readvertise command to restore the default By default label readvertisement is enabled in DU mode Example Enable DU mode label readvertisement for the public network LDP Sysname system view Sysname m...

Страница 1539: ...estart MPLS LDP view Syntax graceful restart undo graceful restart View MPLS LDP view Parameter None Description Use the graceful restart command to enable MPLS LDP Graceful Restart GR Use the undo gr...

Страница 1540: ...ess time in the range 60 to 300 seconds Description Use the graceful restart timer neighbor liveness command to set the LDP neighbor liveness time Use the undo graceful restart timer neighbor liveness...

Страница 1541: ...reestablished LSPs based on the sessions will be removed and need to be reestablished Example Set the FT reconnect time to 100 seconds Sysname system view Sysname mpls ldp Sysname mpls ldp graceful r...

Страница 1542: ...count for loop detection Use the undo hops count command to restore the default By default the maximum hop count for loop detection is 32 Note that You must configure the command before enabling LDP...

Страница 1543: ...he penultimate hop an implicit null label n The type of label for the egress to distribute depends on whether the penultimate hop supports PHP You must use the reset mpls ldp command to reset LDP sess...

Страница 1544: ...ervative Works in conservative mode keeping only label to FEC bindings that are from its next hops for the FECs liberal Works in liberal mode keeping any received label to FEC binding regardless of wh...

Страница 1545: ...work LDP Sysname system view Sysname mpls ldp Sysname mpls ldp loop detect Enable loop detection for LDP instance named vpn1 Sysname system view Sysname mpls ldp vpn instance vpn1 Sysname mpls ldp vpn...

Страница 1546: ...st affects only static routes and IGP routes For information about IP address prefix list refer to IP Addressing Configuration Commands on page 781 Example Specify LDP to allow all static and IGP rout...

Страница 1547: ...ion and set the password which must be the same as that configured on the peer Use the undo md5 password command to disable LDP MD5 authentication By default LDP MD5 authentication is disabled Changin...

Страница 1548: ...lity You need to enable MPLS globally before enabling it for an interface You need to enter MPLS view to configure other MPLS commands Related command mpls lsr id Example Enable MPLS for the current n...

Страница 1549: ...ame mpls ldp Enable LDP for VPN instance vpn1 Sysname System view Sysname mpls ldp vpn instance vpn1 Sysname mpls ldp vpn instance vpn1 mpls ldp interface view Syntax mpls ldp undo mpls ldp View Inter...

Страница 1550: ...name Ethernet1 0 mpls ldp mpls ldp advertisement Syntax mpls ldp advertisement dod du undo mpls ldp advertisement View Interface view Parameter dod Works in downstream on demand DoD mode advertising a...

Страница 1551: ...remote bji mpls ldp timer hello hold Syntax mpls ldp timer hello hold value undo mpls ldp timer hello hold View Interface view MPLS LDP remote peer view Parameter value Length of time for the Hello t...

Страница 1552: ...ds Description Use the mpls ldp timer keepalive hold command to set the keepalive timers Use the undo mpls ldp timer keepalive hold command to restore the defaults In interface view you configure the...

Страница 1553: ...transport address command to configure the LDP transport addresses Use the undo mpls ldp transport address command to restore the defaults By default the transport addresses are both the MPLS LSR ID I...

Страница 1554: ...n the LSR as the ID Related command display mpls interface Example Set the LSR ID to 3 3 3 3 Sysname system view Sysname mpls lsr id 3 3 3 3 mtu signalling Syntax mtu signalling undo mtu signalling Vi...

Страница 1555: ...LDP Sysname system view Sysname mpls ldp Sysname mpls ldp path vectors 3 Set the path vector maximum hop count to 3 for LDP instance named vpn1 Sysname system view Sysname mpls ldp vpn instance vpn1 S...

Страница 1556: ...the mask The mask length argument ranges from 0 to 32 destination ip addr header Specifies the IP header destination address for the MPLS echo request message which can be any address on segment 127...

Страница 1557: ...dp remote bji remote ip 3 3 3 3 reset mpls fast forwarding cache Syntax reset mpls fast forwarding cache View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset mpls fast forwarding cache command to c...

Страница 1558: ...2 2 2 2 24 Reset the sessions with a specified peer Sysname reset mpls ldp peer 2 2 2 9 reset mpls statistics interface Syntax reset mpls statistics interface interface type interface number all View...

Страница 1559: ...mp agent trap enable mpls View System view Parameter None Description Use the snmp agent trap enable mpls command to enable the MPLS trap function Use the undo snmp agent trap enable command to disabl...

Страница 1560: ...type interface number out label out label undo static lsp ingress lsp name View System view Parameter lsp name Name for the LSP a string of 1 to 15 characters dest addr Destination IP address of the...

Страница 1561: ...tring of 1 to 15 characters incoming interface interface type interface number Specifies an incoming interface by its type and number in label Incoming label value in the range 16 to 1023 next hop add...

Страница 1562: ...nterval that is the interval for collecting statistics Use the undo statistics interval command to restore the default By default the interval is 0 Related command display mpls statistics interface di...

Страница 1563: ...o locate an MPLS LSP error Example Locate an error along the LSP to 3 3 3 9 on host 1 1 1 1 Sysname tracert lsp ipv4 3 3 3 9 32 LSP Trace Route FEC LDP IPV4 PREFIX 3 3 3 9 32 press CTRL_C to break TTL...

Страница 1564: ...S view Parameter public Enables MPLS IP TTL propagation for public network packets vpn Enables MPLS IP TTL propagation for VPN packets Description Use the ttl propagate command to enable MPLS IP TTL p...

Страница 1565: ...ates that the next hop is a loose node which is not necessarily directly connected to the specified node strict Indicates that the next hop is a strict node which must be directly connected to the spe...

Страница 1566: ...explicit path pathname View Any view Parameter pathname Specifies a path name a string of 1 to 31 characters Description Use the display explicit path command to display information about an explicit...

Страница 1567: ...process ID in the range 1 to 65535 vpn instance vpn instance name Specifies a VPN instance The vpn instance name argument is a string of 1 to 31 characters For the default VPN instance you do not nee...

Страница 1568: ...BW Unresrv 7 0 Bytes sec TE Cost 10 Bandwidth Constraint Model Russian Doll Bandwidth Constraints BC 0 6250 Bytes sec BC 1 0 Bytes sec Local Overbooking Multiplier LOM 0 100 LOM 1 100 NBR 0000 0000 0...

Страница 1569: ...d bit OL NLPID Network protocol type AREA ADDR IS IS area address INTF ADDR Interface address Router ID Router ID NBR Neighbor COST Cost Admin Group Link administrative group attribute Interface IP Ad...

Страница 1570: ...0000 0000 0003 00 0000 0000 0004 01 Type MULACC LinkID 30 1 1 2 0000 0000 0004 00 0000 0000 0004 01 Type MULACC LinkID 30 1 1 2 Total Number of TE Links in Level 2 Area 6 Num Active 6 display isis tra...

Страница 1571: ...11 1111 1111 00 Link State 1 RouterId 89 2 2 2 Nbr 1111 1111 1113 00 Link State 1 Total Number of TE Networks in Level 2 Area 1 Num Active 1 display isis traffic eng statistics Syntax display isis tra...

Страница 1572: ...c eng sub tlvs Syntax display isis traffic eng sub tlvs process id vpn instance vpn instance name View Any view Parameter process id IS IS process ID in the range 1 to 65535 vpn instance vpn instance...

Страница 1573: ...Displays information that includes a defined regular expression exclude Displays information that excludes a defined regular expression regular expression Regular expression a string of 1 to 80 charac...

Страница 1574: ...reservation message refresh interval in seconds Path and Resv message refresh retries count Number of Path and Resv message retransmissions Blockade Multiplier Blockade multiplier Graceful Restart St...

Страница 1575: ...bally or for an interface Example Display RSVP TE information for interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname display mpls rsvp te established interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 Token Bucket Rate 0 00 Pe...

Страница 1576: ...es Example Display information about RSVP TE neighbors on all interfaces Sysname display mpls rsvp te peer Interface Ethernet1 0 Neighbor Addr 80 4 1 1 SrcInstance 841 NbrSrcInstance 928 PSB Count 0 R...

Страница 1577: ...sname display mpls rsvp te psb content 19 19 19 19 1 0 29 29 29 29 The PSB Content Tunnel Dest 29 29 29 29 Session Tunnel ID 0 Tunnel ExtID 19 19 19 19 Ingress LSR ID 19 19 19 19 Local LSP ID 1 Previo...

Страница 1578: ...ess in the format of X X X X Previous Hop Previous hop address in the format of X X X X In Label Incoming label Out Label Outgoing label Send message ID Instance of sent Message ID Resv Message ID Ins...

Страница 1579: ...formation about RSVP TE requests on all interfaces Sysname display mpls rsvp te request Interface Ethernet1 0 Tunnel Dest 2 2 2 2 Ingress LSR ID 3 3 3 3 Local LSP ID 4 Session Tunnel ID 4 NextHopAddr...

Страница 1580: ...faces Example Display information about RSVP TE reservations on interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname display mpls rsvp te reservation interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 Tunnel Dest 29 29 29 29 Ing...

Страница 1581: ...Displays information that excludes a defined regular expression regular expression Regular expression a string of 1 to 80 characters without spaces Description Use the display mpls rsvp te rsb content...

Страница 1582: ...R ID in the format of X X X X Next Hop Next hop address in the format of X X X X Reservation Style Reservation style SE or FF Reservation Interface Reservation interface name Reserve Incoming Interfac...

Страница 1583: ...tion on interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname display mpls rsvp te sender interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 Tunnel Dest 29 29 29 29 Ingress LSR ID 19 19 19 19 LSP ID 1 Session Tunnel ID 1 Session...

Страница 1584: ...lay global RSVP TE statistics Sysname display mpls rsvp te statistics global LSR ID 1 1 1 1 PSB Count 1 RSB Count 1 RFSB Count 0 TCSB Count 1 LSP Count 1 Total Statistics Information PSB CleanupTimeOu...

Страница 1585: ...earCounter 0 RecResvTearCounter 0 SendSrefreshCounter 0 RecSrefreshCounter 0 SendAckMsgCounter 0 RecAckMsgCounter 0 SendErrMsgCounter 0 RecErrMsgCounter 0 RecReqFaultCounter 0 Table 403 Description on...

Страница 1586: ...display mpls static cr lsp total statics cr lsp 1 RecAckCounter Number of received Ack messages SendPathErrCounter Number of transmitted PathErr messages RecPathErrCounter Number of received PathErr...

Страница 1587: ...anges from 0 to 4294967295 for IS IS it takes the value of 1 or 2 Table 404 Description on the fields of the display mpls static cr lsp command Field Description Name Static CR LSP name FEC Forwarding...

Страница 1588: ...command to display information about CSPF based TEDB by specified criteria Example Display TEDB information in network LSAs Sysname display mpls te cspf tedb network lsa Maximum Network LSA Supported...

Страница 1589: ...ss IGP Process Id Area Neighbor 1 3 3 3 3 20 1 1 2 OSPF 100 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 20 1 1 2 ISIS 100 Level 1 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 Process Id IGP process ID Area Area to which the router belongs Neighb...

Страница 1590: ...rved for Class type 1 0 10 kbps 1 10 kbps 2 10 kbps 3 10 kbps 4 10 kbps 5 10 kbps 6 10 kbps 7 10 kbps MPLS LSR Id 1 1 1 1 IGP Type ISIS Process Id 100 MPLS TE Link Count 2 Link 1 Interface IP Address...

Страница 1591: ...for Class type 0 0 0 kbps 1 0 kbps 2 0 kbps 3 0 kbps 4 0 kbps 5 0 kbps Table 409 Description on the fields of the display mpls te cspf tedb node command Field Description MPLS LSR Id MPLS LSR ID of no...

Страница 1592: ...links of all interfaces Sysname display mpls te link administration admission control LspID In Out IF S H Prio CT BW kbps Table 410 Description on the fields of display mpls te cspf tedb interface Fie...

Страница 1593: ...s te link administration bandwidth allocation Link ID Ethernet1 0 Physical Bandwidth Type0 0 kbits sec Physical Bandwidth Type1 0 kbits sec Reservable Bandwidth Type0 0 kbits sec Reservable Bandwidth...

Страница 1594: ...t Displays tunnels created taking current device as a transit node egress Displays tunnels created taking current device as the egress name name Displays the tunnel with a particular name This could b...

Страница 1595: ...splay information about MPLS TE tunnels The output may vary by signaling protocol Sysname display mpls te tunnel LSP Id Destination In Out If Name 1 1 1 9 1024 3 3 3 9 Eth1 0 Tunnel0 1 1 1 9 2048 3 3...

Страница 1596: ...ID 1 1 1 9 10 Hop information Hop 0 192 1 1 1 Hop 1 12 1 1 2 Hop 2 10 202 2 2 Table 414 Description on the fields of the display mpls te tunnel verbose command Field Description No Number LSP Id LSP...

Страница 1597: ...s te tunnel interface command to display information about MPLS TE tunnel interfaces on this node Example Display information about MPLS TE tunnel interfaces on this node Sysname display mpls te tunne...

Страница 1598: ...W Interfaces Protected VPN Bind Type NONE VPN Bind Value Car Policy Disabled Table 417 Description on the fields of display mpls te tunnel interface command Field Description Tunnel Name Tunnel name T...

Страница 1599: ...LSA s of the database BackUpBW Flag Backup bandwidth flag BackUpBW Type Backup bandwidth type BackUpBW Backup bandwidth Route Pinning Route pinning function Retry Limit Maximum number of setup retries...

Страница 1600: ...reserved BW 4 0 bytes sec Unreserved BW 5 0 bytes sec Unreserved BW 6 0 bytes sec Unreserved BW 7 0 bytes sec Bandwidth Constraints BC 0 bytes sec BC 1 bytes sec Local OverBooking Multipliers LOM 0 1...

Страница 1601: ...face Address Remote interface address TE Metric TE metric Maximum bandwidth Maximum bandwidth Maximum reservable bandwidth Maximum reservable bandwidth Admin Group Administrative group attribute Globa...

Страница 1602: ...splay tunnel info statistics Tunnel Allocation Method GLOBAL Avail Tunnel ID Value 262144 Total Tunnel ID Allocated 1 LSP 1 GRE 0 CRLSP 0 LOCAL IFNET 0 MPLS LOCAL IFNET 0 Type Approach to automatic ro...

Страница 1603: ...F Sysname system view Sysname ospf 100 Sysname ospf 100 enable traffic adjustment Enable IGP shortcut when the IGP protocol is IS IS Sysname system view Sysname isis 1 Sysname isis 1 enable traffic ad...

Страница 1604: ...nt advertise Enable forwarding adjacency when the IGP protocol is IS IS Sysname system view Sysname isis 1 Sysname isis 1 enable traffic adjustment advertise explicit path Syntax explicit path pathnam...

Страница 1605: ...s specified by the ip address1 argument in the explicit path The specified IP addresses could be link IP addresses or router IDs of nodes include Includes the IP address specified by the ip address2 a...

Страница 1606: ...pls mpls rsvp te Enable RSVP TE on interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 mpls rsvp te mpls rsvp te authentication Syntax mpls rsvp te authentica...

Страница 1607: ...Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 mpls rsvp te authentication plain partner123 mpls rsvp te blockade multiplier Syntax mpls rsvp te blockade multiplier number undo...

Страница 1608: ...ceful restart View MPLS view Parameters None Description Use the mpls rsvp te graceful restart command to enable the GR capability for MPLS RSVP TE Use the undo mpls rsvp te graceful restart command t...

Страница 1609: ...pls rsvp te hello mpls rsvp te hello lost Syntax mpls rsvp te hello lost times undo mpls rsvp te hello lost View MPLS view Parameter times Maximum number of consecutive hello losses before an RSVP nei...

Страница 1610: ...ultiplier command to configure the keep multiplier for the path state block PSB and reservation state block RSB Use the undo mpls rsvp te keep multiplier command to restore default The default keep mu...

Страница 1611: ...mpls rsvp te resvconfirm Syntax mpls rsvp te resvconfirm undo mpls rsvp te resvconfirm View MPLS view Parameter None Description Use the mpls rsvp te resvconfirm command to enable reservation confirm...

Страница 1612: ...yntax mpls rsvp te timer graceful restart recovery recovery time undo mpls rsvp te timer graceful restart recovery View MPLS view Parameters recovery time RSVP TE GR recovery interval in seconds in th...

Страница 1613: ...ello Syntax mpls rsvp te timer hello timevalue undo mpls rsvp te timer hello View MPLS view Parameter timevalue Hello interval in the range 1 to 60 seconds Description Use the mpls rsvp te timer hello...

Страница 1614: ...range 1 to 10 The default is 1 retransmit value retrans timer value Initial retransmission interval in the range 500 to 3000 milliseconds The default is 500 milliseconds Description Use the mpls rsvp...

Страница 1615: ...and enables MPLS TE globally and its undo form disables MPLS TE and removes all CR LSPs When performed in interface view the mpls te command enables MPLS TE on an interface and its undo form disables...

Страница 1616: ...Description Use the mpls te affinity property command to configure the link affinity attribute of the tunnel Use the undo mpls te affinity property command to restore the default The default affinity...

Страница 1617: ...atic bandwidth adjustment and output rate collection are disabled If automatic bandwidth adjustment is enabled bandwidth tuning happens every 24 hours without upper and lower bandwidth limits n Suppor...

Страница 1618: ...width View Tunnel interface view Parameter bandwidth Total bandwidth that the bypass tunnel also called the protection tunnel can protect in the range 1 to 32000000 kbps bc0 Indicates that only the LS...

Страница 1619: ...BC0 bc1 Obtains bandwidth from BC1 bandwidth Bandwidth needed by the MPLS TE tunnel in the range 1 to 32000000 kbps Description Use the mpls te bandwidth command to assign bandwidth to the MPLS TE tu...

Страница 1620: ...urces are increasing and decreasing Use the undo mpls te bandwidth change thresholds command to restore the default The default IGP flooding thresholds in both up and down directions are 10 Example On...

Страница 1621: ...Example Enable CSPF Sysname system view Sysname mpls Sysname mpls mpls te cspf mpls te cspf timer failed link Syntax mpls te cspf timer failed link timer interval undo mpls te cspf timer failed link V...

Страница 1622: ...and is not supported when the signaling protocol is CR LDP Fast reroute cannot be used together with the mpls te resv style ff command Example Reroute MPLS TE tunnel 0 to an available bypass tunnel in...

Страница 1623: ...erface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 mpls te fast reroute bypass tunnel tunnel 0 mpls te igp advertise Syntax mpls te igp advertise hold time value undo mpls te igp advertise View Tunnel interface...

Страница 1624: ...ign a metric to the MPLS TE tunnel Use the undo mpls te igp metric command to restore the default By default TE tunnels take their IGP metrics Example Assign MPLS TE tunnel 0 a relative metric of 1 fo...

Страница 1625: ...tribute bits with the corresponding link affinity attribute bits of an MPLS TE tunnel MPLS TE identifies the properties of the links that the MPLS TE tunnel can use Description Use the mpls te link ad...

Страница 1626: ...Parameter bandwidth value Maximum link bandwidth available for RSVP traffic in the range 1 to 32000000 kbps bc1 bc1 bandwidth Reservable bandwidth in kbps on the interface in the range 1 to bandwidth...

Страница 1627: ...hernet 1 0 set maximum reservable bandwidth for MPLS TE to 1158 kbps and the reservable BC1 bandwidth to 200 kbps Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 mpls te max res...

Страница 1628: ...path1 mpls te path metric type Syntax mpls te path metric type igp te undo mpls te path metric type View MPLS view tunnel interface view Parameter igp Uses IGP metric for tunnel routing te Uses TE me...

Страница 1629: ...d priority Holding priority of the tunnel in the range 0 to 7 A lower numerical number indicates a higher priority If not configured it is the same as the setup priority Description Use the mpls te pr...

Страница 1630: ...el 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface tunnel 0 Sysname Tunnel0 mpls te record route mpls te reoptimization user view Syntax mpls te reoptimization View User view Parameter None Description Use th...

Страница 1631: ...ax mpls te resv style ff se undo mpls te resv style View Tunnel interface view Parameter ff Sets the resource reservation style to fixed filter FF se Sets the resource reservation style to shared expl...

Страница 1632: ...ted command mpls te timer retry Example Set the maximum number of tunnel setup retries to 10 Sysname system view Sysname interface tunnel 0 Sysname Tunnel0 mpls te retry 10 mpls te route pinning Synta...

Страница 1633: ...the tunnel to use Example Adopt CR LDP as the signaling protocol for establishing MPLS TE tunnel 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface tunnel 0 Sysname Tunnel0 mpls te signal protocol crldp mpls te...

Страница 1634: ...s configured with automatic bandwidth adjustment in the range 1 to 604800 seconds If it is not configured the default of 300 seconds applies You are recommended to use the default in normal cases Desc...

Страница 1635: ...timer Use the undo mpls te timer fast reroute command to disable FRP polling The default FRR polling timer is 300 seconds n This command is not supported when the signaling protocol is CR LDP Example...

Страница 1636: ...unnel and then reconfigure the tunnel giving it a new tunnel ID Examples Configure the tunnel ID as 100 Sysname system view Sysname interface tunnel 1 0 0 Sysname Tunnel1 0 0 mpls te tunnel id 100 mpl...

Страница 1637: ...PF area view Parameter enable Enables the MPLS TE capability in the OSPF area Description Use the mpls te enable command to enable the MPLS TE capability in current OSPF area Use the undo mpls te comm...

Страница 1638: ...a node on the explicit path By performing this command multiple times you may define all nodes that the explicit path must traverse in sequence By default next hops are strict hops on an explicit path...

Страница 1639: ...reset mpls rsvp te statistics global reset mpls te auto bandwidth adjustment timers Syntax reset mpls te auto bandwidth adjustment timers View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset mpls t...

Страница 1640: ...tem view Sysname static cr lsp egress tunnel34 incoming interface serial 1 0 in label 233 static cr lsp ingress Syntax static cr lsp ingress tunnel name destination dest addr nexthop next hop addr out...

Страница 1641: ...transit tunnel name incoming interface interface type interface number in label in label value nexthop next hop addr outgoing interface interface type interface number out label out label value bandw...

Страница 1642: ...straint Sets the bandwidth constraint sub TLV lo multiplier Sets the sub TLV of local overbooking multiplier LOM unreserved bw sub pool Sets the sub TLV of unreserved subpool bandwidth value Sub TLV i...

Страница 1643: ...le IS IS TE Use the undo traffic eng command to restore the default By default IS IS TE is disabled n In order to enable IS IS TE you must use the cost style command to configure the cost style of the...

Страница 1644: ...1644 CHAPTER 96 MPLS TE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1645: ...lue Incoming label in the range 16 to 1023 out label value Outgoing label in the range 16 to 1023 nexthop ip address Specifies the IP address of the next hop out interface interface type interface num...

Страница 1646: ...interface Syntax ccc ccc connection name interface interface type interface number out interface interface type interface number undo ccc ccc connection name View System view Parameter ccc connection...

Страница 1647: ...Create a CE named ce1 for a VPN Sysname system view Sysname mpls l2vpn vpn1 encapsulation ethernet Sysname mpls l2vpn vpn1 route distinguisher 100 1 Sysname mpls l2vpn vpn1 ce ce1 id 1 Sysname mpls l2...

Страница 1648: ...pls l2vpn vpn1 Sysname mpls l2vpn vpn1 ce ce1 Sysname mpls l2vpn ce vpn1 ce1 connection ce offset 1 interface serial 2 0 display bgp l2vpn Syntax display bgp l2vpn all group group name peer ip address...

Страница 1649: ...r Local AS number Origin codes Route origin codes which can be i IGP Indicates that the network layer reachability information is from within the AS e EGP Indicates that the network layer reachability...

Страница 1650: ...ed No routing policy is configured MsgSent Number of messages sent OutQ Number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer PrefRcv Number of prefixes received Up Down Duration that the BGP session is i...

Страница 1651: ...and that of received update messages Maximum allowed prefix number Maximum number of routes allowed Threshold Threshold value Routing policy configured Routing policy specified for the peer Table 424...

Страница 1652: ...be i IGP Indicates that the network layer reachability information is from within the AS e EGP Indicates that the network layer reachability information is learned through EGP incomplete Indicates tha...

Страница 1653: ...connections Example Display information about CCC connection c1 Sysname display ccc ccc name c1 Name c1 Type remote State down Intf Serial2 0 up In label 100 Out label 200 Nexthop 20 1 1 1 Display in...

Страница 1654: ...the state of UP down Specifies CCC interfaces in the state of DOWN Description Use the display l2vpn ccc interface vc type command to display information about specified L2VPN VC interfaces Example Di...

Страница 1655: ...nfo View Any view Parameter interface interface type interface number Specifies the interface connecting the CE by its type and number remote info Specifies Martini VCs from the remote peer Descriptio...

Страница 1656: ...mote Remote C Remote Table 429 Description on the fields of the display mpls l2vc command Field Description total ldp vc Total number of Martini VCs Transport VC ID Remote VC ID Client Intf Interface...

Страница 1657: ...configured on a PE If you do not specify a VPN the command displays information about all L2VPNs Example Display the L2VPN export route target list Sysname display mpls l2vpn export route target list...

Страница 1658: ...Description on the fields of the display mpls l2vpn command Field Description VPN Number Number of created VPNs vpn name Name of the VPN encap type Encapsulation type route distinguisher RD mtu Maxim...

Страница 1659: ...nformation about the connections that are up If you specify neither the down nor the up keyword the command displays detailed information about connections that are either up or down verbose Displays...

Страница 1660: ...up 3 3 3 9 100 1 Serial2 0 For descriptions of the output fields of the command see Table 437 Display information about Kompella L2VPN connections on interface Serial 2 0 Sysname display mpls l2vpn co...

Страница 1661: ...state encap Interface name interface status interface encapsulation type Peer id IP address of the peer Route distinguisher RD Local vc label Local VC label Remote vc label Remote VC label Tunnel poli...

Страница 1662: ...a string of 1 to 80 characters that cannot contain any blank space Description Use the display mpls l2vpn forwarding info command to display MPLS L2VPN forwarding information Example Display MPLS L2V...

Страница 1663: ...vpn label 400 Tunnel Policy policy1 Tunnel Type lsp Tunnel ID 0x226013 l2vpn family Syntax l2vpn family Table 441 Description on the fields of the display mpls static l2vc command Field Description to...

Страница 1664: ...er PE vc id VC ID of the L2VPN connection in the range 1 to 4294967295 tunnel policy name Tunneling policy for the VC a string of 1 to 19 characters control word Enables the control word option no con...

Страница 1665: ...configuring the other L2VPN commands Example Enable MPLS L2VPN Sysname system view Sysname mpls l2vpn mpls l2vpn vpn name Syntax mpls l2vpn vpn name encapsulation atm aal5 ethernet fr hdlc ppp vlan c...

Страница 1666: ...pn2 and enter MPLS L2VPN view Sysname system view Sysname mpls l2vpn vpn1 encapsulation ppp Sysname mpls l2vpn vpn1 mpls l2vpn vpn2 encapsulation ethernet Sysname mpls l2vpn vpn2 mpls static l2vc dest...

Страница 1667: ...the control word option Example Create a static VC between CEs connected to different PEs Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 mpls static l2vc destination 1 1 1 1 tr...

Страница 1668: ...of nn nn or IP address nn It can be a string of 3 to 21 characters An RD can be in either of the following formats 16 bit AS number 32 bit user defined number For example 101 3 32 bit IP address 16 bi...

Страница 1669: ...le 192 168 122 15 1 both Specifies both the export and import VPN extended communities This is the default export extcommunity Specifies the export VPN extended community import extcommunity Specifies...

Страница 1670: ...1670 CHAPTER 97 MPLS L2VPN CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1671: ...d to remove one or more VPN instances from the policy node You can set up to six VPN instances for one node in a policy Packets matching the criteria are forwarded by the first valid VPN instance rout...

Страница 1672: ...ng the route going through B to be preferred when more than one route is present Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname ipv4 family vpnv4 Sysname bgp af vpnv4 default local preference 180 default...

Страница 1673: ...idr community aa nn 1 13 no export subconfed no advertise no export whole match community list basic community list number whole match adv community list number 1 16 different origin as peer ip addres...

Страница 1674: ...nity list number in the range 100 to 199 1 16 Specifies that the argument before it can be entered up to 16 times different origin as Displays information about routes with different AS origins peer i...

Страница 1675: ...p vpnv4 all routing table Field Description BGP Local router ID Router ID of the local BGP router Status codes Route status codes Valid values include valid Valid route best Best route d damped Route...

Страница 1676: ...w Any view Table 444 Description on the fields of the display bgp vpnv4 group command Field Description BGP peer group Name of the BGP peer group remote AS number Number of the remote AS Type Type of...

Страница 1677: ...l VPNv4 peers vpn instance name Name of the VPN instance a string of 1 to 31 characters as regular expression Regular expression for filtering the AS path information to be displayed Description Use t...

Страница 1678: ...information about BGP VPNv4 peers of VPN instance vpn1 Sysname display bgp vpnv4 vpn instance vpn1 peer BGP local router ID 2 2 2 2 Local AS number 100 Total number of peers 1 Peers in established sta...

Страница 1679: ...efresh capability has been enabled Peer Preferred Value 99 Routing policy configured No routing policy is configured Peer IP address of the peer V Version of BGP that the peer runs AS AS number of the...

Страница 1680: ...pability Received Total number of received messages and the number of received update messages Sent Total number of sent messages and the number of sent update messages Maximum allowed prefix number M...

Страница 1681: ...uting policy is configured Table 450 Description on the fields of display bgp vpnv4 all peer verbose Field Description Peer IP address of the peer Local IP address of the local router Type BGP type BG...

Страница 1682: ...PATH list The as path acl number argument ranges from 1 to 256 cidr Displays classless interdomain routing CIDR information community Displays routing information of the specified BGP community in the...

Страница 1683: ...utes with different AS origins regular expression as regular expression Displays routing information matching the specified AS regular expression Description Use the display bgp vpnv4 route distinguis...

Страница 1684: ...cal BGP router Status codes Route status codes For valid values see Table 443 Origin Route origin codes For valid values see Table 443 Network Network address NextHop Address of the next hop Label rec...

Страница 1685: ...GP e EGP incomplete Route Distinguisher 100 1 Network NextHop In Out Label i 123 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NULL 1024 Total routes of vpn instance vpn1 4 Network NextHop In Out Label 10 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1025 NULL 20...

Страница 1686: ...ss Network mask in the format of X X X X longer prefixes Specifies to match the longest prefix as path acl as path acl number Filters routing information using the specified AS_PATH list The as path a...

Страница 1687: ...matching the specified AS regular expression statistic Displays BGP VPNv4 route statistics Description Use the display bgp vpnv4 vpn instance routing table command to display the BGP VPNv4 routing inf...

Страница 1688: ...that includes the specified string The string argument is case sensitive and consists of 1 to 256 characters Description Use the display fib vpn instance command to display information about the forwa...

Страница 1689: ...3 10 13 09 32 45 vpn2 33 3 2003 10 13 09 42 59 Display detailed information about a VPN instance Sysname display ip vpn instance instance name vpn1 VPN Instance Name and ID vpn1 1 Create time 2006 04...

Страница 1690: ...ospf sham link OSPF Process 100 with Router ID 100 1 1 2 Sham Link Area RouterId Source IP Destination IP State Cost 0 0 0 1 100 1 1 2 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 P 2 P 10 Table 458 Description on the fields of d...

Страница 1691: ...olicy tunnel select seq load balance number Example Display all tunneling policies Sysname display tunnel policy all Tunnel Policy Name Select Seq Load balance No RouterId Router ID of the sham link S...

Страница 1692: ...mmand to configure an OSPF domain ID Use the undo domain id command to restore the default By default the OSPF domain ID is 0 With no parameter specified the undo domain id command deletes the primary...

Страница 1693: ...default all VPN instance routes permitted by the export target attribute can be redistributed Example Apply export routing policy poly 1 to VPN instance vpn1 Sysname system view Sysname ip vpn instan...

Страница 1694: ...es that survive the filtering are advertised by MP BGP Example In BGP VPNv4 subaddress family view specify to filter routes to be advertised by MP BGP using ACL 2555 Sysname system view Sysname bgp 10...

Страница 1695: ...l provided by the extended community attributes is not enough An import routing policy may deny routes that are permitted by the import target attribute By default all routes permitted by the import t...

Страница 1696: ...ance name undo ip vpn instance vpn instance name View System view Parameter vpn instance name Name for the VPN instance a case sensitive string of 1 to 31 characters Description Use the ip vpn instanc...

Страница 1697: ...GP VPN instance view Sysname system view Sysname ip vpn instance vpn1 Sysname vpn instance vpn1 quit Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpn instance vpn1 Sysname bgp vpn1 peer advertise community...

Страница 1698: ...te of a received route and to set the allowed maximum number of repetitions Use the undo peer allow as loop command to remove the configuration Example In BGP VPNv4 subaddress family view allow the lo...

Страница 1699: ...by peer group test Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpnv4 Sysname bgp af vpnv4 peer test as path acl 3 export peer default route advertise vpn instance Syntax peer group na...

Страница 1700: ...the peer enable command to enable a peer or peer group for an address family and enable the exchange of BGP routing information of the address family Use the undo peer enable command to disable the c...

Страница 1701: ...ath acl BGP VPNv4 subaddress family view Example Apply a filtering policy to filter the received routes of a peer group Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpnv4 Sysname bgp af...

Страница 1702: ...he peer prefix name Name of the IP prefix list a string of 1 to 19 characters export Filters the routes to be advertised import Filters the received routes Description Use the peer ip prefix command t...

Страница 1703: ...me bgp 100 Sysname bgp peer 2 2 2 2 label route capability peer next hop invariable BGP VPNv4 subaddress family view Syntax peer group name ip address next hop invariable undo peer group name ip addre...

Страница 1704: ...local command to remove the configuration Example In BGP VPNv4 subaddress family view configure the device to use the local address as the next hop of a route when advertising it to peer group test Sy...

Страница 1705: ...address reflect client View BGP VPNv4 subaddress family view BGP L2VPN address family view Parameter group name Name of the peer group a string of 1 to 47 characters ip address IP address of the peer...

Страница 1706: ...licy to a peer or peer group Use the undo peer route policy command to remove the application By default no routing policy is applied to a peer or peer group Example In BGP VPNv4 subaddress family vie...

Страница 1707: ...utes Use the undo policy vpn target command to disable the filtering permitting all VPNv4 routes Only VPNv4 routes with export route target attributes matching the local import route target attributes...

Страница 1708: ...address family view disable route reflection between clients Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpnv4 Sysname bgp af vpnv4 undo reflect between clients In BGP L2VPN address fa...

Страница 1709: ...r id 50 refresh bgp vpn instance Syntax refresh bgp vpn instance vpn instance name ip address all external group group name export import View User view Parameter vpn instance name Name of the VPN ins...

Страница 1710: ...orms a soft reset in the inbound direction Description Use the refresh bgp vpnv4 command to perform a soft reset of BGP VPNv4 connections Example Perform a soft reset of all BGP VPNv4 connections in t...

Страница 1711: ...mask length Length of the network mask in the range 0 to 32 Description Use the reset bgp vpn instance dampening command to clear the route flap dampening information of a VPN instance Example Clear...

Страница 1712: ...ntified by this number ip address Resets the VPNv4 connection with a BGP peer identified by this IP address group name Resets the VPNv4 connections with a BGP peer group identified by this name all Re...

Страница 1713: ...value undo route tag View OSPF view Parameter tag value Tag for identifying injected VPN routes in the range 0 to 4294967295 Description Use the route tag command to configure the tag for identifying...

Страница 1714: ...R20 and MSR30 series routers and 1 to 2048 for MSR50 series routers warn threshold Threshold for rejecting new routes It is expressed in the percentage of the specified maximum number of routes for th...

Страница 1715: ...oute target extended community attribute Sysname system view Sysname bgp 100 Sysname bgp ipv4 family vpnv4 Sysname bgp af vpnv4 rr filter 10 In BGP L2VPN address family view create an RR group and con...

Страница 1716: ...1 argument can be either a string of 1 to 8 characters in plain text or a string of 24 characters in cipher text md5 Uses MD5 algorithm for authentication hmac md5 Uses HMAC MD5 algorithm for authenti...

Страница 1717: ...selecting tunnels from the VPN tunnel management module an application can use the tunneling policy as the criterion With no tunneling policy associated with a VPN instance the default tunneling polic...

Страница 1718: ...load balancing in the range 1 to 8 Description Use the tunnel select seq load balance number command to configure the preference order for tunnel selection and the number of tunnels for load balancing...

Страница 1719: ...PN instance CE Sysname system view Sysname ospf 100 vpn instance vpna Sysname ospf 100 vpn instance capability simple vpn target VPN instance view Syntax vpn target vpn target 1 8 both export extcommu...

Страница 1720: ...rmation to the destination VPN extended community and import routing information from the destination VPN extended community Description Use the vpn target command to associate the current VPN instanc...

Страница 1721: ...the undo authentication algorithm command to restore the default By default the authentication algorithm is SHA 1 Note that Priorities of authentication algorithms are decided by their configuration...

Страница 1722: ...e clients using CHAP Sysname system view Sysname vam server vpn 1 Sysname vam server vpn 1 authentication method chap display vam server address map Syntax display vam server address map all vpn vpn n...

Страница 1723: ...display vam server statistic Syntax display vam server statistic all vpn vpn name View Any view Parameter all Displays the statistics of all clients registered on the VAM server vpn vpn name Displays...

Страница 1724: ...poke number 98 Registered hub number 2 Address resolution times 11 Succeeded resolution times 10 Failed resolution times 1 Table 463 Description on the fields of the display vam server statistic comma...

Страница 1725: ...adopted with their priorities from the highest to the lowest being AES 128 3DES and DES Note that Priorities of encryption algorithms are decided by their configuration order Based on its encryption...

Страница 1726: ...erver vpn 1 Sysname vam server vpn 1 hub private ip 10 1 1 1 public ip 123 0 0 1 keepalive interval Syntax keepalive interval time interval undo keepalive interval View VPN domain view Parameter time...

Страница 1727: ...t regards that the connection is broken Use the undo keepalive retry command to restore to the default value By default the maximum number of attempts of sending keepalive message from VAM client is 3...

Страница 1728: ...vam server vpn pre shared key VAM client view authentication algorithm encryption algorithm Example Configure the pre shared key for VAM server to 123 which is displayed in plain text Sysname system v...

Страница 1729: ...the VAM server function of all VPN domains or a specific VPN domain By default VAM server function is disabled Related command vam server vpn server enable Example Enable the VAM server function of al...

Страница 1730: ...Syntax vam server vpn vpn name undo vam server vpn vpn name View System view Parameter vpn name VPN domain name It is a case insensitive string containing 1 to 15 characters which can be A to Z a to...

Страница 1731: ...n Use the undo client enable command to restore the default By default the VAM client function is disabled Related command vam client name and vam client enable Example Enable the VAM client function...

Страница 1732: ...n of all VAM clients is displayed As for the arguments not specified or the information not obtained dynamically the corresponding information will not be displayed Example Display the status informat...

Страница 1733: ...ge protocol packets Primary server Public IP address of the primary VAM server Current state Current authentication status of the VAM client Primary server IP address of the primary VAM server Holding...

Страница 1734: ...d interval View VAM client view Parameter time interval Protocol packet retransmission interval in the range 3 to 30 seconds Description Use the resend interval command to configure the interval for t...

Страница 1735: ...ver secondary ip address Example Specify public IP address 1 1 1 1 and port number 40000 for the primary VAM server Sysname system view Sysname vam client name abc Sysname vam client name abc server p...

Страница 1736: ...cters excluding special characters and cipher Displays a password in the cipher text mode simple Displays a password in the plain text mode String Password of a VAM client a case sensitive string of 1...

Страница 1737: ...d spoke Sysname system view Sysname vam client enable name spoke vam client name Syntax vam client name client name undo vam client name client name View System view Parameter client name Name of a VA...

Страница 1738: ...ters A through Z a through z 0 through 9 hyphen and dot Description Use the vpn command to specify the VPN that a VAM client belongs to Use the undo vpn command to remove the configuration By default...

Страница 1739: ...ote that if the profile name keyword is not specified this command will display information about all IPSec profiles Related command ipsec profile system view Example Display information about all IPS...

Страница 1740: ...e a specified IPSec profile By Default no IPSec profile exists Note that Table 466 Description on the fields of the display ipsec profile command Field Description IPsec profile name Name of the IPSec...

Страница 1741: ...ration of an IPSec policy Some parameters are set to the default values Due to the dynamics of DVPN addresses the setting by the remote address keyword for the IKE peer that an IPSec profile reference...

Страница 1742: ...1742 CHAPTER 101 IPSEC PROFILE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1743: ...mber The interface must be of the type of tunnel private ip ip address Specifies the private IP address of the peer VAM client Description Use the display dvpn session to display information about the...

Страница 1744: ...at the VAM client triggers the quiet timer only when the attempts for tunneling the Hub reach the maximum value Table 467 Description on the fields of the display dvpn session command Field Descriptio...

Страница 1745: ...tically if no data flows are transferred through a Spoke Spoke type DVPN tunnel during the idle timeout time Use the undo dvpn session idle time command to restore the default By default the idle time...

Страница 1746: ...interface tunnel on page 884 Example Specify to reference IPSec profile dvpnprofile on DVPN tunnel interface Tunnel0 to protect the DVPN tunnel Sysname system view Sysname interface tunnel 0 Sysname...

Страница 1747: ...fies the DVPN tunnels on the interface The interface type argument can only be tunnel private ip ip address Specifies the private IP address of the peer client Description Use the reset dvpn session c...

Страница 1748: ...ensitive string of 1 to 31 characters Description Use the vam client command to specify the VAM client to be referenced on a DVPN tunnel interface Use the undo vam client command to remove the VAM cli...

Страница 1749: ...of the peer interface receiving packets It is usually set to the source address of the peer tunnel interface Two or more tunnel interfaces using the same encapsulation protocol must have different so...

Страница 1750: ...palive disable Tunnel protocol transport GRE IP GRE key value is 123 Checksumming of GRE packets enabled Last 300 seconds input 0 bytes sec 0 packets sec Last 300 seconds output 0 bytes sec 0 packets...

Страница 1751: ...nterface destination Destination address of the tunnel interface Tunnel keepalive Whether the GRE keepalive function is enabled Tunnel protocol transport Tunnel protocol transport protocol GRE key Sec...

Страница 1752: ...undo gre checksum View Tunnel interface view Table 469 Description on the fields of the display ipv6 interface tunnel command Field Description Tunnel0 current state Status of the physical layer of t...

Страница 1753: ...name2 Tunnel2 gre checksum gre key Syntax gre key key number undo gre key View Tunnel interface view Parameter key number Secret key for the GRE tunnel interface use in the range 0 to 4 294 967 295 De...

Страница 1754: ...al significance Therefore both ends of a tunnel can have the same interface number or different interface numbers Related command source destination gre key gre checksum and tunnel protocol on page 88...

Страница 1755: ...iew Sysname interface tunnel 0 Sysname Tunnel0 keepalive 20 5 source Syntax source ip address ipv6 address interface type interface number undo source View Tunnel interface view Parameter ip address S...

Страница 1756: ...re command to set the GRE tunnel mode Use the undo tunnel protocol to restore the default By default the GRE tunnel mode is GRE over IPv4 Without the ipv6 keyword the command sets the GRE tunnel mode...

Страница 1757: ...o allow command to remove the configuration By default an LNS denies all incoming calls Note that The domain domain name combination is required in L2TP multi instance applications The remote remote n...

Страница 1758: ...ny peer and create a virtual access interface based on virtual template 1 Sysname system view Sysname l2tp group 1 Sysname l2tp1 allow l2tp virtual template 1 display l2tp session Syntax display l2tp...

Страница 1759: ...te number Serial number for identifying the virtual interface template in the range of 0 to 1023 Description Use the interface virtual template command to create a virtual interface template and enter...

Страница 1760: ...e1 l2tp enable Syntax l2tp enable undo l2tp enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the l2tp enable command to enable the L2TP function Use the undo l2tp enable command to disable the L...

Страница 1761: ...am enable command to disable the L2TP multi instance function By default the L2TP multi instance function is disabled Note that this command is available for only LNSs Related command l2tp enable Exam...

Страница 1762: ...the user Use the undo mandatory chap command to disable CHAP authentication on the LNS By default an LNS does not perform CHAP authentication of users An LNS authenticates the client in addition to t...

Страница 1763: ...ent But the proxy authentication information of the NAS may be neglected Some PPP clients may not support LCP re negotiation In this case the LCP re negotiation will fail Related command mandatory cha...

Страница 1764: ...tunneling requests to one or more IP addresses for one or more specified VPN users Use the undo start to remove the specified triggering condition Note that The start l2tp command is available for onl...

Страница 1765: ...wn tunnel peers Example Disable L2TP tunnel authentication Sysname system view Sysname l2tp group 1 Sysname l2tp1 undo tunnel authentication tunnel avp hidden Syntax tunnel avp hidden undo tunnel avp...

Страница 1766: ...flow control function is disabled Example Enable the L2TP tunnel flow control function Sysname system view Sysname l2tp group 1 Sysname l2tp1 tunnel flow control tunnel name Syntax tunnel name name un...

Страница 1767: ...onsists of 24 characters for example _ TT8F Y5SQ Q MAF4 1 Description Use the tunnel password command to specify the password for tunnel authentication Use the undo tunnel password command to remove t...

Страница 1768: ...l timer hello command to restore the default By default the interval is 60 seconds You can set different hello intervals for the LNS and LAC Example Set the hello interval to 99 seconds Sysname system...

Страница 1769: ...nformation and running statistic information on each interface Sysname display qos car interface Ethernet1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 Direction Inbound Rule s If match Any CIR 10 kbps CBS 2000 byte EBS 0...

Страница 1770: ...action undo qos car inbound outbound any acl ipv6 acl number carl carl index View Interface view Parameters inbound Limits rate for the packets received by the interface CBS Committed Burst Size i e t...

Страница 1771: ...taken on the packets when the traffic rate does not conform to CIR The default action is discard action Action taken on a packet which can be continue Has it to be dealt with by the next CAR policy d...

Страница 1772: ...carl index precedence precedence value mac mac address dscp dscp list undo qos carl carl index View System view Parameters carl index CAR list number in the range 1 to 199 precedence value Precedence...

Страница 1773: ...ecified for several times the system by default regards that only one DSCP value has been specified The DSCP values are related to one another in the way of OR Examples Configure CARL rule 1 with pack...

Страница 1774: ...1774 CHAPTER 105 TRAFFIC POLICING TP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1775: ...et1 0 Rule s If match ACL 2001 CIR 200 kbps CBS 50000 byte EBS 0 byte Queue Length 100 Packet Queue Size 70 Packet Passed 0 0 Packets Bytes Discarded 0 0 Packets Bytes Delayed 0 0 Packets Bytes Table...

Страница 1776: ...n bucket algorithm in the range 0 to 19375000 bytes It defaults to 0 that is only one token bucket is used for policing queue length queue length The maximum length of the buffer in the range 1 to 102...

Страница 1777: ...CL rule 2001 at the Ethernet1 0 interface The normal traffic is 200 kbps The burst size twice of the normal traffic 50000 bytes is allowed at the first time Then packets are normally transmitted when...

Страница 1778: ...1778 CHAPTER 106 TRAFFIC SHAPING CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1779: ...s lr interface Interface Ethernet1 0 Direction Outbound CIR 10 kbps CBS 1875 byte EBS 0 byte Passed 0 0 Packets Bytes Delayed 0 0 Packets Bytes Active Shaping NO Direction Inbound CIR 10 kbps CBS 1875...

Страница 1780: ...ed for policing Description Use the qos lr command to limit the transmitting or receiving rate of the interface Use the undo qos lr command to remove the limit Execute the command in interface view an...

Страница 1781: ...t size configured by the user is not a specified one the system automatically selects the nearest one For a device which cannot be installed with an external interface module or when the number of the...

Страница 1782: ...1782 CHAPTER 107 LINE RATE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1783: ...rmation for all system predefined classes or all user predefined classes Examples Display configuration information about the class Sysname display traffic classifier user defined User Defined Classif...

Страница 1784: ...e dscp list is the list of DSCP values and up to eight DSCP values can be input The DSCP value is in the range 0 to 63 When it is displayed in characters its value can be af11 af12 af13 af21 af22 af23...

Страница 1785: ...ple commands which cannot be overwritten The match rules of the destination MAC address are only meaningful for interfaces of Ethernet type 3 Define source MAC address matching rule For a class you ca...

Страница 1786: ...alues in one command If multiple 802 1p priorities of the same value are specified the system regards them as one Relation between different 802 1p priority values is OR 7 Define inbound interface mat...

Страница 1787: ...hich cannot be overwritten When the command is configured the vlan id values will be arranged automatically in ascending order Only when the specified VLAN ID values are identical with those in the ru...

Страница 1788: ...h any Define match rule of class2 and class1 must be used Therefore class1 is configured first The match rule of class1 is the IP precedence is 5 Sysname system view Sysname traffic classifier class1...

Страница 1789: ...ifier class1 Sysname classifier class1 if match qos local id 3 Change the ACL of class 1 used for traffic classification from ACL 2008 to ACL 2009 Sysname system view Sysname traffic classifier class1...

Страница 1790: ...ault class ef af1 af2 af3 af4 ip prec0 ip prec1 ip prec2 ip prec3 ip prec4 ip prec5 ip prec6 ip prec7 mpls exp0 mpls exp1 mpls exp2 mpls exp3 mpls exp4 mpls exp5 mpls exp6 and mpls exp7 Related comman...

Страница 1791: ...ess burst size Excessive burst size in the range 0 to 19375000 bytes It defaults to 0 green Action conducted to packets when traffic of packets conforms to the CIR By default the action of green is pa...

Страница 1792: ...e rate exceeds 200 kbps the IP precedence of the packet turns to 0 and the packet is transmitted Sysname system view Sysname traffic behavior database Sysname behavior database car cir 200 cbs 50000 e...

Страница 1793: ...delete the configuration Examples Configure the action of filtering discarded packets for traffic behavior Sysname system view Sysname traffic behavior database Sysname behavior database filter deny g...

Страница 1794: ...irection of the interface Application of class based GTS policy including shape policy on an interface will cause the previously configured qos gts command ineffective If this command is frequently co...

Страница 1795: ...for traffic behavior to the interface Ethernet1 0 Sysname system view Sysname traffic behavior database Sysname behavior database redirect interface ethernet1 0 remark atm clp Syntax remark atm clp at...

Страница 1796: ...s marked Related commands qos policy traffic behavior classifier behavior Examples Set the 802 1p priority value of the remarked packet to 2 Sysname system view Sysname traffic behavior database Sysna...

Страница 1797: ...alue undo remark fr de View Traffic behavior view Parameters fr de value Value of the DE flag bit in the FR packet 0 or 1 Description Use the remark fr de command to set the remarked DE bit of FR pack...

Страница 1798: ...precedence remark is configured Related commands qos policy traffic behavior classifier behavior Examples Remark the IP precedence of the remarked IP packets to 6 Sysname system view Sysname traffic...

Страница 1799: ...traffic behavior classifier behavior Examples Configure the qos local id value of remarked packet to 2 Sysname system view Sysname traffic behavior database Sysname behavior database remark qos local...

Страница 1800: ...1800 CHAPTER 109 DEFINING TRAFFIC BEHAVIOR COMMANDS Examples Define a traffic behavior named behavior1 Sysname system view Sysname traffic behavior behavior1 Sysname behavior behavior1...

Страница 1801: ...command to remove the application of the class in the policy Each class in the policy can only be associated with one behavior If the class and traffic behavior specified when configuring this command...

Страница 1802: ...ned policy Sysname display qos policy user defined User Defined QoS Policy Information Policy test Classifier default class Behavior be none Classifier USER1 Behavior USER1 Marking Remark IP Precedenc...

Страница 1803: ...he configuration and operating state about the policy on the interface Ethernet 1 0 and PVC Sysname display qos policy interface Ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 Direction Outbound Policy test Class...

Страница 1804: ...d Forwarding Bandwidth 30 Kbps Matched 0 0 Packets Bytes Enqueued 0 0 Packets Bytes Discarded 0 0 Packets Bytes qos apply policy interface view Syntax qos apply policy policy name inbound outbound dyn...

Страница 1805: ...d with traffic behaviors specified using queue af queue ef queue wfq or gts Applying the policy on interface following these rules The VT interface referenced by common physical port and MP can apply...

Страница 1806: ...policy USER1 in the inbound direction of interface Ethernet1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface Ethernet1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 qos apply policy USER1 inbound qos policy Syntax qos policy policy...

Страница 1807: ...1807 Sysname system view Sysname qos policy user1 Sysname qospolicy user1...

Страница 1808: ...1808 CHAPTER 110 DEFINING POLICY COMMANDS...

Страница 1809: ...imit of a queue in the range 1 to 1024 By default the length is 75 Description Use the qos fifo queue length command to set the length limit of FIFO queue Use the undo qos fifo queue length command to...

Страница 1810: ...1810 CHAPTER 111 FIFO QUEUING CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1811: ...ed commands qos pq Examples Display the PQ configuration and statistics at interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname display qos pq interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 Priority queueing PQL 1 Outbound q...

Страница 1812: ...to 16 Description Use the qos pq command to apply a group of priority list to an interface Use the undo qos pq command to restore the congestion management policy at the interface to FIFO By default t...

Страница 1813: ...ncel the configuration and restore the default value During traffic classification if a packet does not match any rule it will be put into the default priority queue For the same pql index repeated us...

Страница 1814: ...Create rule 12 making packets from interface serial 2 0 to be put into the middle queue Sysname system view Sysname qos pql 12 inbound interface serial2 0 middle qos pql protocol Syntax qos pql pql in...

Страница 1815: ...Sysname system view Sysname qos pql 1 protocol ip acl 3100 queue top qos pql queue Syntax qos pql pql index queue bottom middle normal top queue length queue length undo qos pql pql index queue bottom...

Страница 1816: ...qos pql queue command to specify the maximum number of packets that can wait in each of the priority queues or the length of a PQ Use the undo qos pql queue command to restore to the default value of...

Страница 1817: ...tion and statistics of all interfaces will be displayed Related commands qos cq Examples Display CQ configuration and statistics at the interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname display qos cq interface 1 0 Inte...

Страница 1818: ...ement policy at the interface to FIFO By default the congestion management policy at the interfaces is FIFO Except for interfaces encapsulated with X 25 all physical interfaces can use CQ One interfac...

Страница 1819: ...any rule it will go to the default queue Related commands qos cql inbound interface qos cql protocol qos cql queue serving qos cql queue qos cq Examples Assign default queue 2 to CQL 5 Sysname system...

Страница 1820: ...ueue queue number undo qos cql cql index protocol ip queue key key value View System view Parameters cql index CQL index in the range 1 to 16 queue number Queue number in the range 0 to 16 ip Protocol...

Страница 1821: ...any IP packet that matches the ACL 3100 be put into queue 3 Sysname system view Sysname qos cql 5 protocol ip acl 3100 queue 3 qos cql queue Syntax qos cql cql index queue queue number queue length qu...

Страница 1822: ...QL index in the range 1 to 16 queue number Queue number in the range 0 to 16 byte count Number of bytes in packets that the given queue sends in each poll in the range 1 to 16 777 215 bytes The defaul...

Страница 1823: ...ace Sysname display qos wfq interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 Weighted Fair queueing Outbound queue Size Length Discards WFQ 0 100 0 Hashed by IP Precedence Hashed queues 0 0 128 Active Max...

Страница 1824: ...s 256 Description Use the qos wfq command to apply WFQ to the interface or modify WFQ parameters on the interface Use the undo qos wfq command to restore the default congestion management mechanism FI...

Страница 1825: ...qos cbq interface command to display CBQ configuration information and operating status of the specified PVC on specified ATM interface or on all interfaces Examples Display CBQ configuration informa...

Страница 1826: ...may trigger CBQ reconstruction thus resulting in CBQ s reallocation of queue width The modification of the baudrate or speed of a physical interface however does not trigger this reconstruction proces...

Страница 1827: ...ples Configure traffic behavior named database and configure the minimum bandwidth of the traffic behavior to 200 kbps Sysname system view Sysname traffic behavior database Sysname behavior database q...

Страница 1828: ...atio ratio CBS Interface available bandwidth percentage ratio 100 1000 For the absolute value form queue ef bandwidth bandwidth cbs burst CBS burst or bandwidth 25 if burst is not specified Related co...

Страница 1829: ...o queue length command to delete configuration By default tail drop is configured This command can be used only after the queue af or queue wfq command has been configured The queue length which has b...

Страница 1830: ...t WRED and count discard rate with IP precedence Sysname system view Sysname traffic behavior database Sysname behavior database queue wfq Sysname behavior database wred wred dscp Syntax wred dscp dsc...

Страница 1831: ...limit low limit high limit high limit discard probability discard prob undo wred ip precedence precedence View Traffic behavior view Parameters precedence IP precedence in the range 0 to 7 low limit l...

Страница 1832: ...tant View Traffic behavior view Parameters exponent Exponential in the range 1 to 16 It is 9 by default Description Use the wred weighting constant command to set exponential for the calculation of av...

Страница 1833: ...rity queue configuration and statistics on all interfaces Examples Display information of the current IP RTP Priority queue Sysname display qos rtpq interface Interface Ethernet1 0 Output queue RTP qu...

Страница 1834: ...ed bandwidth allocated for RTP priority queue to 70 of the available bandwidth Sysname system view Sysname interface Serial1 0 Sysname Serial1 0 qos reserved bandwidth pct 70 qos rtpq Syntax qos rtpq...

Страница 1835: ...to configure the bandwidth to be greater than 80 of the total bandwidth please first change the maximum reserved bandwidth via qos reserved bandwidth command In bandwidth allocation the bandwidth for...

Страница 1836: ...1836 CHAPTER 116 RTP PRIORITY QUEUE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1837: ...oS queuing To resolve this problem the token transmission function of QoS was introduced This function provides a flow control mechanism at the underlying layer queuing level It can control the number...

Страница 1838: ...1838 CHAPTER 117 QOS TOKEN CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1839: ...information of all mapping tables will be displayed Related commands qos map table dot1p Ip Examples Display configuration information about the mapping table of 802 1p priority to local priority Sys...

Страница 1840: ...mport import value list export export value undo import import value list all View Priority mapping table view Parameters import value list Maps input parameter list export value Maps export parameter...

Страница 1841: ...02 1p priority to local priority The local priority corresponding to 802 1p priority 4 and 5 is local priority 1 Sysname system view Sysname qos map table dot1p lp Sysname maptbl dot1p lp import 4 5 e...

Страница 1842: ...1842 CHAPTER 118 PRIORITY MAPPING TABLE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1843: ...f current port Use the undo qos priority command to restore to the default value Port group is supported if the number of the interfaces on a layer 2 module is 16 24 or 48 Execute the command in inter...

Страница 1844: ...1844 CHAPTER 119 PORT PRIORITY CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1845: ...interfaces will be displayed Examples Display the information about the port priority trust mode currently configured Sysname display qos trust interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 Port prior...

Страница 1846: ...supported if the number of the interfaces on a layer 2 module is 16 24 or 48 Execute the command in interface view and the setting is valid on the current interface only Execute the command in interf...

Страница 1847: ...interface Sysname display qos wred interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 Current WRED configuration Exponent 9 1 512 Precedence Low High Discard Random Tail Limit Limit Probability Discard Dis...

Страница 1848: ...ault IP precedence is used for calculating drop probability Description Use the qos wred enable command to apply WRED at an interface Use the undo qos wred enable command to restore the default droppi...

Страница 1849: ...limit Specifies the upper threshold in the range 1 to 1024 in terms of the number of packets The system default is 30 discard probability discard prob Specifies the denominator for drop probability in...

Страница 1850: ...dence command to configure the lower threshold the higher threshold and the drop probability denominator for an IP precedence value Use the undo qos wred ip precedence command to restore the default W...

Страница 1851: ...ghting constant command to restore the default Before you can configure WRED parameters on an interface you must apply WRED with the qos wred enable command on it Related commands qos wred enable disp...

Страница 1852: ...1852 CHAPTER 121 WRED CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1853: ...configuration information of WRED table1 which is the list for configured WRED parameters Sysname display qos wred table 1 Table Name 1 Table Type EXP based WRED Exponent 6 Precedence LowLimit HighLim...

Страница 1854: ...table By default no global WRED table exists It is not allowed to delete the table being used The queue based WRED table can be applied only on Layer 2 port on which the queue based WRED table can be...

Страница 1855: ...pply queue table1 queue Syntax queue queue value low limit low limit discard probability discard prob undo queue queue value all View WRED table view Parameters queue value Queue number which is appli...

Страница 1856: ...1856 CHAPTER 122 WRED TABLE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Sysname system view Sysname qos wred queue table queue table1 Sysname wred table queue table1 queue 1 low limit 10...

Страница 1857: ...to delete the matching rule If this command is frequently configured under one class the last configuration will overwrite the previous ones Related commands traffic classifier Examples Define the ru...

Страница 1858: ...the MPLS protocol CQL 10 and sets the queue 1 to correspond with EXP value 1 Sysname system view Sysname qos cql 10 protocol mpls exp 1 queue 1 qos pql protocol mpls exp Syntax qos pql pql index proto...

Страница 1859: ...p remark mpls exp Syntax remark mpls exp exp value undo remark mpls exp View Traffic behavior view Parameters exp value EXP value of MPLS in the range 0 to 7 Description Use the remark mpls exp comman...

Страница 1860: ...1860 CHAPTER 123 MPLS QOS CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1861: ...h DAR which also impacts working of other modules To avoid the case users can limit the maximum number of connections that can be recognized by DAR in order to save system resources When the connectio...

Страница 1862: ...number and port max for the minimum port number The difference value between the maximum number and minimum number shall be smaller than 1000 i e port max port min 1000 The port number of other appli...

Страница 1863: ...re FTP TCP 990 Secure HTTP TCP 443 Secure IMAP TCP UDP 585 993 Secure IRC TCP UDP 994 Secure LDAP TCP UDP 636 Secure NNTP TCP UDP 563 Secure POP3 TCP UDP 995 Secure TELNET TCP 992 SIP TCP UDP 5060 Ski...

Страница 1864: ...er defined protocol which are user defined01 user defined02 user defined10 user defined name New name of the user defined protocol in the length of 1 to 14 characters The new name cannot be the same w...

Страница 1865: ...data streams By default the function is disabled Examples Enable DAR packet statistics function on the interface Ethernet1 0 and set the interval to 7 minutes Sysname system view Sysname interface Et...

Страница 1866: ...al application layer protocols Examples Display information about all protocols Sysname display dar protocol all Protocol TCP UDP Port bgp tcp 179 udp 179 bittorrent tcp range 6881 6889 citrix tcp 149...

Страница 1867: ...512 513 514 rip udp 520 rsvp udp 1698 1699 rtcp rtp rtsp tcp 554 secure ftp tcp 990 secure http tcp 443 secure imap tcp 585 993 udp 585 993 secure irc tcp 994 udp 994 secure ldap tcp 636 udp 636 secur...

Страница 1868: ...ols Examples Display the rename information of user defined protocols Sysname display dar protocol rename Default Name User Defined Name user defined01 merry user defined02 user defined03 user defined...

Страница 1869: ...is bi directional in Displays the traffic on the inbound direction out Displays the traffic on the outbound direction Description Use the display dar protocol statistic command to display DAR packet...

Страница 1870: ...the new names will apply if the protocols user defined01 to user defined10 are renamed in which unknown tcp indicates the irrecognizable TCP packet unknown udp indicates the irrecognizable UDP packet...

Страница 1871: ...to 32 characters See Table 498 for the matching rules of simple wildcard characters Description Use the if match protocol http command to configure HTTP matching rules Use the undo if match protocol h...

Страница 1872: ...d with spaces Description Use the if match protocol rtp command to configure RTP matching rules Use the undo if match protocol rtp command to delete the rules If no payload type is specified it matche...

Страница 1873: ...lete DAR protocol statistics information i e to restore the statistics to 0 Examples Delete FTP protocol statistics information of the interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname reset dar protocol statistic proto...

Страница 1874: ...1874 CHAPTER 124 DAR CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1875: ...FIFO queuing is adopted Examples Define a classifier named class 1 Sysname system view Sysname traffic classifier class1 Sysname classifier class1 quit Define a traffic behavior named behavior 1 Sysn...

Страница 1876: ...restore the default value If the packet direction is not specified in configuration the parameter will be set in both inbound and outbound directions The committed burst size is the packet traffic th...

Страница 1877: ...r class test1 Sysname fr class test1 cir 32000 cir allow Syntax cir allow inbound outbound committed information rate undo cir allow inbound outbound View Frame relay class view Parameters inbound Set...

Страница 1878: ...ircuit to the total queue length ranging from 1 to 100 By default it is 100 Description Use the congestion threshold command to enable congestion management function of FR virtual circuit Use the undo...

Страница 1879: ...cql 10 display fr class map Syntax display fr class map fr class class name interface interface type interface number View Any view Parameters class name FR class name a string of 1 to 30 characters...

Страница 1880: ...ion on the fields of the display fr class map command Field Description Serial1 0 FR interface The first fr class FR class on FR interface Serial1 0 1 Subinterface on the FR interface The second fr cl...

Страница 1881: ...nt type Three options are available FRF 12 FRF 11 Annex C and Motorola fragment size Fragment size in out drop Number of received fragment packets number of sent fragment packets number of discarded f...

Страница 1882: ...r switch Examples Display all FR PVC information Sysname display fr switch table all Switch Name Interface DLCI Interface DLCI State test MFR1 0 100 MFR1 1 101 UP display qos policy interface Syntax d...

Страница 1883: ...xujin Matched 0 0 Packets Bytes Operator Logic AND Rule s if match acl 2001 Behavior Assured Forwarding Bandwidth 10 Kbps Matched 0 0 Packets Bytes Enqueued 0 0 Packets Bytes Discarded 0 0 Packets Byt...

Страница 1884: ...ued Number of enqueued packets or bytes Discarded Number of discarded packets or bytes Discard Method Discard method Assured Forwarding Information of assured forwarding queue Bandwidth The minimum ba...

Страница 1885: ...ccurs on the network this part of excess traffic will be first discarded When this command is used the set EBS value will be valid in both inbound and outbound directions if the parameters inbound and...

Страница 1886: ...s command to create a FR class and enter FR class view Use the undo fr class command to delete a specified FR class By default no FR class is created Only after associating a FR class with an interfac...

Страница 1887: ...FR interfaces while the congestion threshold command is applied to FR virtual circuit n The command can only be used for FR DCE interfaces or NNI interfaces Related commands congestion threshold Examp...

Страница 1888: ...1 to 10 interface type interface number Specifies an interface by its type and number Description Use the fr del inbound interface command to configure an interface based DE rule list For the packet...

Страница 1889: ...or the related port number udp ports IP packets whose source or destination UDP port number are ports in the range 0 to 65535 The value of ports can be a port name or the related port number If optio...

Страница 1890: ...and to set the queue type of a FR interface as PVC PQ PVC Priority Queuing and set queue length i e the maximum number of packets that can be held by a queue for each queue Use the undo fr pvc pq comm...

Страница 1891: ...as a FR switching by using the fr switching command Related commands fr class Examples Enable the traffic policing function on the interface Serial 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface Serial 1 0...

Страница 1892: ...ction By default the fragmentation function on FR virtual circuit is disabled Related commands fr class Examples Configure fragment size as 128 in the FR class named test1 Sysname system view Sysname...

Страница 1893: ...class Related commands fr class fr dlci Examples Associate the FR class named test1 with the FR virtual circuit whose DLCI is 200 Sysname system view Sysname interface Serial 1 0 Sysname Serial1 0 fr...

Страница 1894: ...into the normal PVC PQ PVC PQ falls into four groups top middle normal and bottom PVC PQ is relative to DLCI After the queue of an interface is set as PVC PQ packets on each virtual circuit can enter...

Страница 1895: ...priority queue on the FR class named test1 with a bandwidth of 20 kbps Sysname system view Sysname fr class test1 Sysname fr class test1 rtpq start port 16383 end port 16384 bandwidth 20 traffic shapi...

Страница 1896: ...e maximum number of packets allowed in the queue Packets exceeding this limitation will be discarded The permitted value ranges from 1 to 1024 with a default of 64 dynamic queues Total number of queue...

Страница 1897: ...ype Description Use the display dot1x command to display information about 802 1x including session information statistics or configuration With both the sessions keyword and the statistics keyword no...

Страница 1898: ...ff checker is disabled Indicates whether the device is configured to get offline any user trying to login through a proxy Transmit Period Setting of the username request timeout timer Handshake Period...

Страница 1899: ...the port The value of 0 means that no guest VLAN is configured Max on line user number Maximum number of users supported on the port EAPOL Packet Number of EAPOL packets received Tx or sent Rx Sent EA...

Страница 1900: ...By default 802 1x is neither enabled globally nor enabled for any port Note that 802 1x must be enabled both globally in system view and for the intended ports in system view or interface view Otherw...

Страница 1901: ...802 1x user information in the EAP attributes of RADIUS packets and sends the packets to the RADIUS server for authentication it does not need to repackage the EAP packets into standard RADIUS packet...

Страница 1902: ...system view this command configures guest VLAN for all ports with interface list not provided and configures guest VLAN for specified with interface list provided In interface view you cannot specify...

Страница 1903: ...x guest vlan 3 dot1x handshake Syntax dot1x handshake undo dot1x handshake View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the dot1x handshake command to enable the online user handshake function s...

Страница 1904: ...ype interface number represents the port number and 1 10 means that you can provide up to 10 port indexes port index lists for this argument The start port number must be smaller than the end number a...

Страница 1905: ...nction is enabled Related command display dot1x Example Disable the multicast trigger function for interface wlan ess 1 Sysname system view Sysname interface wlan ess 1 Sysname undo dot1x multicast tr...

Страница 1906: ...10 means that you can provide up to 10 port indexes port index lists for this argument The start port number must be smaller than the end number and the two ports must of the same type Description Use...

Страница 1907: ...er represents the port number and 1 10 means that you can provide up to 10 port indexes port index lists for this argument The start port number must be smaller than the end number and the two ports m...

Страница 1908: ...ber of attempts to send an authentication request to a supplicant Use the undo dot1x retry command to restore the default By default the authenticator can send an authentication request to a supplican...

Страница 1909: ...tion Use the dot1x supp proxy check command to enable detection and control of users logging in through proxies for specified or all ports Use the undo dot1x supp proxy check command to disable the fu...

Страница 1910: ...15 quiet period value Setting for the quiet timer in seconds It ranges from 10 to 120 and defaults to 60 server timeout value Setting for the server timeout timer in seconds It ranges from 100 to 300...

Страница 1911: ...s the request In addition to be compatible with clients that do not send EAPOL Start requests unsolicitedly the device multicasts EAP Request Identity frame periodically to detect the clients with the...

Страница 1912: ...command clears 802 1x statistics on the specified ports With the argument unspecified the command clears global 802 1x statistics and 802 1x statistics on all ports Related command display dot1x Exam...

Страница 1913: ...to set the maximum number of accessing users allowed by an ISP domain Use the undo access limit or access limit disable command to remove the limitation By default there is no limit to the amount of s...

Страница 1914: ...hat for a specific access mode Local accounting is only for managing the local user connection number it does not provide the statistics function The local user connection number management is only fo...

Страница 1915: ...N access users By default the default accounting scheme is used for LAN access users Note that the RADIUS scheme specified for the current ISP domain must have been configured Related command accounti...

Страница 1916: ...By default the default accounting scheme is used for login users Note that the RADIUS or HWTACACS scheme specified for the current ISP domain must have been configured Related command accounting defau...

Страница 1917: ...accounting optional feature for users in domain aabbcc net Sysname system view Sysname domain aabbcc net Sysname isp aabbcc net accounting optional accounting portal Syntax accounting portal none radi...

Страница 1918: ...cters Description Use the accounting ppp command to specify the accounting scheme for PPP users Use the undo accounting ppp command to restore the default By default the default accounting scheme is u...

Страница 1919: ...command To implement accounting you must enable the accounting function and meanwhile have the accounting scheme configured Related command domain radius scheme Example In the default ISP domain syst...

Страница 1920: ...both range from 0 to 15 The value of port number ranges from 0 to 255 The ports bounded are determined by port number regardless of port type mac mac address Specifies the MAC address of the user in t...

Страница 1921: ...a specific access mode Related command authorization default accounting default hwtacacs scheme radius scheme Example Configure the default ISP domain system to use the local authentication scheme fo...

Страница 1922: ...em authentication lan access local Configure the default ISP domain system to use RADIUS authentication scheme rd for LAN access users and to use the local authentication scheme as the backup scheme S...

Страница 1923: ...e domain system Sysname isp system authentication login radius scheme rd local authentication portal Syntax authentication portal none radius scheme radius scheme name undo authentication portal View...

Страница 1924: ...scription Use the authentication ppp command to specify the authentication scheme for PPP users Use the undo authentication ppp command to restore the default By default the default authentication sch...

Страница 1925: ...domain must have been configured You must have created a RADIUS scheme before using the authentication voip command To implement authentication you must enable the authentication function and meanwhi...

Страница 1926: ...default hwtacacs scheme hwtacacs scheme name local local none radius scheme radius scheme name local undo authorization default View ISP domain view Parameter hwtacacs scheme hwtacacs scheme name Spe...

Страница 1927: ...ISP domain system to use RADIUS authorization scheme rd for all types of users and to use the local authorization scheme as the backup scheme Sysname system view Sysname domain system Sysname isp sys...

Страница 1928: ...acacs scheme name local local none radius scheme radius scheme name local undo authorization login View ISP domain view Parameter hwtacacs scheme hwtacacs scheme name Specifies an HWTACACS scheme by i...

Страница 1929: ...zation which means the user is trusted completely Here the user is assigned with the default privilege radius scheme radius scheme name Specifies a RADIUS scheme by its name which is a string of 1 to...

Страница 1930: ...the authorization scheme for PPP users Use the undo authorization ppp command to restore the default By default the default authorization scheme is used for PPP users Note that the RADIUS or HWTACACS...

Страница 1931: ...lement authorization you must enable the authorization function and meanwhile have the authorization scheme configured Related command domain radius scheme Example In the default ISP domain system con...

Страница 1932: ...he value range varies by device vlan vlan id Specifies all user connections in a VLAN The VLAN ID ranges from 1 to 4094 Description Use the cut connection command to tear down the specified connection...

Страница 1933: ...ins the domain name vlan vlan id Specifies all user connections in a VLAN The VLAN ID ranges from 1 to 4094 Description Use the display connection command to display information about specified or all...

Страница 1934: ...User Template Idle cut Disable Self service Disable 1 Domain system State Active Access limit Disable Accounting method Required Default authentication scheme local Default authorization scheme local...

Страница 1935: ...ugh the console port AUX port or Asyn port state active block Specifies all local users in the state of active or block A local user in the state of active can access network services while a local us...

Страница 1936: ...n sign or at sign Description Use the domain isp name command to create an ISP domain and or enter ISP domain view Use the domain default command to specify the default ISP domain and enter ISP domain...

Страница 1937: ...ter disable disables the configured default ISP domain enable Enables the configured default ISP domain isp name Name of an existing ISP domain a case insensitive string of 1 to 24 characters Descript...

Страница 1938: ...t enable 50 ip pool Syntax ip pool pool number low ip address high ip address undo ip pool pool number View System view ISP domain view Parameter pool number Address pool number in the range 0 to 99 l...

Страница 1939: ...1 129 102 0 10 level Syntax level level undo level View Local user view Parameter level Priority level for the user which can be 0 for visiting level 1 for monitoring level 2 for system level and 3 fo...

Страница 1940: ...l or all all Specifies all users service type Specifies the users of a type dvpn refers to users using DVPN tunnel ftp refers to users using FTP lan access refers to users accessing the network throug...

Страница 1941: ...With the cipher force mode configured A local user password is always displayed in cipher text regardless of the configuration of the password command If you use the save command to save the configura...

Страница 1942: ...rypted into a password of 24 characters in cipher text and a password of 16 to 63 characters in plain text will be encrypted into a password of 88 characters in cipher text For a password of 24 charac...

Страница 1943: ...of the self service server for changing the user password A user can change his or her password through the page Only authenticated users can select Service Change Password from the 802 1x client The...

Страница 1944: ...name system view Sysname local user user1 Sysname luser user1 service type telnet service type ftp Syntax service type ftp undo service type ftp View Local user view Parameter None Description Use the...

Страница 1945: ...service is authorized to a user if the PPP service is authorized callback without authentication is enabled no callback number is specified and the system does not authenticate the caller number of IS...

Страница 1946: ...ry name undo work directory View Local user view Parameters directory name Name of the directory that FTP SFTP users are authorized to access a case insensitive string of 1 to 135 characters Descripti...

Страница 1947: ...1947 Sysname system view Sysname local user user1 Sysname luser user1 work directory cf...

Страница 1948: ...1948 CHAPTER 127 AAA CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1949: ...nction is disabled Note that This command is applicable to centralized devices only Execution of this command does not affect the results of other accounting on related commands such as accounting on...

Страница 1950: ...d devices only Execution of this command does not affect the results of other accounting on related commands such as accounting on enable That is execution of the undo accounting on enable interval co...

Страница 1951: ...mmand radius scheme accounting on enable Example In RADIUS scheme rd set the maximum number of accounting on packet retransmission attempts to 10 Sysname system view Sysname radius scheme rd Sysname r...

Страница 1952: ...hemeName systemradius1 Index 0 Type extended Primary Auth IP 127 0 0 1 1 1 1 Port 1645 1812 State block active Primary Acct IP 127 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 Port 1646 1813 State bloc k active Second Auth IP 0 0 0...

Страница 1953: ...y accounting server active or block Auth Server Encryption Key Shared key of the authentication server Acct Server Encryption Key Shared key of the accounting server Accounting On packet disable The a...

Страница 1954: ...c 0 PKT response Num 0 Err 0 Succ 0 Session ctrl pkt Num 0 Err 0 Succ 0 Normal author request Num 0 Err 0 Succ 0 RADIUS sent messages statistic Auth accept Num 0 Auth reject Num 0 EAP auth replying Nu...

Страница 1955: ...r of accounting requests Account off request Number of stop accounting requests PKT auth timeout Number of authentication timeout packets PKT acct_timeout Number of accounting timeout packets Realtime...

Страница 1956: ...bout the stop accounting requests buffered in the device by scheme session ID time range or user name n If receiving no response after sending a stop accounting request to a RADIUS server the device b...

Страница 1957: ...ey is configured Note that You must ensure that the same shared key is set on the device and the RADIUS server If authentication authorization and accounting are performed on two servers with differen...

Страница 1958: ...physical interface failure The address of a loopback interface is recommended The nas ip command in RADIUS scheme view is only for the current RADIUS scheme while the radius nas ip command in system...

Страница 1959: ...he primary authentication authorization server port number UDP port number of the primary authentication authorization server which ranges from 1 to 65535 Description Use the primary authentication co...

Страница 1960: ...ning port of the RADIUS client is disabled The RADIUS client can either accept authentication authorization or accounting requests or process timer messages However it fails to transmit and receive pa...

Страница 1961: ...nnot reach the device as the result of a physical interface failure If you configure the command for more than one time the last configuration takes effect The nas ip command in RADIUS scheme view is...

Страница 1962: ...name format RADIUS scheme view retry display radius scheme display radius statistics Example Create a RADIUS scheme named radius1 and enter RADIUS scheme view Sysname system view Sysname radius schem...

Страница 1963: ...buffer Syntax reset stop accounting buffer radius scheme radius scheme name session id session id time range start time stop time user name user name View User view Parameter radius scheme radius sch...

Страница 1964: ...aximum number of retransmission attempts in the range 1 to 20 Description Use the retry command to set the maximum number of RADIUS retransmission attempts Use the undo retry command to restore the de...

Страница 1965: ...st transmission attempts Once the limit is reached but the NAS still receives no response the NAS disconnects the user Suppose that the RADIUS server response timeout period is 3 seconds set with the...

Страница 1966: ...s means that for each stop accounting request if the device receives no response within 3 seconds it will initiate a new request If still no responses are received within 5 renewed requests the stop a...

Страница 1967: ...radius scheme radius1 Sysname radius radius1 secondary accounting 10 110 1 1 1813 secondary authentication RADIUS scheme view Syntax secondary authentication ip address port number undo secondary aut...

Страница 1968: ...on Use the security policy server command to configure the IP address of a security policy server Use the undo security policy server command to remove one or all configured IP addresses By default no...

Страница 1969: ...y Sets the status of the primary RADIUS server secondary Sets the status of the secondary RADIUS server accounting Sets the status of the RADIUS accounting server authentication Sets the status of the...

Страница 1970: ...ary accounting RADIUS scheme view secondary accounting RADIUS scheme view Example Set the status of the secondary server in RADIUS scheme radius1 to active Sysname system view Sysname radius scheme ra...

Страница 1971: ...uiet timer for the primary server that is the duration that the status of the primary server stays blocked before resuming the active state Use the undo timer quiet command to restore the default Rela...

Страница 1972: ...interval to 51 minutes for RADIUS scheme radius1 Sysname system view Sysname radius scheme radius1 Sysname radius radius1 timer realtime accounting 51 timer response timeout RADIUS scheme view Syntax...

Страница 1973: ...ut domain Excludes the ISP domain name from the username sent to the RADIUS server Description Use the user name format command to specify the format of the username to be sent to a RADIUS server By d...

Страница 1974: ...OMMANDS Example Specify the device to include the domain name in the username sent to the RADIUS servers for the RADIUS scheme radius1 Sysname system view Sysname radius scheme radius1 Sysname radius...

Страница 1975: ...iga packet Description Use the data flow format command to specify the unit for data flows or packets to be sent to a HWTACACS server Use the undo data flow format command to restore the default By de...

Страница 1976: ...Quiet interval min 5 Realtime accounting interval min 12 Response timeout interval sec 5 Acct stop PKT retransmit times 100 Domain included Yes Data traffic unit B Packet traffic unit one packet Tabl...

Страница 1977: ...y stop accounting buffer hwtacacs scheme hwt1 Total 0 record s Matched hwtacacs nas ip Syntax hwtacacs nas ip ip address undo hwtacacs nas ip View System view Parameter ip address IP address in dotted...

Страница 1978: ...s However the nas ip command in HWTACACS scheme view overwrites the configuration of the hwtacacs nas ip command Related command nas ip HWTACACS scheme view Example Set the IP address for the device t...

Страница 1979: ...remove the configuration By default no shared key is configured Related command display hwtacacs Example Set the shared key for HWTACACS accounting packets to hello for HWTACACS scheme hwt1 Sysname s...

Страница 1980: ...ommand hwtacacs nas ip Example Set the IP address for the device to use as the source address of the HWTACACS packets to 10 1 1 1 Sysname system view Sysname hwtacacs scheme hwt1 Sysname hwtacacs hwt1...

Страница 1981: ...e server It ranges from 1 to 65535 and defaults to 49 Description Use the primary authentication command to specify the primary HWTACACS authentication server Use the undo primary authentication comma...

Страница 1982: ...econdary authorization servers cannot be the same Otherwise the configuration fails The HWTACACS service port configured on the device and that of the HWTACACS server must be consistent If you configu...

Страница 1983: ...o clear the buffered stop accounting requests that get no responses Related command stop accounting buffer enable HWTACACS scheme view retry stop accounting HWTACACS scheme view display stop accountin...

Страница 1984: ...49 Description Use the secondary accounting command to specify the secondary HWTACACS accounting server Use the undo secondary accounting command to remove the configuration Note that The IP addresse...

Страница 1985: ...d on the device and that of the HWTACACS server must be consistent If you configure the command for more than one time the last configuration takes effect You can remove an authentication server only...

Страница 1986: ...me hwtacacs hwt1 secondary authorization 10 163 155 13 49 stop accounting buffer enable HWTACACS scheme view Syntax stop accounting buffer enable undo stop accounting buffer enable View HWTACACS schem...

Страница 1987: ...o set the quiet timer for the primary server that is the duration that the status of the primary server stays blocked before resuming the active state Use the undo timer quiet command to restore the d...

Страница 1988: ...1 minutes for HWTACACS scheme hwt1 Sysname system view Sysname hwtacacs scheme hwt1 Sysname hwtacacs hwt1 timer realtime accounting 51 timer response timeout HWTACACS scheme view Syntax timer response...

Страница 1989: ...sed by the device to determine the ISP domain to which a user belongs Some earlier HWTACACS servers however cannot recognize a username including an ISP domain name Before sending a username including...

Страница 1990: ...1990 CHAPTER 129 HWTACACS CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 1991: ...ing statistics on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname display firewall ethernet frame filter interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 In bound Policy acl 4000 From 2005 06 07 14 46 59 to 2005 06 07 16 16 23 0 pa...

Страница 1992: ...display firewall statistics fragments inspect Fragments inspection is enabled The high watermark for clamping is 10000 The low watermark for clamping is 1000 Current records for fragments inspection...

Страница 1993: ...system view Sysname firewall enable firewall enable Syntax firewall enable undo firewall enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the firewall enable command to enable the firewall Use...

Страница 1994: ...d by default Example Configure Ethernet frame filtering rules on the inbound direction of interface Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname bridge enable Sysname bridge 1 enable Sysname interface eth...

Страница 1995: ...agments inspect high low command to restore the default high and low watermark values By default the high watermark value is 2 000 and low watermark value is 1500 The low watermark value must be small...

Страница 1996: ...ensitive string of 1 to 32 characters that must start with an English letter a to z or A to Z To avoid confusion the word all cannot be used as the ACL name inbound Filters packets in the inbound dire...

Страница 1997: ...r ipv6 command to configure IPv6 packet filtering on the interface Use the undo firewall packet filter ipv6 command to remove the IPv6 packet filtering setting on the interface By default IPv6 packets...

Страница 1998: ...ce type interface num View User view Parameter all Clears the firewall statistic information on all interfaces interface interface type interface num Clears the firewall statistic information of the s...

Страница 1999: ...timeout of a UDP session seconds Idle timeout period of the session in seconds The effective range is 5 to 43 200 Description Use the aging time command to configure the SYN FIN wait timeout period o...

Страница 2000: ...w System view Parameter aspf policy number ASPF policy number in the range of 1 to 99 Description Use the aspf policy command to create an ASPF policy and enter its view Use the undo aspf policy comma...

Страница 2001: ...uses timeouts to manage the session status information of a protocol so as to determine when to terminate the status information management of a session or when to delete a session that cannot be nor...

Страница 2002: ...Application Status 73A4844 1 1 1 50 1025 2 2 2 1 21 ftp FTP_CONXN_UP display aspf interface Syntax display aspf interface View Any view Parameter None Table 517 Description of the fields of the displ...

Страница 2003: ...e display aspf policy command to view the information of an ASPF policy Example Display the configuration information of ASPF policy 1 Sysname display aspf policy 1 ASPF Policy Configuration Policy Nu...

Страница 2004: ...ponder tcp SeqNumber AckNumber 134665683 141385146 display port mapping Syntax display port mapping application name port port number Table 519 Description of the fields of the display aspf session co...

Страница 2005: ...l aspf aspf policy number inbound outbound undo firewall aspf aspf policy number inbound outbound View Interface view Parameter aspf policy number Number of the ASPF policy in the range 1 to 99 inboun...

Страница 2006: ...display aspf all display aspf policy display aspf session and display aspf interface Example Enable the session logging function of the ASPF Sysname system view Sysname aspf policy 1 Sysname aspf poli...

Страница 2007: ...rt mapping Example Map port 3456 to the FTP protocol Sysname system view Sysname port mapping ftp port 3456 reset aspf session Syntax reset aspf session View User view Parameter None Description Use t...

Страница 2008: ...2008 CHAPTER 131 ASPF CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2009: ...the same type and the former must be greater than the latter Description Use the display mac authentication command to display global MAC authentication information or MAC authentication information a...

Страница 2010: ...uiet period Setting of the quiet timer Server response timeout value Setting of the server timeout timer The max allowed user number Maximum number of users the device supports Current user number amo...

Страница 2011: ...u can configure MAC authentication parameters globally or for specified ports either before or after enabling MAC authentication If no MAC authentication parameters are configured before MAC authentic...

Страница 2012: ...value Specifies the server timeout period in the range 100 to 300 seconds Description Use the mac authentication timer command to set the MAC authentication timers Use the undo mac authentication tim...

Страница 2013: ...he latter case the password must be a string of 1 to 63 characters in plain text mac address Adopts the user s source MAC address as the username which is case insensitive with hyphen Indicates that t...

Страница 2014: ...interface list View User view Parameter interface interface list Specifies an Ethernet port list in the format of interface type interface number to interface type interface number 1 10 where 1 10 in...

Страница 2015: ...defined in the connection limit policy Use the undo connection limit default command to restore the default By default connection limit is not enabled Example Configure the default connection limit ac...

Страница 2016: ...ction limit enable View System view Parameter None Description Use the connection limit enable command to enable the connection limit function Use the undo connection limit enable command to disable t...

Страница 2017: ...onnection limit mode and the maximum connection rate Additionally you can add or delete rules to from the policy Example Create a connection limit policy numbered 1 Sysname system view Sysname connect...

Страница 2018: ...number range in a port range The value range of port number is 0 to 65 535 The value range of start port and end port is also 0 to 65 535 and the start port must be not greater than the end port vpn...

Страница 2019: ...s 1 from 202 110 10 10 to 202 110 10 15 Table 522 Description on the fields of the display connection limit statistics command Field Description source ip Source IP address dest ip Destination IP addr...

Страница 2020: ...t all Syntax display nat all Table 524 Description on the fields of the display nat aging time command Field Description NAT aging time value information NAT aging time values for various protocols tc...

Страница 2021: ...aging time value is 60 seconds pptp aging time value is 86400 seconds dns aging time value is 60 seconds tcp fin aging time value is 60 seconds tcp syn aging time value is 3600 seconds ftp ctrl aging...

Страница 2022: ...s GlobalAddr External IP address InsideAddr Internal IP address Vpn instance Layer 3 VPN to which the internal IP address belongs tcp aging time value is 86400 seconds The aging time for TCP is 86 400...

Страница 2023: ...PLS VPN instance Description Use the display nat connection limit command to display NAT connection limit statistics Example Display NAT connection limit statistics Sysname display nat connection limi...

Страница 2024: ...T address group 1 no pat Ethernet1 1 acl 2002 interface Table 527 Description on the fields of the display nat log command Field Description NAT log information NAT log configuration log enable enable...

Страница 2025: ...a string of 1 to 31 characters source global global address Displays NAT translation table entries for the specified external source IP address source inside inside address Displays NAT translation t...

Страница 2026: ...on table count 0 active session table count HASH by Internet side IP 0 Table 530 Description on the fields of the display nat session command Field Description Protocol Protocol number 1 represents IC...

Страница 2027: ...999 Only data flows that match this ACL are limited total NO PAT session table count Number of No PAT session entries total SERVER session table count Number of SERVER session entries total STATIC se...

Страница 2028: ...ss 1 1 1 1 as 200 and 100 respectively Configure ACL 2001 defining that only connections initiated from 192 168 0 0 24 are limited This means that the number of user connections which initiated from 1...

Страница 2029: ...e as the source address after address translation An equal start address and end address means there is only one IP address in the address pool Note that You cannot delete an address pool which has be...

Страница 2030: ...udp Specifies the NAT aging time for UDP which defaults to 300 seconds seconds NAT aging time in the range 10 to 86 400 seconds 24 hours Description Use the nat aging time command to configure NAT agi...

Страница 2031: ...policy number Number of the connection limit policy to be bound with the NAT module The value ranges from 0 to 19 Description Use the nat connection limit policy command to bind a connection limit pol...

Страница 2032: ...he undo nat log enable command to disable the NAT log function By default the NAT log function is disabled Example Enable the NAT log function Sysname system view Sysname nat log enable acl 2001 Disab...

Страница 2033: ...on Use the nat log flow begin command to generate NAT logs while establishing a NAT session Use the undo nat log flow begin command to restore the default By default no log is generated when establish...

Страница 2034: ...users who use these table entries cannot access external networks whereas other users are not affected You can also use the reset nat session command to clear all the NAT address translation table ent...

Страница 2035: ...al1 0 nat outbound 2001 nat outbound static Syntax nat outbound static undo nat outbound static View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the nat outbound static command to enable on an inter...

Страница 2036: ...or external access interface Uses a specified interface address as the public IP address of an internal server This only applies to Easy IP interface type interface number Specifies the interface type...

Страница 2037: ...nfigured on the interface that serves as the egress of an internal network and connects to the external networks Currently the device supports Easy IP which uses the interface address as the public IP...

Страница 2038: ...face serial 1 0 Sysname Serial1 0 nat server vpn instance vrf10 protocol tcp globa l 202 110 10 10 1001 1100 inside 10 110 10 1 10 110 10 100 telnet Remove the WWW server using the following commands...

Страница 2039: ...et NAT The IP addresses of an internal network segment are mapped with the IP addresses of an external network segment Note that when configuring net to net NAT you must ensure that internal IP addres...

Страница 2040: ...ear the NAT log statistics Sysname reset userlog export reset userlog nat logbuffer Syntax reset userlog nat logbuffer View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset userlog nat logbuffer com...

Страница 2041: ...Related command userlog nat export source ip Example Export NAT logs to the NAT log server whose IP address is 169 254 1 1 2000 Sysname system view Sysname userlog nat export host 169 254 1 1 2000 use...

Страница 2042: ...r of NAT logs is 1 Example Set the version number of NAT logs to 1 Sysname system view Sysname userlog nat export version 1 userlog nat syslog Syntax userlog nat syslog undo userlog nat syslog View Sy...

Страница 2043: ...he name of the certificate issuer subject name Specifies the name of the certificate subject dn Specifies the domain name of the entity ctn Specifies the contain operation equ Specifies the equal oper...

Страница 2044: ...f abc Sysname pki cert attribute group mygroup attribute 2 issuer name f qdn nequ abc Create a certificate attribute rule specifying that the IP address in the alternative subject name cannot be 10 0...

Страница 2045: ...Specify the entity for certificate request as entity1 SysnameCA system view SysnameCA pki domain 1 SysnameCA pki domain 1 certificate request entity entity1 certificate request from Syntax certificate...

Страница 2046: ...s to display the password in clear text manual Specifies to request a certificate in manual mode Description Use the certificate request mode command to configure the certificate request mode Use the...

Страница 2047: ...icate is signed Related command display pki certificate Example Specify the polling interval as 15 minutes and the maximum number of attempts as 40 Sysname system view Sysname pki domain 1 Sysname pki...

Страница 2048: ...ple the user name Use the undo common name command to remove the configuration By default no common name is specified Example Configure the common name of an entity as test Sysname system view Sysname...

Страница 2049: ...has been revoked A revoked certificate is no longer trusted Example Disable CRL checking Sysname system view Sysname pki domain 1 Sysname pki domain 1 crl check disable crl update period Syntax crl u...

Страница 2050: ...lt no CRL distribution point URL is specified Note that when the URL of the CRL distribution point is not set you should acquire CA certificate and a local certificate and then acquire a CRL through S...

Страница 2051: ...it Modulus 512 bit 00D41D1F Exponent 65537 0x10001 X509v3 extensions X509v3 Subject Alternative Name DNS hyf xxyyzz net X509v3 CRL Distribution Points URI http 1 1 1 1 447 myca crl Signature Algorithm...

Страница 2052: ...policy rule 1 deny mygroup1 rule 2 permit mygroup2 display pki certificate attribute group Syntax display pki certificate attribute group group name all View Any view Parameter group name Name of a ce...

Страница 2053: ...04 GMT CRL extensions X509v3 Authority Key Identifier keyid 0F71448E E075CAB8 ADDB3A12 0B747387 45D612EC Revoked Certificates Serial Number 05a234448E Revocation Date Sep 6 12 33 22 2004 GMT CRL entry...

Страница 2054: ...of an entity as pki domain name com Sysname system view Sysname pki entity 1 Sysname pki entity 1 fqdn pki domain name com ip PKI entity view Syntax ip ip address undo ip View PKI entity view Table 5...

Страница 2055: ...ew PKI domain view Parameter ip address IP address of the LDAP server in dotted decimal format port number Port number of the LDAP server in the range 1 to 65535 By default it is 389 version number LD...

Страница 2056: ...ki entity 1 locality city organization Syntax organization org name undo organization View PKI entity view Parameter org name Organization name a case insensitive string of 1 to 31 characters No comma...

Страница 2057: ...i certificate access control policy policy name all View System view Parameter policy name Name of the certificate attribute based access control policy a case insensitive string of 1 to 16 characters...

Страница 2058: ...p named mygroup and enter its view Sysname system view Sysname pki certificate attribute group mygroup Sysname pki cert attribute group mygroup pki delete certificate Syntax pki delete certificate ca...

Страница 2059: ...ntity name Name for the entity a case insensitive string of 1 to 15 characters Description Use the pki entity command to create a PKI entity and enter its view Use the undo pki entity command to remov...

Страница 2060: ...ificate ca domain cer pem pki request certificate domain Syntax pki request certificate domain domain name password pkcs10 filename filename View System view Parameter domain name Name of the PKI doma...

Страница 2061: ...r for certificate distribution Related command pki domain Example Retrieve the CA certificate from the certificate issuing server Sysname system view Sysname pki retrieval certificate ca domain 1 pki...

Страница 2062: ...ommand pki domain Example Verify the validity of the local certificate Sysname system view Sysname pki validate certificate domain 1 root certificate fingerprint Syntax root certificate fingerprint md...

Страница 2063: ...ered invalid and denied permit Indicates that a certificate matching an attribute rule in the specified attribute group is considered valid and permitted group name Name of the certificate attribute g...

Страница 2064: ...acters No comma can be included Description Use the state command to specify the name of the state or province where an entity resides Use the undo state command to remove the configuration By default...

Страница 2065: ...nfigurations interface interface type interface number Displays the ACLs on the specified interface Description Use the display portal acl command to display the ACLs on the specified interface Exampl...

Страница 2066: ...tion statistics interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 User state statistics State Name User Num VOID 0 DISCOVERED 0 WAIT_AUTHEN_ACK 0 WAIT_AUTHOR_ACK 0 WAIT_LOGIN_ACK 0 WAIT_ACL_ACK 0 WAIT_NEW_...

Страница 2067: ...fields of the display portal connection statistics command Field Description User state statistics Statistics of portal users State Name Name of a user state User Num Number of users VOID Number of us...

Страница 2068: ...request message MSG_LOGIN_REQ Accounting request message MSG_LOGOUT_REQ Accounting stop request message MSG_LEAVING_REQ Leaving request message MSG_ARPPKT ARP message MSG_TMR_REQAUTH Authentication r...

Страница 2069: ...ethernet 1 0 Interface portal configuration Ethernet1 0 Portal running Portal server servername Authentication type Direct Service type Normal Authentication network address 0 0 0 0 mask 0 0 0 0 Tabl...

Страница 2070: ...1 portal Table 539 Description on the fields of the display portal interface command Field Description Interface portal configuration Portal configuration on an interface Ethernet 1 0 Portal state on...

Страница 2071: ...he portal server statistics on Ethernet 1 0 Sysname display portal server statistics interface ethernet 1 0 Interface Ethernet1 0 Server name st Invalid packets 0 Pkt Name Total Discard Checkerr REQ_C...

Страница 2072: ...portal server REQ_LOGOUT Logout request message the portal server sends to the access device ACK_LOGOUT Logout acknowledgment message the access device sends to the portal server AFF_ACK_AUTH Affirma...

Страница 2073: ...Interface Table 542 Description on fields of the display portal tcp cheat statistics command Field Description TCP Cheat Statistic TCP spoofing statistics Total Opens Total number of opened connection...

Страница 2074: ...on The portal authentication subnet for direct authentication is any source IP address and the portal authentication subnet for re DHCP authentication is the one determined by the private IP address o...

Страница 2075: ...th netmask any source any interface interface type interface number ip ip address mask mask length netmask any mac mac address undo portal free rule rule number all View System view Parameter rule num...

Страница 2076: ...source interface is Ethernet 1 0 and destination IP address is any address will not trigger a portal authentication Sysname system view Sysname portal free rule 15 source ip 10 10 10 1 mask 24 interfa...

Страница 2077: ...er Use the undo portal server command to delete the specified portal server or restore the default By default no portal server is configured Note that if the specified portal server exists but there i...

Страница 2078: ...ed portal authentication Description Use the portal server command to enable portal authentication on the interface and specify the portal server to be referenced authentication mode and service type...

Страница 2079: ...terface type interface number View User view Parameter all Clears the portal server statistics on all interfaces interface interface type interface number Clears the portal server statistics on the sp...

Страница 2080: ...2080 CHAPTER 135 PORTAL CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2081: ...t You can operate on the RSH client to remotely execute the OS commands of the RSH server and query access information as well Example Display information about the directories and files on remote ser...

Страница 2082: ...xe 2003 06 21 10 32 69 632 wrshdrun exe 2004 01 02 15 54 196 608 wrshdsp exe 2004 01 02 15 54 102 400 wrshdnt exe 2001 07 30 18 05 766 wrshdnt ico 2004 07 13 09 10 3 253 INSTALL LOG 21 files 1 749 848...

Страница 2083: ...configuration and state of time range trname Sysname display time range trname Current time is 10 45 15 4 14 2005 Thursday Time range trname Inactive from 08 00 12 1 2005 to 23 59 12 31 2100 time rang...

Страница 2084: ...e hh is hours and mm is minutes Its value ranges from 00 00 to 23 59 The date1 argument specifies a date in MM DD YYYY or YYYY MM DD format where MM is the month of the year in the range 1 to 12 DD is...

Страница 2085: ...0 wednesday from 00 00 01 01 2004 to 23 59 12 31 2004 command You may create individual time ranges identified with the same name They are regarded as one time range whose active period is the result...

Страница 2086: ...2086 CHAPTER 137 COMMON CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2087: ...o 5999 name acl name Specifies the name of the ACL which is a case insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters It must start with an English letter and cannot be the English word of all to avoid confusio...

Страница 2088: ...4 ACL but only when it is empty Example Create IPv4 ACL 2000 Sysname system view Sysname acl number 2000 Sysname acl basic 2000 Create IPv4 ACL 2002 giving the ACL a name of flow Sysname system view S...

Страница 2089: ...der ACLs 5000 to 5999 for user defined ACLs dest acl name Name for the new IPv4 ACL a case insensitive string of 1 to 32 characters It must start with an English letter and cannot be the English word...

Страница 2090: ...ed ACL view Parameter text ACL description a case sensitive string of 1 to 127 characters Description Use the description command to create an IPv4 ACL description to describe the purpose of the ACL f...

Страница 2091: ...range that 5000 to 5999 Description Use the display acl command to display information about the specified or all IPv4 ACLs This command displays ACL rules in the order in which the system compares a...

Страница 2092: ...specified or all IPv4 ACLs except for user defined ACLs Example Clear statistics about IPv4 ACL 2001 Sysname reset acl counter 2001 Clear statistics about IPv4 ACL flow Sysname reset acl counter name...

Страница 2093: ...ACL rule or modify the rule if it has existed Use the undo rule command to remove a basic IPv4 ACL rule or parameters from the rule With the undo rule command if no parameters are specified the entir...

Страница 2094: ...addr sour wildcard argument specifies a source IP address in dotted decimal notation Setting the wildcard to a zero indicates a host address The any keyword indicates any source IP address destination...

Страница 2095: ...DP or TCP packets are matched The operator argument can be lt lower than gt greater than eq equal to neq not equal to and range inclusive range port1 port2 TCP or UDP port number represented by a numb...

Страница 2096: ...auto rather than config you cannot modify ACL rules Table 548 Parameters for advanced IPv4 ACL rules Parameter Function Description icmp type icmp type icmp code icmp message Specifies the ICMP messag...

Страница 2097: ...st addr dest mask lsap lsap code lsap wildcard source mac sour addr source mask time range time name type type code type wildcard undo rule rule id View Ethernet frame header ACL view Parameter rule i...

Страница 2098: ...ather than config you cannot modify ACL rules When defining ACL rules you need not assign them IDs The system can automatically assign rule IDs starting with 0 and increasing in certain rule numbering...

Страница 2099: ...y a user defined ACL rule if its permit deny statement is exactly the same as another rule When defining user defined ACL rules you need not assign them IDs The system can automatically assign rule ID...

Страница 2100: ...ame system view Sysname acl number 3000 Sysname acl adv 3000 rule 0 permit ip source 1 1 1 1 0 Sysname acl adv 3000 rule 0 comment This rule is used in eth 1 Create a rule in ACL 4000 and define the r...

Страница 2101: ...five to two the rules are renumbered 0 2 4 6 and 8 Note that even if the current step is the default performing the undo step command can still result in rule renumbering Suppose that ACL 3001 adopts...

Страница 2102: ...2102 CHAPTER 138 IPV4 ACL CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2103: ...English letter and cannot be the English word of all to avoid confusion match order Sets the order in which ACL rules are matched auto Performs depth first match For how depth first match works refer...

Страница 2104: ...an existing IPv6 ACL but only when it is empty Example Create IPv6 ACL 2000 Sysname system view Sysname acl ipv6 number 2000 Sysname acl6 basic 2000 Create IPv6 ACL 2002 giving the ACL a name of flow...

Страница 2105: ...ish word of all to avoid confusion The system will automatically assign the new ACL a sequence number which is the smallest one among the available ones in the ACL range for the ACL type Description U...

Страница 2106: ...purpose of the ACL for example Use the undo description command to remove the IPv6 ACL description By default an IPv6 ACL has no description configured Example Create a description for IPv6 ACL 2000 S...

Страница 2107: ...t This rule is used in eth 1 reset acl ipv6 counter Syntax reset acl ipv6 counter acl6 number all name acl6 name View User view Parameter all All basic and advanced IPv6 ACLs acl6 number IPv6 ACL numb...

Страница 2108: ...ed packets permit Defines a permit statement to allow matched packets to pass fragment Indicates that the rule applies only to non first fragments The rule applies to both fragments and non fragments...

Страница 2109: ...ured in an ACL If the match order for this IPv6 ACL is auto rules are displayed in the depth first match order rather than by rule number Example Create rules in IPv6 ACL 2000 Sysname system view Sysn...

Страница 2110: ...o 128 The any keyword indicates any IPv6 destination address dscp dscp Specifies a DSCP preference The dscp argument can be a number in the range 0 to 63 or in words af11 af12 af13 af21 af22 af23 af31...

Страница 2111: ...k 517 telnet 23 time 37 uucp 540 whois 43 or www 80 UDP port number can be represented in words as follows biff 512 bootpc 68 bootps 67 discard 9 dns 53 dnsix 90 echo 7 mobilip ag 434 mobilip mn 435 n...

Страница 2112: ...For detailed information about step refer to step for IPv4 on page 2100 and step for IPv6 on page 2116 You may use the display acl ipv6 command to verify rules configured in an IPv6 ACL If the match o...

Страница 2113: ...64 bit destination address suffix 5 128 bit source address 6 128 bit destination address source source source prefix source source p refix any Specifies a source IPv6 address The source and source pre...

Страница 2114: ...ollows biff 512 bootpc 68 bootps 67 discard 9 dns 53 dnsix 90 echo 7 mobilip ag 434 mobilip mn 435 nameserver 42 netbios dgm 138 netbios ns 137 netbios ssn 139 ntp 123 rip 520 snmp 161 snmptrap 162 su...

Страница 2115: ...rule id comment View Basic IPv6 ACL view advanced IPv6 ACL view Parameter rule id IPv6 ACL rule number in the range 0 to 65534 text IPv6 ACL rule description a case sensitive string of 1 to 127 charac...

Страница 2116: ...e default By default the rule numbering step is five When defining rules in an IPv6 ACL you do not necessarily assign them numbers The system can do this automatically in steps For example if the defa...

Страница 2117: ...sname system view Sysname acl ipv6 number 2000 Sysname acl6 basic 2000 step 2 Set the rule numbering step to 2 for IPv6 ACL 3000 Sysname system view Sysname acl ipv6 number 3000 Sysname acl6 adv 3000...

Страница 2118: ...2118 CHAPTER 139 IPV6 ACL CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2119: ...command to restore the default By default MD5 is used Note that you need to use the transform command to specify the security protocol as AH or both AH and ESP before specifying the authentication alg...

Страница 2120: ...led it takes over the responsibility of IPSec processing If the encryption switch fabric is disabled or has failed but the IPSec module backup function is enabled the IPSec module takes over the respo...

Страница 2121: ...the command displays detailed information about the specified IPSec policy group Related command ipsec policy system view Example Display brief information about all IPSec policies Sysname display ip...

Страница 2122: ...r 10 mode manual security data flow 100 tunnel local address 162 105 10 1 tunnel remote address 162 105 10 2 proposal name prop1 inbound AH setting AH spi 12345 0x3039 AH string key AH authentication...

Страница 2123: ...e that If you do not specify any keywords or parameters the command displays detailed information about all IPSec policy templates If you specify the name policy name combination but leave the seq num...

Страница 2124: ...hentication md5 hmac 96 encryption des display ipsec sa Syntax display ipsec sa brief duration policy policy name seq number remote ip address Table 562 Description on the fields of display ipsec poli...

Страница 2125: ...rief information about all SAs Sysname display ipsec sa brief Src Address Dst Address SPI Protocol Algorithm 10 1 1 1 10 1 1 2 300 ESP E DES A HMAC MD5 96 10 1 1 2 10 1 1 1 400 ESP E DES A HMAC MD5 96...

Страница 2126: ...or nat traversal N Table 565 Description on the fields of the display ipsec sa command Field Description Interface Interface referencing the IPSec policy path MTU Maximum IP packet length supported by...

Страница 2127: ...on sec 36 300 session flow 8 times matched Sour Addr 15 15 15 1 Sour Port 0 Protocol 1 Dest Addr 15 15 15 2 Dest Port 0 Protocol 1 tunnel id 4 session idle time total duration sec 7 300 session flow 3...

Страница 2128: ...rity packets 0 0 dropped security packet detail not enough memory 0 can t find SA 0 queue is full 0 authentication has failed 0 wrong length 0 Table 566 Description on the fields of the display ipsec...

Страница 2129: ...IPSec protected packets input output security bytes Number of inbound IPSec protected bytes and number of outbound IPSec protected bytes input output dropped security packets Number of inbound IPSec p...

Страница 2130: ...l prop2 to encapsulate IP packets in transport mode Sysname system view Sysname ipsec proposal prop2 Sysname ipsec proposal prop2 encapsulation mode transport encrypt card fast switch Syntax encrypt c...

Страница 2131: ...r md5 Uses the MD5 algorithm which uses a 128 bit key sha1 Uses the SHA1 algorithm which uses a 160 bit key Description Use the esp authentication algorithm command to specify the authentication algor...

Страница 2132: ...on algorithm command to configure ESP so that ESP does not encrypt packets By default the DES algorithm is used Note that 3DES is well suited for environments with high demand on confidentiality and s...

Страница 2133: ...ameter policy name Name of the IPSec policy a case insensitive string of 1 to 15 characters Valid characters are English letters and numbers No minus sign can be included seq number Sequence number of...

Страница 2134: ...there is no primary card an IPSec policy or policy group prefers the first encryption card bound to it Once an IPSec policy or policy group takes a second encryption card as the primary card the new...

Страница 2135: ...an IPSec policy group Note that Only one IPSec policy group can be applied to an interface To apply another IPSec policy group to the interface you need to remove the original application and then app...

Страница 2136: ...licy command to delete the specified IPSec policies By default no IPSec policy exists Note that When creating an IPSec policy the generation mode will be manual if you do not specify it You cannot cha...

Страница 2137: ...tiation Use the undo ipsec policy command to delete an IPSec policy Note that Using the undo IPSec policy command without the seq number argument deletes an IPSec policy group In an IPSec policy an IP...

Страница 2138: ...policy template Example Create an IPSec policy template with the name template1 and the sequence number 100 Sysname system view Sysname ipsec policy template template1 100 Sysname ipsec policy templa...

Страница 2139: ...s and the traffic based global SA lifetime is 1 843 200 kilobytes Note that When negotiating to set up an SA IKE prefers the lifetime of the IPSec policy that it uses If the IPSec policy is not config...

Страница 2140: ...llman group dh group2 Uses 1024 bit Diffie Hellman group dh group5 Uses 1536 bit Diffie Hellman group dh group14 Uses 2048 bit Diffie Hellman group Description Use the pfs command to enable and config...

Страница 2141: ...escription Use the proposal command to specify the IPSec proposal s for the IPSec policy to reference Use the undo proposal command to remove an IPSec proposal reference by the IPSec policy By default...

Страница 2142: ...can also clear encryption card fast switching entries such as disabling the encryption card resetting the encryption card hot plugging the encryption card unbinding a policy and clearing the SA Relat...

Страница 2143: ...e an SA set up through IKE negotiation is cleared the system will set up a new one through negotiation when a packet triggers an IKE negotiation As SAs appear in pairs if you specify the parameters ke...

Страница 2144: ...tistics Syntax reset ipsec statistics View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset ipsec statistics command to clear IPSec message statistics and set all the statistics to zero Related comm...

Страница 2145: ...el must be configured with the same key in the same format Related command ipsec policy system view Example Configure the authentication keys of the inbound and outbound SAs using AH as 0x112233445566...

Страница 2146: ...7 200 seconds Sysname system view Sysname ipsec policy policy1 100 isakmp Sysname ipsec policy isakmp policy1 100 sa duration time based 7200 Set the SA lifetime for the IPSec policy to 20 Mbytes that...

Страница 2147: ...ew Sysname ipsec policy policy1 100 manual Sysname ipsec policy manual policy1 100 sa encryption hex inbound esp 1234567890abcdef Sysname ipsec policy manual policy1 100 sa encryption hex outbound esp...

Страница 2148: ...al policy1 100 sa spi outbound ah 20000 sa string key Syntax sa string key inbound outbound ah esp string key undo sa string key inbound outbound ah esp View IPSec policy view Parameter inbound Specif...

Страница 2149: ...inbound ah abcdef Sysname ipsec policy manual policy1 100 sa string key inbound ah efcdab security acl Syntax security acl acl number undo security acl View IPSec policy view IPSec policy template vie...

Страница 2150: ...ithms are DES and MD5 respectively If AH is used the default authentication algorithm is MD5 If both AH and ESP are used AH takes the authentication algorithm of MD5 by default while ESP takes the enc...

Страница 2151: ...k0 quit Sysname ipsec policy policy1 100 manual Sysname ipsec policy manual policy1 100 tunnel local 10 0 0 1 tunnel remote Syntax tunnel remote ip address undo tunnel remote ip address View IPSec pol...

Страница 2152: ...R 140 IPSEC CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Example Set the remote address of the IPSec tunnel to 10 1 1 2 Sysname system view Sysname ipsec policy policy1 10 manual Sysname ipsec policy policy1 10 tunnel remo...

Страница 2153: ...rithm command to restore the default By default an IKE proposal uses the SHA1 authentication algorithm Related command ike proposal display ike proposal Example Set MD5 as the authentication algorithm...

Страница 2154: ...tificate domain View IKE Peer view Parameter domain name Name of the PKI domain a string of 1 to 15 characters Description Use the certificate domain command to configure the PKI domain of the certifi...

Страница 2155: ...Sysname system view Sysname ike proposal 10 Sysname ike proposal 10 dh group1 display ike dpd Syntax display ike dpd dpd name View Any view Parameter dpd name DPD name a string of 1 to 15 characters...

Страница 2156: ...shared key 123 peer id type ip peer ip address 44 44 44 55 local ip address peer name nat traversal disable dpd dpd1 display ike proposal Syntax display ike proposal View Any view Parameter None Tabl...

Страница 2157: ...e address View Any view Parameter verbose Displays detailed information connection id Displays detailed information about IKE SAs by connection ID in the range 1 to 2000000000 remote address Displays...

Страница 2158: ...MAIN Table 572 Description on the fields of the display ike sa command Field Description total phase 1 SAs Total number of SAs in phase 1 connection id Identifier of the IPSec tunnel peer Remote IP a...

Страница 2159: ...e duration sec 86400 remaining key duration sec 82480 exchange mode MAIN diffie hellman group GROUP1 nat traversal NO Display detailed information about the IKE SA with the remote address of 4 4 4 5 S...

Страница 2160: ...view Parameter 3des cbc Uses the 3DES algorithm in CBC mode as the encryption algorithm The 3DES algorithm uses 168 bit keys for encryption aes cbc Uses the AES algorithm in CBC mode as the encryption...

Страница 2161: ...the undo exchange mode command to restore the default By default main mode is used Note that if the user at one end of an IPSec tunnel obtains IP address automatically for example a dial up user IKE n...

Страница 2162: ...al name remote name remote address local address exchange mode Example Use the ID type of name in IKE negotiation Sysname system view Sysname ike peer peer1 Sysname ike peer peer1 id type name ike dpd...

Страница 2163: ...r Therefore make sure the local gateway name for a device is identical to the remote gateway name configured on its peer Related command remote name id type name Example Configure the local gateway na...

Страница 2164: ...l proposal number View System view Parameter proposal number IKE proposal number in the range 1 to 100 It also stands for the priority with a smaller value meaning a higher priority During an IKE nego...

Страница 2165: ...live transmission function By default no keepalive packet is sent Note that the keepalive interval configured at the local end must be shorter than the keepalive timeout configured at the remote end R...

Страница 2166: ...imer interval Syntax ike sa nat keepalive timer interval seconds undo ike sa nat keepalive timer interval View System view Parameter seconds NAT keepalive interval in seconds in the range 5 to 300 Des...

Страница 2167: ...lti subnet Sets the subnet type to multiple single subnet Sets the subnet type to single Description Use the local command to set the subnet type of the local gateway for IKE negotiation Use the undo...

Страница 2168: ...ame system view Sysname ike peer xhy Sysname ike peer xhy local address 1 1 1 1 nat traversal Syntax nat traversal undo nat traversal View IKE peer view Parameter None Description Use the nat traversa...

Страница 2169: ...128 characters Description Use the pre shared key command to configure the pre shared key to be used in IKE negotiation Use the undo pre shared key command to remove the configuration Related command...

Страница 2170: ...IKE negotiation a string of 1 to 32 characters Description Use the remote name command to configure the name of the remote gateway Use the undo remote name command to remove the configuration If the...

Страница 2171: ...en you clear the SAs of phase 2 Related command display ike sa Example Clear the IPSec tunnel to 202 38 0 2 Sysname display ike sa conn id remote flag phase doi 1 202 38 0 2 RD ST 1 IPSEC 2 202 38 0 2...

Страница 2172: ...w Sysname ike proposal 10 Sysname ike proposal 10 sa duration 600 time out Syntax time out time out undo time out View IKE DPD view Parameter time out DPD packet retransmission interval in seconds in...

Страница 2173: ...ype RSA Encryption Key Key code 30819F300D06092A864886F70D010101050003818D0030818902818100BC4C392A97 734A633BA0F1DB01F84EB51228EC86ADE1DBA597E0D9066FDC4F04776CEA3610D257 8341F5D049143656F1287502C06D39...

Страница 2174: ...A1B66E74E5D1E16693EB 374D677A7A6124EBABD59FE48796C56F3FF919F999AEB97D1F2B83D9B98AC09BC1F7 2E80DBE337CB29989A23378EB21C38EE083F11ED6DC8D4DBE001BA85450CEA071C2A 471C83761E4CF32C174B418612CDD597B441F0CAA...

Страница 2175: ...client source Syntax display sftp client source View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display sftp client source command to display the source IP address or source interface currently set f...

Страница 2176: ...e Display the source IP address of the SSH client Sysname display ssh client source The source IP address you specified is 192 168 0 1 display ssh server Syntax display ssh server status session View...

Страница 2177: ...hentication timeout Authentication timeout period SSH server key generating interval SSH server key pair update interval SSH Authentication retries Maximum number of SSH authentication attempts SFTP S...

Страница 2178: ...mation command to display information about a specified or all SSH users With the username argument not specified the command displays information about all SSH users Related command ssh user Example...

Страница 2179: ...ta It must be a hexadecimal string that is generated randomly by the SSH supported client software and coded compliant to PKCS Related command public key peer public key code end Example Enter public...

Страница 2180: ...30819F300D06092A864886F70D010101050003818D003 0818902818100C0EC8014F82515F6335A0A Sysname pkey key code EF8F999C01EC94E5760A079BD73E4F4D97F3500EDB308 C29481B77E719D1643135877E13B1C531B4 Sysname pkey...

Страница 2181: ...take a few minutes Press CTRL C to abort Input the bits in the modulus default 1024 Generating keys Create local DSA key pair Sysname system view Sysname public key local create dsa The range of publi...

Страница 2182: ...es the format of OpenSSH ssh1 Uses the format of SSH1 ssh2 Uses the format of SSH2 filename Name of the file for storing public key Description Use the public key local export rsa command to display t...

Страница 2183: ...dsa openssh ssh2 filename View System view Parameter openssh Uses the format of OpenSSH ssh2 Uses the format of SSH2 filename Name of the file for storing public key The value range varies by devices...

Страница 2184: ...KJPadu68HRKNl BnjXcitTQchQbzWCFLFqL6xLNolQOHgRx9ozAAAA FQDHcyGMc37I7pk7Ty3tMPSO2s6RXwAAAIEAgiaQCeFOxHS68pMuadOx8YUXrZWUGEzN OrpbsTV75MTPoS0cJPFKyDNNdAkkrOVnsZJliW8T6UILiLFs3ThbdABMs5xsCAhcJGs cXthI5HH...

Страница 2185: ...om the peer through FTP TFTP Example Import a peer public key named key2 from public key file key pub Sysname system view Sysname public key peer key2 import sshkey key pub sftp Syntax sftp server por...

Страница 2186: ...MAC algorithm from server to client defaulted to sha1 Description Use the sftp command to establish a connection to a remote IPv4 SFTP server and enter SFTP client view Note that when the client s aut...

Страница 2187: ...ess interface interface type interface number Specifies a source interface by its type and number Description Use the sftp client source command to specify the source IPv4 address or interface of an S...

Страница 2188: ...erred key exchange algorithm defaulted to dh group exchange dh group exchange Key exchange algorithm diffie hellman group exchange sha1 dh group1 Key exchange algorithm diffie hellman group1 sha1 dh g...

Страница 2189: ...erver idle timeout Syntax sftp server idle timeout time out value undo sftp server idle timeout View System view Parameter time out value Timeout period in minutes It ranges from 1 to 35 791 Descripti...

Страница 2190: ...y of the server is not configured and when logging into the server the client uses the IP address or host name used for login as the public key name Example Configure the public key of the server with...

Страница 2191: ...rce View System view Parameter ipv6 ipv6 address Specifies a source IPv6 address interface interface type interface number Specifies a source interface by its type and number Description Use the ssh c...

Страница 2192: ...sh server authentication retries times undo ssh server authentication retries View System view Parameter times Maximum number of authentication attempts in the range 1 to 5 Description Use the ssh ser...

Страница 2193: ...command display ssh server Example Set the SSH user authentication timeout period to 10 seconds Sysname system view Sysname ssh server authentication timeout 10 ssh server compatible ssh1x enable Synt...

Страница 2194: ...server rekey interval Syntax ssh server rekey interval hours undo ssh server rekey interval View System view Parameter hours Server key pair update interval in hours in the range 1 to 24 Description U...

Страница 2195: ...ich can be one the following password Performs password authentication any Performs either password authentication or publickey authentication The client tries publickey authentication first password...

Страница 2196: ...h user command Related command display ssh user information Example Create an SSH user named user1 and specify the service type as sftp the authentication method as publickey the work folder of the SF...

Страница 2197: ...the client and the server Note that when the client s authentication method is publickey the client needs to get the local private key for validation As the publickey authentication includes RSA and D...

Страница 2198: ...exchange sha1 dh roup1 Key exchange algorithm diffie hellman group1 sha1 dh roup14 Key exchange algorithm diffie hellman group14 sha1 prefer stoc cipher Preferred encryption algorithm from server to...

Страница 2199: ...2199 Preferred HMAC algorithm from server to client SHA1 96 Sysname ssh2 ipv6 2000 1 prefer kex dh group 1 prefer stoc cipher aes128 prefer ctos hmac md5 prefer stoc hmac sha1 96...

Страница 2200: ...2200 CHAPTER 142 SSH2 0 CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2201: ...sftp client bye Bye Sysname cd Syntax cd remote path View SFTP client view Parameter remote path Name of a path on the server Description Use the cd command to change the working path on a remote SFT...

Страница 2202: ...ame of a file on the server 1 10 means that you can provide up to 10 filenames which are separated by space Description Use the delete command to delete a specified file from a server This command fun...

Страница 2203: ...m detailed file and folder information under the current working directory sftp client dir rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 1759 Aug 23 06 52 config cfg rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 225 Aug 24 08 01 pubkey2 rwx...

Страница 2204: ...c Local file temp c Downloading file successfully ended help Syntax help all command name View SFTP client view Parameter all Displays a list of all commands command name Name of a command Description...

Страница 2205: ...ormation under the current working directory sftp client ls rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 1759 Aug 23 06 52 config cfg rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 225 Aug 24 08 01 pubkey2 rwxrwxrwx 1 noone nogroup 283 Aug...

Страница 2206: ...file temp c Remote file temp1 c Uploading file successfully ended pwd Syntax pwd View SFTP client view Parameter None Description Use the pwd command to display the current working directory of a remo...

Страница 2207: ...he following files will be deleted temp c Are you sure to delete it Y N y This operation may take a long time Please wait File successfully Removed rename Syntax rename oldname newname View SFTP clien...

Страница 2208: ...SFTP server 1 10 means that you can provide up to 10 filenames that are separated by space Description Use the rmdir command to delete a specified directory from an SFTP server Example On the SFTP se...

Страница 2209: ...nge algorithm of RSA the data encryption algorithm of DES_CBC and the MAC algorithm of SHA rsa_rc4_128_md5 Specifies the key exchange algorithm of RSA the data encryption algorithm of 128 bit RC4 and...

Страница 2210: ...server policy policy1 Sysname ssl server policy policy1 client verify enable close mode wait Syntax close mode wait undo close mode wait View SSL server policy view Parameter None Description Use the...

Страница 2211: ...erver policy policy name all View Any view Parameter policy name SSL server policy name a string of 1 to 16 characters all Displays information about all SSL server policies Description Use the displa...

Страница 2212: ...me is 3 600 seconds Example Set the handshake timeout time of SSL server policy policy1 to 3 000 seconds Sysname system view Sysname ssl server policy policy1 Sysname ssl server policy policy1 handsha...

Страница 2213: ...ient domain prefer cipher Syntax prefer cipher rsa_3des_ede_cbc_sha rsa_aes_128_cbc_sha rsa_aes_256_cbc_sha rsa_des_cbc_sha rsa_rc4_128_md5 rsa_rc4_128_sha undo prefer cipher View SSL client policy vi...

Страница 2214: ...ize timeout View SSL server policy view Parameter cachesize size Sets the maximum number of cached sessions in the range 100 to 1 000 timeout time Sets the caching timeout time in the range 1 800 to 7...

Страница 2215: ...ame system view Sysname ssl client policy policy1 Sysname ssl client policy policy1 ssl server policy Syntax ssl server policy policy name undo ssl server policy policy name all View System view Param...

Страница 2216: ...SL 3 0 tls1 0 Specifies TLS 1 0 Description Use the version command to specify the SSL protocol version for an SSL client policy Use the undo version command to restore the default By default the SSL...

Страница 2217: ...s 9000 UsedBandWidth b s 8000 Table 582 Description on the fields of the display standby flow command Field Description Interfacename Name of the main interface Flow interval s Intervals for checking...

Страница 2218: ...own Indicates that the physical link is not available for data transmission for example because no cable connection is present Standby The state of the backup interface when the main interface is func...

Страница 2219: ...t the interface or the main interface of the interface or all backup interfaces of the interface are all removed U USED Indicates that the interface is being used as a main interface or backup interfa...

Страница 2220: ...d command standby interface Example Configure the available bandwidth used for setting the thresholds on the main interface Serial 2 0 for load sharing to 10000 kbps Sysname system view Sysname interf...

Страница 2221: ...1 to 99 disable threshold Specifies lower value of the load sharing threshold It indicates the percentage of the available main interface bandwidth that the traffic load must be less than for the bac...

Страница 2222: ...delay Specifies failover delay or the delay for the interface to switch its state from main to standby It ranges from 0 to 65535 seconds disable delay Fallback delay or the delay for the interface to...

Страница 2223: ...ted after backup interfaces are specified Related command standby interface Example Configure load sharing backup bandwidth and flow check interval on interface Serial 2 0 to 60 seconds Sysname system...

Страница 2224: ...main interface or a backup interface One interface can be associated with one Track object If you execute this command repeatedly on one interface the new configuration will overwrite the original on...

Страница 2225: ...Use the display vrrp command to display the state information of VRRP If you do not specify verbose only the brief state information of VRRP is displayed If you specify both interface and standby gro...

Страница 2226: ...belongs VRID Number of the standby group Adver Timer VRRP advertisement interval Admin Status Administrative state UP or DOWN State Status of the router in the standby group master backup or initiali...

Страница 2227: ...ismatch 0 Packet Length Errors 0 Address List Errors 0 Become Master 1 Priority Zero Pkts Rcvd 0 Advertise Rcvd 16 Priority Zero Pkts Sent 0 Advertise Sent 40 Interface Ethernet1 1 VRID 105 CheckSum E...

Страница 2228: ...ndby groups on the device are cleared Example Clear the statistics about all the standby groups on the device Sysname reset vrrp statistics vrrp vrid authentication mode Syntax vrrp vrid virtual route...

Страница 2229: ...de command to configure authentication mode and authentication key for the VRRP standby groups to send and receive VRRP packets Use the undo vrrp vrid authentication mode command to restore the defaul...

Страница 2230: ...IP address and the MAC address before configuring a standby group Otherwise your configuration will fail Example Associate the virtual IP address of the standby group with the real MAC address of the...

Страница 2231: ...view Parameter virtual router id Virtual router ID or VRRP standby group number in the range 1 to 255 timer delay delay value Sets preemption delay The delay value argument ranges from 0 to 255 and de...

Страница 2232: ...d priority View Interface view Parameter virtual router id VRRP standby group number in the range 1 to 255 priority value Priority value of the router in the specified standby group in the range 1 to...

Страница 2233: ...VRRP advertisements is 1 second Note that Before executing the command create a standby group on an interface and configure the virtual IP address of the standby group Routers in the same VRRP standby...

Страница 2234: ...s command can be nonexistent You can use the vrrp vrid track command to specify a Track object and then create the Track object using the track command n For details of the Track object refer to Track...

Страница 2235: ...aces should only be PPP protocol the dialer interface should function as the PPPoE client and operate in the permanent online mode and the BRI interface should work in the dedicated line mode Example...

Страница 2236: ...egment and are legal host addresses can the standby group operate normally If the configured virtual IP address and the interface IP address do not belong to the same network segment or the configured...

Страница 2237: ...e state information of VRRP for IPv6 If you do not specify verbose only the brief state information of VRRP is displayed If you specify both interface and standby group only the state information of t...

Страница 2238: ...terface to which the standby group belongs VRID Number of the standby group Adver Timer VRRP advertisement interval in centiseconds Admin Status Administrative state UP or DOWN State Status of the rou...

Страница 2239: ...rrors 0 Hop Limit Errors 0 Auth Failures 0 Invalid Auth Type 0 Auth Type Mismatch 0 Packet Length Errors 0 Address List Errors 0 Become Master 1 Priority Zero Pkts Rcvd 0 Advertise Rcvd 0 Priority Zer...

Страница 2240: ...groups on the device are cleared Example Clear the statistics about all the standby groups on the device Sysname reset vrrp ipv6 statistics vrrp ipv6 method Syntax vrrp ipv6 method real mac virtual ma...

Страница 2241: ...guring a standby group Otherwise your configuration will fail Example Associate the virtual IP address of the standby group with the real MAC address of the routing interface Sysname system view Sysna...

Страница 2242: ...s disabled Note that Before executing the command create a standby group on an interface and configure the virtual IP address of the standby group You may configure different authentication types and...

Страница 2243: ...n delay set if the backup member does not receive the packet from the master member duly it waits for a period to see whether it can receive any packet from the master If the specified period elapses...

Страница 2244: ...pv6 vrid 1 priority 150 vrrp ipv6 vrid timer advertise Syntax vrrp ipv6 vrid virtual router id timer advertise adver interval undo vrrp ipv6 vrid virtual router id timer advertise View Interface view...

Страница 2245: ...interface By default no interface is being tracked Note that Before executing the command create a standby group on an interface and configure the virtual IPv6 address of the standby group When the r...

Страница 2246: ...e a link local address and only one such address is allowed in a standby group Use the vrrp ipv6 vrid virtual ip command to add a virtual IPv6 address to a standby group Use the undo vrrp ipv6 vrid co...

Страница 2247: ...User view Parameter file file url Specifies a file name a string of 1 to 64 characters slot slot number Specifies the slot number of a card The value range varies with devices main Specifies a file a...

Страница 2248: ...OM part Operates only the extension part of Boot ROM Boot ROM includes the basic part and the extension part Description Use the bootrom command to read restore back up or upgrade the Boot ROM program...

Страница 2249: ...nd primary secondary attribute of a BootROM file on a card or a device Related command boot loader Example Display the file adopted for the current and next boot of a device The prompt information of...

Страница 2250: ...ption Use the display cpu usage command to display the CPU usage statistics The system takes statistics of CPU usage at intervals usually every 60 seconds and saves the statistical results in the hist...

Страница 2251: ...tion on fields of the display boot loader command Field Description CPU usage info no idx Information of CPU usage records no The no 1 th record is currently displayed no numbers from 0 a smaller numb...

Страница 2252: ...e Slot No Board Type Status Max Ports 0 AR49 45 RPU Board Normal 4 6 DFIC 24FSW Normal 26 11 FIX SNDE Normal 1 Display detailed information of cards on a device The displayed information varies with d...

Страница 2253: ...2 0 CPLD VER 2 0 DSP VER 2 0 DSP 0 Normal DSP 1 Normal DSP 2 Normal DSP 3 Normal Slot 6 Status Normal Type DFIC 24FSW Hardware 2 0 Driver 1 0 CPLD 1 0 Slot 11 Status Normal Type FIX SNDE Hardware 3 0...

Страница 2254: ...f the current card VCPM VCPM status PCB CPLD FPGA version of VCPM of the current main board VCPMA VCPM status PCB CPLD FPGA version of VCPM of the current interface card VPMx VPM status PCB CPLD DSP v...

Страница 2255: ...erature information of all cards or subcards The displayed information depends on the device model Example Display the temperature information of cards Sysname display environment System Temperature i...

Страница 2256: ...iew Parameter None Description Use the display license command to display the software registration information of a device n Only users at monitor level or a higher level can execute this command Exa...

Страница 2257: ...to display the status of the power supply of a device Example Display the status of the power supply of a device The displayed information varies with devices Table 598 Descriptions on the fields of...

Страница 2258: ...ay the reboot type of the card in slot 2 of the device Sysname display reboot type slot 2 The rebooting type this time is Cold The above information indicates that the last reboot type of the device i...

Страница 2259: ...erial number of a device Sysname system view Sysname license register VZa47 6AbBh gtO9c K47A0 F79D8 dE84O tg2j0 Register successfully reboot Syntax reboot slot slot number View User view Parameter slo...

Страница 2260: ...slot slot number Specifies the slot number of a card The value range varies with devices Description Use the remove command to remove a card n This command is supported only on MSR 50 series routers c...

Страница 2261: ...the dd value depends on a specific month Description Use the schedule reboot at command to enable the scheduled reboot function and specify a specific reboot time and date Use the undo schedule reboo...

Страница 2262: ...006 06 06 in 0 hour s and 16 minute s confirm Y N If you have used the terminal logging command to enable the log display function on the terminal before setting a reboot time the system will automati...

Страница 2263: ...le operations when the device is to be rebooted the system does not execute the command for the sake of security c CAUTION This command reboots the device after the specified delay time thus resulting...

Страница 2264: ...number Slot number The value range varies with devices lower value Lower temperature limit in Celsius degrees in the range 0 to 30 upper value Upper temperature limit in Celsius degrees in the range...

Страница 2265: ...arger than the fill data the system fills the character string cyclically to encapsulate the packet until it is full For example when the fill data is abcd and the size of a probe packet is 3 byte abc...

Страница 2266: ...Sysname system view Sysname nqa entry admin test Sysname nqa admin test type icmp echo Sysname nqa admin test icmp echo data size 80 description any NQA test type view Syntax description text undo de...

Страница 2267: ...ype icmp echo Sysname nqa admin test icmp echo destination ip 10 1 1 1 destination port Syntax destination port port number undo destination port View TCP UDP echo UDP jitter test type view Parameter...

Страница 2268: ...ed Example Display the results of the last test Sysname display nqa result administrator jitter NQA entry admin administrator tag jitter test results Destination IP address 192 168 0 81 Send operation...

Страница 2269: ...due to other errors Failures due to other errors UDP jitter results UDP jitter test results available only in UDP jitter tests RTT number Number of response packets received SD max delay Maximum dela...

Страница 2270: ...egative jitter delays from the destination to the source Negative SD number Number of negative jitter delays from the source to the destination Negative DS number Number of negative jitter delays from...

Страница 2271: ...ansferred between the FTP server and the FTP client as config txt Sysname system view Sysname nqa entry admin test Sysname nqa admin test type ftp Sysname nqa admin test ftp filename config txt freque...

Страница 2272: ...igure the interval between two consecutive tests as 1000 milliseconds Sysname system view Sysname nqa entry admin test Sysname nqa admin test type icmp echo Sysname nqa admin test icmp echo frequency...

Страница 2273: ...HTTP test Sysname system view Sysname nqa entry admin test Sysname nqa admin test type http Sysname nqa admin test http http version v1 0 next hop Syntax next hop ip address undo next hop View ICMP ec...

Страница 2274: ...group view Use the undo nqa command to remove the test group Note that if the test type has been configured for the test group you will directly enter NQA test type view when you execute the nqa comm...

Страница 2275: ...s from the end of a test to the beginning of the next test the NQA test is in the waiting status Example Configure the maximum number of the tests that the NQA client can simultaneously perform as 50...

Страница 2276: ...ever operation FTP test type view Syntax operation get put undo operation View FTP test type view Parameter get Obtains a file from the FTP server put Transfers a file to the FTP server Description Us...

Страница 2277: ...face number Type and number of the interface that is performing a DHCP test Description Use the operation interface command to specify the interface to perform a DHCP test Use the undo operation inter...

Страница 2278: ...test type view Parameter times Number of probes in a test in the range 1 to 15 Description Use the probe count command to configure the number of probes in a test Use the undo probe count command to r...

Страница 2279: ...e the default By default the interval for sending consecutive packets is 20 milliseconds Example Configure the interval for sending consecutive packets as 100 milliseconds Sysname system view Sysname...

Страница 2280: ...d to restore the default By default the timeout time in a UDP jitter test is 3000 milliseconds Example Configure the timeout time for waiting for responses in a UDP jitter test as 100 milliseconds Sys...

Страница 2281: ...obe failures occurrences Number of consecutive probe failures in the range 1 to 16 action type Triggered action type defaulting to none none No actions trigger only Triggers collaboration between othe...

Страница 2282: ...the network management server if the total number of probe failures in an NQA test is larger than or equal to cumulate probe failures For one test the trap is sent only when the test is completed cumu...

Страница 2283: ...iew Parameter interface type interface number Interface type and the interface number of the source interface of a probe packet Description Use the source interface command to specify the IP address o...

Страница 2284: ...robe request By default no source IP address is specified For an ICMP echo test if no source IP address is specified but the source interface is specified the IP address of the source interface is tak...

Страница 2285: ...in the IP header in an NQA probe packet Use the undo tos command to restore the default By default the ToS field in the IP header of an NQA probe packet is 0 Example Configure the ToS field in a IP pa...

Страница 2286: ...test type icmp echo Sysname nqa admin test icmp echo ttl 16 type Syntax type dhcp dlsw ftp http icmp echo snmp tcp udp echo udp jitter View NQA test group view Parameter dhcp DHCP test dlsw DLSw test...

Страница 2287: ...admin test http url index htm username FTP test type view Syntax username username undo username View FTP test type view Parameter username Username used to log onto the FTP server a string of 1 to 3...

Страница 2288: ...string of 1 to 31 characters It is case sensitive Description Use the vpn instance command to specify a VPN instance Use the undo vpn instance command to remove the specified VPN instance By default...

Страница 2289: ...status Sysname display nqa server status nqa server is enabled tcp connect IP Address Port Status 2 2 2 2 2000 active udp echo IP Address Port Status 3 3 3 3 3000 inactive Table 602 Description on th...

Страница 2290: ...ver tcp connect ip address port number undo nqa server tcp connect ip address port number View System view Parameter ip address IP address specified for the TCP listening service on the NQA server por...

Страница 2291: ...Parameter ip address IP address specified for the UDP listening service on the NQA server port number Port number specified for the UDP listening service on the NQA server in the range 1 to 50000 Desc...

Страница 2292: ...2292 CHAPTER 150 NQA SERVER CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Sysname system view Sysname nqa server udp echo 169 254 10 2 9000...

Страница 2293: ...0 1481 1500 1501 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Protocol Total Packets Stream Packets Active sec Idle sec Streams Sec Sec stream stream stream Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 DstIP DstP SrcIP SrcP Pro Tos Interface Pkts 3 3 3 2 0 1...

Страница 2294: ...when the reset ip netstream statistics command otherwise the Last statistics reset time never field is displayed Last statistics reset time never Statistics have never been cleared IP packet number o...

Страница 2295: ...ption on the fields of the display ip netstream export command Field Description Version 5 export information Statistics for exported version 5 statistics packets Stream source interface Source interf...

Страница 2296: ...rce AS number destination AS number inbound interface index and outbound interface index destination prefix Destination prefix aggregation by destination AS number destination address mask length dest...

Страница 2297: ...m view and the IP address and port number in aggregation view are those configured by users in system view Note that Different destination hosts can be configured in different aggregation views You ca...

Страница 2298: ...0 ip netstream export version Syntax ip netstream export version version number origin as peer as undo ip netstream export version View System view Parameter version number Version number for NetStre...

Страница 2299: ...the default Example Set the NetStream cache size to 5000 Sysname system view Sysname ip netstream max entry 5000 ip netstream timeout active Syntax ip netstream timeout active minutes undo ip netstrea...

Страница 2300: ...ream timeout inactive command to restore the default Related command ip netstream timeout active c CAUTION You can configure the active aging timer and inactive aging timer at the same time When eithe...

Страница 2301: ...cted 4 candidate 5 configured Total associations 1 Table 605 Description on the fields of the display ntp service sessions command Field Description source IP address of the clock source reference Ref...

Страница 2302: ...000 UTC Jan 1 1900 00000000 00000000 now The length of time in minutes from when the last NTP message was received or when the local clock was last updated to the current time The time is in second by...

Страница 2303: ...the local clock source Table 606 Description on the fields of the display ntp service status command Field Description Clock status Status of the system clock Clock stratum Stratum level of the local...

Страница 2304: ...query When a device receives an NTP request it will perform an access control right match and will use the first matched right n The ntp service access command provides only a minimum degree of securi...

Страница 2305: ...uthentication Sysname system view Sysname ntp service authentication enable ntp service authentication keyid Syntax ntp service authentication keyid keyid authentication mode md5 value undo ntp servic...

Страница 2306: ...adcast client View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the ntp service broadcast client command to configure the device to work in the NTP broadcast client mode Use the undo ntp service broa...

Страница 2307: ...ication ke yid 4 version 3 ntp service in interface disable Syntax ntp service in interface disable undo ntp service in interface disable View Interface view Parameters None Description Use the ntp se...

Страница 2308: ...ic NTP sessions to 50 Sysname system view Sysname ntp service max dynamic sessions 50 ntp service multicast client Syntax ntp service multicast client ip address undo ntp service multicast client ip a...

Страница 2309: ...ulticast server command to configure the device to work in the NTP multicast server mode Use the undo ntp service multicast server command to remove the device as an NTP multicast server Example Confi...

Страница 2310: ...eyid keyid View System view Parameter keyid Authentication key number in the range of 1 to 4294967295 Description Use the ntp service reliable authentication keyid command to specify that the created...

Страница 2311: ...ication keyid keyid priority source interface interface type interface number version number undo ntp service unicast peer vpn instance vpn instance name ip address peer name View System view Paramete...

Страница 2312: ...ot include vpn instance vpn instance name in this command the command will remove the symmetric passive peer with the IP address of ip address in the public network Example Designate the device with t...

Страница 2313: ...nicast server command to remove an NTP server designated for the device No NTP server is designated for the device by default n If you specify a VPN instance name this VPN must exist and at least one...

Страница 2314: ...2314 CHAPTER 152 NTP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2315: ...enables risingOrFallingAlarm Latest value 0 Table 608 Description on the fields of the display rmon alarm command Field Description Alarm table Alarm entry index 1 in this example owned by Owner of th...

Страница 2316: ...ation information displayed by the display current configuration command Related command rmon event Example Display the configuration of RMON event table Sysname display rmon event Event table 1 owned...

Страница 2317: ...owned by user1 is VALID Generates eventLog 1 1 at 0days 00h 01m 39s Description The 1 3 6 1 2 1 16 1 1 1 4 1 defined in alarm table 1 less than or 100 with alarm value 0 Alarm sample type is absolute...

Страница 2318: ...e invalid entry and with the display current configuration and display this commands you cannot view the corresponding rmon commands Samples Interface The sampled interface Sampling interval Sampling...

Страница 2319: ...l exist forever Latest value 0 utilization Bandwidth utilization during the sampling period Table 611 Description on the fields of the display rmon history command Field Description Table 612 Descript...

Страница 2320: ...023 0 1024 1518 0 When startup enables How can an alarm be triggered This entry will exist The lifetime of the entry which can be forever or span the specified period Latest value The last sampled val...

Страница 2321: ...ranges from 0 to 65535 with 0 meaning no corresponding event is triggered and no event action is taken when an alarm is triggered etherStatsMulticastPkts The number of multicast packets received by th...

Страница 2322: ...vent entry1 argument If the falling threshold is reached triggers the event specified by the event entry2 argument n Before creating an alarm entry define the events to be referenced in the event tabl...

Страница 2323: ...munity name being trap community when the event occurs trap community represents the community name of the network management station that receives trap message a string of 1 to 127 characters owner t...

Страница 2324: ...d entry from the RMON history control table This command enables RMON to periodically sample and save for an interface data such as bandwidth utilization errors and total number of packets for later r...

Страница 2325: ...ng interval Sampling interval in the range 10 to 65 535 seconds absolute changeratio delta Sets the sampling type to absolute delta or change ratio rising threshold threshold value1 event entry1 Sets...

Страница 2326: ...old value1 and falling threshold threshold value2 are identical to those of the existing alarm entry the system considers their configurations the same and the creation fails You can create up to 50 p...

Страница 2327: ...RMON statistics group collects information on how a monitored port is being used and records errors Statistics include number of collisions CRC alignment errors number of undersize or oversize packets...

Страница 2328: ...2328 CHAPTER 153 RMON CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2329: ...cess control Example Display the local SNMP agent switch fabric ID Sysname display snmp agent local switch fabricid SNMP local EngineID 800007DB7F0000013859 display snmp agent community Syntax display...

Страница 2330: ...fied Storage type nonVolatile Table 614 Descriptions on the fields of display snmp agent community Field Description Community name Community name Group name SNMP group name Acl The number of the ACL...

Страница 2331: ...ay snmp agent mib view View name ViewDefault MIB Subtree iso Subtree mask Storage type nonVolatile View Type included View status active View name ViewDefault MIB Subtree snmpUsmMIB Subtree mask Stora...

Страница 2332: ...cts retrieved successfully 0 MIB objects altered successfully 0 GetRequest PDU accepted and processed 0 GetNextRequest PDU accepted and processed 0 GetBulkRequest PDU accepted and processed 0 GetRespo...

Страница 2333: ...which had noSuchName error status Number of PDUs with a noSuchName error SNMP PDUs which had tooBig error status Maximum packet size 1500 Number of PDUs with a tooBig error the maximum packet size is...

Страница 2334: ...one Description Use the display snmp agent trap list command to display the modules that can send the Trap messages and whether their Trap sending is enabled or not If a module comprises of multiple s...

Страница 2335: ...r name Displays SNMPv3 user information for a specified user name It is case sensitive group group name Displays SNMPv3 user information for a specified SNMP group name It is case sensitive Descriptio...

Страница 2336: ...function on an interface and use the snmp agent trap enable standard linkdown linkup command to enable this function globally Related command snmp agent target host snmp agent trap enable Example Enab...

Страница 2337: ...with acl number indicating the ACL number in the range 2 000 to 2 999 mib view view name Specifies the MIB view name associated with community name where view name represents the MIB view name a strin...

Страница 2338: ...ntication Specifies the security model of the SNMP group to be authentication only without privacy privacy Specifies the security model of the SNMP group to be authentication and privacy read view rea...

Страница 2339: ...gent local switch fabricid command to restore the default By default the switch fabric ID of a device is the combination of company ID and device ID Device ID varies by product it could be an IP addre...

Страница 2340: ...uded view name oid tree mask mask value undo snmp agent mib view view name View System view Parameter excluded Indicates that not all nodes of the MIB tree are included in current view included Indica...

Страница 2341: ...in the range 484 to 17 940 The default value is 1 500 bytes Description Use the snmp agent packet max size command to configure the maximum number of bytes in an SNMP packet that can be received or s...

Страница 2342: ...touch with the manufacturer in case of network failures The system location information is a management variable under the system branch as defined in RFC1213 MIB it identifies the location of the ma...

Страница 2343: ...Use the snmp agent target host command to configure the related settings for a Trap target host Use the undo snmp agent target host command to remove the current settings To enable the device to send...

Страница 2344: ...ing of LSP Trap packets ospf process id ospf trap list Enables the sending of OSPF Trap packets The parameter process id is the process ID and spf trap list is the Trap packet list standard Enables th...

Страница 2345: ...em view Sysname snmp agent target host trap address udp domain 10 1 1 1 pa rams securityname public Sysname snmp agent trap enable standard authentication snmp agent trap if mib link extended Syntax s...

Страница 2346: ...time for SNMP Traps is 120 seconds Related command snmp agent trap enable snmp agent target host Example Configure the life time for Trap packets as 60 seconds Sysname system view Sysname snmp agent t...

Страница 2347: ...d to restore the default By default SNMP chooses the IP address of an interface to be the source IP address of the Trap message Use this command to trace a specific event by the source IP address of a...

Страница 2348: ...SHA 96 auth password Authentication password a string of 1 to 64 characters privacy Specifies that the security mode is privacy aes128 Specifies the privacy protocol to be advanced encryption standard...

Страница 2349: ...nt community snmp agent local switch fabricid Example Add a user John to the SNMP group Johngroup Configure the security model to be authentication the authentication protocol to be HMAC MD5 96 and th...

Страница 2350: ...2350 CHAPTER 154 SNMP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2351: ...ASCII 128 or invisible characters ASCII 33 A filename cannot contain characters such as Space or can be included in a filename but it cannot be the first or the last character of the filename and ther...

Страница 2352: ...as wildcards For example to remove files with the expansion of txt you may use the delete txt command Description Use the delete command to remove a specified file from the storage device to the recyc...

Страница 2353: ...file 1 rw 16044820 Oct 30 2006 15 46 58 main bin 2 rwh 4 Oct 31 2006 14 08 16 snmpboots 3 rw 2012 Oct 30 2006 16 17 28 config cfg 4 rwh 828 Oct 30 2006 16 17 26 private data txt 5 drw Oct 31 2006 14 2...

Страница 2354: ...ut operations that may bring undesirable results such as file corruption or data loss quiet Disables the system to warn you about any operation Description Use the file prompt command to set a prompt...

Страница 2355: ...format cf All data on cf will be lost proceed with format Y N y Format cf completed mkdir Syntax mkdir directory View User view Parameter directory Name of a directory Description Use the mkdir comma...

Страница 2356: ...test application for you This file contains a summary of what you will find in each of the fi les that make up your test application Test dsp This file the project file contains information at the pro...

Страница 2357: ...evice to function normally Before removing a mounted storage device from the system you should first unmount it to avoid damaging the device Related command umount n The support of this command varies...

Страница 2358: ...n will fail Example Display the current path Sysname pwd cf rename Syntax rename fileurl source fileurl dest View User view Parameter fileurl source Name of the source file or directory fileurl dest N...

Страница 2359: ...r command to remove a directory The directory must be an empty one If it is not first delete all files and subdirectory under it with the delete command Example Remove directory mydir Sysname rmdir my...

Страница 2360: ...system you should first unmount it to avoid damaging the device By default a storage device is in the mounted state You can use it without mounting it Related command mount Example Unmount a CF card o...

Страница 2361: ...fy this filename the original filename will be used With a device that supports main backup function this command only backups the main configuration file for next startup With a device that does not...

Страница 2362: ...the display saved configuration command if you have saved the configuration file after the device starts up the information last saved in the configuration file is displayed Related command save reset...

Страница 2363: ...startup Current startup saved configuration file cf config cfg Next main startup saved configuration file cf config cfg Next backup startup saved configuration file NULL reset saved configuration Synt...

Страница 2364: ...evice is being cleared Please wait Configuration in the device is cleared restore startup configuration Syntax restore startup configuration from src addr src filename View User view Parameter src add...

Страница 2365: ...file Description Use the save command to save the current configuration to the specified configuration file If no filename is specified the system saves the configuration file in an interactive way In...

Страница 2366: ...alidating file Please wait Now saving current configuration to the device Saving configuration cf testcfg cfg Please wait Configuration is saved to cf successfully Sysname Save the current configurati...

Страница 2367: ...ain configuration file after the execution of the startup saved configuration cfgfile backup command the configuration file has both main and backup attributes For a backup configuration file after th...

Страница 2368: ...2368 CHAPTER 156 CONFIGURATION FILE MANAGEMENT COMMANDS...

Страница 2369: ...ommand Related command ftp timeout and ftp update Example Display the FTP server configuration Sysname display ftp server FTP server is running Max user number 1 User count 1 Timeout value in minute 3...

Страница 2370: ...released is transmitting a file the connection between the user and the FTP server is terminated after the file transmission Example Manually release the FTP connection established with username of f...

Страница 2371: ...the default After you log onto the FTP server you set up an FTP connection When the connection is disrupted the FTP server if not notified cannot realize that and maintains the connection all the same...

Страница 2372: ...PTER 157 FTP SERVER CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Use the undo ftp update command to restore the default namely the normal mode Example Set the FTP update mode to normal Sysname system view Sysname ftp updat...

Страница 2373: ...scription Use the ascii command to set the file transfer mode to ASCII for the FTP connection FTP provides two file transfer modes ASCII and binary To transfer text files use the ASCII mode to transfe...

Страница 2374: ...ption Use the bye command to disconnect from the remote FTP server and exit to user view Example Terminate the connection with the remote FTP server and exit to user view ftp bye 221 Server closing cd...

Страница 2375: ...iption Use the close command to terminate the connection to the FTP server but remain in FTP client view This command is equal to the disconnect command Example Terminate the connection to the FTP ser...

Страница 2376: ...ASCII mode data connection for sample file The parsed reply is 150 FTPC File transfer started with the signal light turned on FTPC File transfer completed with the signal light turned off 226 Transfer...

Страница 2377: ...TP server Use the dir remotefile localfile command to display the detailed information of the specified file or directory on the remote FTP server and save the displayed information into a local file...

Страница 2378: ...Currently this command displays the configuration information of the source address If the currently valid source address is the source IP address this command displays the configured source IP addre...

Страница 2379: ...mand is higher than that with the ftp client source command If you specify the source address with the ftp client source command first and then with the ftp command the source address specified with t...

Страница 2380: ...es the original one and vice versa If the source address is specified with the ftp client source command and then with the ftp command the source address specified with the latter one is used to commu...

Страница 2381: ...hout specifying any parameters you will simply enter the FTP client view without logging onto the FTP server If you specify the parameter you will be asked to enter the username and password for acces...

Страница 2382: ...ls command to view the information of all the files and subdirectories under the current directory of the remote FTP server The file names and subdirectory names are displayed Use the ls remotefile c...

Страница 2383: ...p quit Sysname more aa txt logfile mkdir Syntax mkdir directory View FTP client view Parameter directory Directory name Description Use the mkdir command to create a subdirectory under the specified d...

Страница 2384: ...rameter server address IP address or host name of the remote FTP server service port Port number of the remote FTP server in the range 0 to 65535 The default value is 21 i interface type interface num...

Страница 2385: ...FTP passive is on put Syntax put localfile remotefile View FTP client view Parameter localfile Local file name remotefile Name of the file to be saved on the remote FTP server Description Use the put...

Страница 2386: ...command to disconnect from the remote FTP server and exit to user view Example Disconnect from the remote FTP server and exit to user view ftp quit 221 Server closing Sysname remotehelp Syntax remoteh...

Страница 2387: ...s a list of available ftp commands The following is an available FTP command list Those with are not yet implemented Those commands with are not yet implemented USER Username PASS Password CWD Change...

Страница 2388: ...the files in the remote recycle bin under the directory will be automatically deleted Example Delete the cf temp1 directory from the FTP server ftp rmdir cf temp1 200 RMD command successful user Synta...

Страница 2389: ...ged onto the FTP server and relogs onto the current FTP server with the username of ftp2 Suppose username ftp2 and password 123123123123 have been configured on the FTP server ftp user ftp2 331 Passwo...

Страница 2390: ...2390 CHAPTER 158 FTP CLIENT CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2391: ...tftp client configuration The source IP address is 192 168 0 123 n Currently this command displays the source address configuration information If the currently valid source address is the source IP a...

Страница 2392: ...001 rule permit source 2030 5060 9050 64 Sysname acl6 basic 2001 quit Sysname tftp server ipv6 acl 2001 tftp Syntax tftp server address get put sget source filename destination filename source interfa...

Страница 2393: ...wnloaded successfully Upload the config cfg file from the storage device to the default path of the TFTP server with the IP address of 192 168 0 98 and save it as config bak Specify the source IP inte...

Страница 2394: ...lid for the current tftp command Related command display tftp client configuration Example Specify the source IP address of the TFTP client to 2 2 2 2 Sysname system view Sysname tftp client source ip...

Страница 2395: ...a TFTP server or upload a specified local file to a TFTP server This command applies to IPv6 network Example Download filetoget txt from TFTP server Sysname tftp ipv6 fe80 250 daff fe91 e058 i ethern...

Страница 2396: ...2396 CHAPTER 159 TFTP CLIENT CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2397: ...nterface number Specifies the ICMP echo request sending interface by its type and number m interval Specifies the interval in milliseconds to send an ICMP echo response in the range 1 to 65535 The def...

Страница 2398: ...ice Description Use the ping command to verify whether the destination device in an IP network is reachable and to display the related statistics Note that You must use the command in the form of ping...

Страница 2399: ...or host name a string of 1 to 46 characters of the destination device i interface type interface number Specifies an outgoing interface by its type and number This parameter can be used only in case...

Страница 2400: ...ault value is 33434 You do not need to modify this parameter q packet number Specifies the number of probe packets sent each time in the range 1 to 65535 The default value is 3 vpn instance vpn instan...

Страница 2401: ...o 1 and must be less than the maximum TTL m max ttl Specifies the maximum TTL that is the maximum allowed number of hops for a packet in the range 1 to 255 It defaults to 30 and must be greater than t...

Страница 2402: ...2402 CHAPTER 160 SYSTEM MAINTAINING COMMANDS Sysname tracert ipv6 3002 1 traceroute to 3002 1 30 hops max 60 bytes packet 1 3003 1 30 ms 10 ms 10 ms 2 3002 1 10 ms 11 ms 9 ms...

Страница 2403: ...f their number and content You can use the debugging module name command to display the currently supported options Description Use the debugging command to enable the debugging of a specific module U...

Страница 2404: ...ging Syntax display debugging interface interface type interface number module name View Any view Parameter interface interface type interface number Displays the debugging settings of the specified i...

Страница 2405: ...clock datetime command to set the current time and date The current time and date of the device must be set in an environment that requires the acquisition of absolute time You may choose not to provi...

Страница 2406: ...f the start date to the end time of the end date Summer time adds the add time to the current time of the device Use the undo clock summer time command to cancel the configuration of the summer time A...

Страница 2407: ...the format of HH MM SS hours minutes seconds The zeros in the argument can be omitted except for indicating 0 hours end date End date which can be set in two ways Enter the year month and date at one...

Страница 2408: ...off clock timezone display clock Example For the summer time in abc2 between 06 00 00 on 08 01 2007 and 06 00 00 on 09 01 2007 and from 06 00 00 08 01 to 06 00 00 on 09 01 each year after 2007 set the...

Страница 2409: ...the specified view Use the undo command privilege view command to restore the default By default the commands under each view have their respective command levels Generally do not modify the default...

Страница 2410: ...figure user count command to restore the default configuration Two users are allowed to configure in system view by default Related command display configure user n The support for the command varies...

Страница 2411: ...ay clock View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display clock command to view the current system time and date The current system time and date are decided by the clock datetime clock summer...

Страница 2412: ...rameters are used display the specified information For example isis Displays the isis configuration isp Displays the ISP configuration post system Displays the post system configuration radius templa...

Страница 2413: ...regular expression Character Meaning Note Starting sign the string following it appears only at the beginning of a line Regular expression user matches a string begins with user not Auser Ending sign...

Страница 2414: ...At this time you can use the display diagnostic information command to collect prompt information of the commands display clock display version display device display current configuration Example Sa...

Страница 2415: ...tory command max size on page 2460 for related configuration Example Display validated history commands in current user view the display information varies with configuration Sysname display history c...

Страница 2416: ...on ESC_B Move the cursor one word back ESC_D Delete remainder of word ESC_F Move the cursor forward one word ESC_N Move the cursor down a line ESC_P Move the cursor up a line ESC_ Specify the beginnin...

Страница 2417: ...software Version 5 20 Beta 1202P02 Standard Copyright c 2004 2006 Hangzhou Huawei 3Com Technology Co Ltd All rights reserved H3C MSR30 20 uptime is 0 week 0 day 0 hour 17 minutes Last reboot 2006 10...

Страница 2418: ...m Configuration for the detailed information Description Use the header command to create a banner Use the undo header command to clear a banner Example Configure a banner in user view Sysname system...

Страница 2419: ...Assigns the hot key Ctrl L to a command CTRL_O Assigns the hot key Ctrl O to a command CTRL_T Assigns the hot key Ctrl T to a command CTRL_U Assigns the hot key Ctrl U to a command command The comman...

Страница 2420: ...ne CTRL_F Move the cursor one character right CTRL_H Erase the character left of the cursor CTRL_K Kill outgoing connection CTRL_N Display the next command from the history buffer CTRL_P Display the p...

Страница 2421: ...t Example Return to user view from Ethernet view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 return Sysname super Syntax super level View User view Parameter level User level in the range 0 to...

Страница 2422: ...witch to a higher user level however they need to enter the password The password can be set with the super password command If the entered password is incorrect or no password is configured the switc...

Страница 2423: ...the configuration file saves a simple password If cipher is specified the configuration file saves a cipher password The user must always enter a simple password no matter simple or cipher is specifi...

Страница 2424: ...fying device name affects the prompt of the CLI For example if the device name is Sysname the prompt of user view is Sysname Example Set the name of the device to R2000 Sysname system view Sysname sys...

Страница 2425: ...me on page 2432 Description Use the display channel command to display channel information If no channel is specified information for all channels is displayed Example Display information for channel...

Страница 2426: ...verwritten messages 740 channel number 4 channel name logbuffer Trap buffer channel name A specified channel name which varies with user s configuration For more information refer to info center chann...

Страница 2427: ...and channel name s used SNMP Agent channel number 5 channel name snmpagent The SNMP agent channel information including the channel number s and channel name s used Log buffer enabled max buffer size...

Страница 2428: ...isplays log information that contains a specified character or string text Regular expression Table 627 Severity description Character Meaning Remarks emergencies 0 The system is unavailable alerts 1...

Страница 2429: ...mand interface Aux0 The rest is omitted here Addition used to match a subexpression before it one or multiple times zo can map to zo and zoo but not z Hyphen It connects two values the smaller one bef...

Страница 2430: ...ffer Dropped messages The number of dropped messages Overwritten messages The number of overwritten messages when the buffer size is not big enough to hold all messages the latest messages overwrite t...

Страница 2431: ...Jun 20 10 52 48 495 2006 Sysname DEV 5 BOARD TEMP NORMAL The rest is omitted here display logfile summary Syntax display logfile summary View Any view Parameter None Description Use the display logfil...

Страница 2432: ...ssages 0 Current messages 1 Dec 31 14 01 25 2004 Sysname DEV 2 LOAD FINISHED Trap 1 3 6 1 4 1 2011 2 23 1 12 1 20 frameIndex is 0 slotIndex 0 4 info center channel name Syntax info center channel chan...

Страница 2433: ...nnel View System view Parameter channel number Specifies a channel number in the range 0 to 9 channel name Specifies a channel name which could be a default name or one that is defined by the user The...

Страница 2434: ...nfo center logbuffer channel channel number channel name size buffersize undo info center logbuffer channel size View System view Parameter buffersize Specifies the maximum number of log messages in a...

Страница 2435: ...able View System view Parameter None Description Use the info center logfile enable command to enable the output of system information to the log file Use the undo info center logfile enable command t...

Страница 2436: ...e quota size undo info center logfile size quota View System view Parameter size The maximum capacity of a disk in MB the default range varies with devices The value however cannot be smaller than 1MB...

Страница 2437: ...sname mkdir test Created dir cf test Set the directory to save the log file to cf test Sysname system View Sysname info center logfile switch directory cf test info center loghost Syntax info center l...

Страница 2438: ...g 1 1 1 1 16 Sysname system view Sysname info center loghost 1 1 1 1 info center loghost source Syntax info center loghost source interface type interface number undo info center loghost source View S...

Страница 2439: ...on to the monitor is enabled with a default channel name of monitor and a default channel number of 1 Note that the info center monitor channel command takes effect only after the information center i...

Страница 2440: ...ew Parameter module name Specifies the output rules of the system information of the specified modules which vary with devices For instance if information on ARP module is to be output you can configu...

Страница 2441: ...ly set the output rules for a module you must use the module name argument to modify or remove the rules The new configuration by using the default keyword is invalid on the module Example Set the out...

Страница 2442: ...er s input is interrupted by system information then after the completion of system output the system will not display command line prompt but just print the user s input Example Enable synchronous in...

Страница 2443: ...0 to 59 and sss ranging from 0 to 999 yyyy Represents the year none Indicates no time information is provided Description Use the info center timestamp command to configure the time stamp format Use t...

Страница 2444: ...ame Specifies a channel name which could be a default name or one that is defined by the user The user needs to specify a channel name first before using it as a self defined channel name For more inf...

Страница 2445: ...e Set to manually save the log buffer contents into the log file Sysname logfile save reset logbuffer Syntax reset logbuffer View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset logbuffer command t...

Страница 2446: ...the display of debug information on the current terminal Sysname terminal debugging Current terminal debugging is on terminal logging Syntax terminal logging undo terminal logging View User view Param...

Страница 2447: ...l monitor command automatically disables the monitoring of log trap and debug information By default the monitoring of the console is enabled and the monitoring of the terminal is disabled Example Ena...

Страница 2448: ...played using the terminal trapping command only after the monitoring of system information is enabled on the current terminal first using the terminal monitor command Example Enable the display of tra...

Страница 2449: ...t in the range 2000 to 4999 where 2000 to 2999 are the basic ACL number 3000 to 3999 are the advanced ACL number 4000 to 4999 are the layer 2 ACL number inbound Controls dial in for a user interface o...

Страница 2450: ...if you input an ASCII code value 97 the system will use its corresponding character a as the shortcut key if you input the string b c the system will use the first letter b as the shortcut key By def...

Страница 2451: ...te command command the system automatically executes the command when a user logs on from the interface where the command is configured After the command is completed the connection breaks automatical...

Страница 2452: ...scheme Performs authorization and authentication of AAA For details about AAA refer to AAA Configuration Commands on page 1913 command authorization Performs command line authorization HWTACACS allow...

Страница 2453: ...is 321 Sysname system view Sysname user interface vty 0 Sysname ui vty0 authentication mode scheme Sysname ui vty0 quit Sysname local user 123 Sysname luser 123 password cipher 321 Sysname luser 123 s...

Страница 2454: ...y View Any view Parameter num1 Absolute number of a user interface The value range varies by device and normally starts from 0 num2 Relative number of a user interface in the following rules For the A...

Страница 2455: ...type TTY 1 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 17 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 33 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 49 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 65 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX User interface type AUX 81 X User interface type VTY 82 XUXU U 3 character m...

Страница 2456: ...mode Table 635 Description on the fields of the display user interface summary command Field Description User interface type Type of user interface CON TTY AUX VTY 0 X 0 represents the absolute number...

Страница 2457: ...key if you input the string q c the system will use the first letter q as the shortcut key By default you can use Ctrl C to terminate a task After defining a new shortcut key using the escape key comm...

Страница 2458: ...of in or out in indicates passive flow control meaning flow on the local device is controlled by the remote device out indicates active flow control meaning the local device controls flow on the remot...

Страница 2459: ...ete flow control Sysname system view Sysname user interface console 0 Sysname ui console0 flow control software out hardware in Configure adopt software mode for both active and passive flow control i...

Страница 2460: ...ame free user interface vty 0 Not allowed to clear current UI history command max size Syntax history command max size size value undo history command max size View User interface view Parameter size...

Страница 2461: ...le or not Example Set the idle timeout timer to 1 minute and 30 seconds Sysname system view Sysname user interface console 0 Sysname ui console0 idle timeout 1 30 lock Syntax lock View User view Param...

Страница 2462: ...enable the modem to dial in or dial out Use the undo modem command to disable this function By default dial in and dial out are disabled on the modem n This command takes effect on the AUX port and o...

Страница 2463: ...r interface view Parameter time Timeout time in the range 1 to 60 seconds Description Use the modem timer answer command to set the timeout interval spent waiting for the carrier signal after the off...

Страница 2464: ...terface view Parameter all Supports all the protocols including Telnet SSH and PAD pad Supports PAD only ssh Supports SSH only telnet Supports Telnet only Description Use the protocol inbound command...

Страница 2465: ...user interface Example Manually terminate a redirected Telnet connection Sysname system view Sysname user interface tty 1 Sysname ui tty1 redirect disconnect redirect enable Syntax redirect enable un...

Страница 2466: ...ed Telnet connections Use the undo redirect listen port command to restore the default listening port The default number of the listening port for redirected Telnet connections equals absolute user in...

Страница 2467: ...return deal from telnet Syntax redirect return deal from telnet undo redirect return deal from telnet View User interface view Parameter None Description Use the redirect return deal from telnet comm...

Страница 2468: ...l are not processed n The redirect commands are supported on the AUX and TTY user interfaces only Execute other redirect commands after using the redirect enable command to enable redirection on the u...

Страница 2469: ...ngth command to restore the default or 24 lines Multiple screen output is supported on the device If you press Space when information display pauses the system continues to display information of the...

Страница 2470: ...ress Ctrl C to remove this operation when inputting messages Example Send the message hello abc to the Console user interface Sysname send console 0 Enter message end with CTRL Z or Enter abort with C...

Страница 2471: ...t password easily gets cracked Therefore you are recommended to use cipher text password Related command authentication mode Example Set the local authentication password for the user interface Consol...

Страница 2472: ...en a Telnet terminal logs in The connection was closed by the remote host speed in user interface view Syntax speed speed value undo speed View User interface view Parameter speed value Transmission r...

Страница 2473: ...et the stop bits on the user interface Use the undo stopbits command to restore the default or one stop bit n The command is only applicable to asynchronous serial interfaces including AUX and Console...

Страница 2474: ...ntax user privilege level level undo user privilege level View User interface view Parameter level Command level in the range 0 to 3 n Command level is divided into four levels of visit monitor system...

Страница 2475: ...e varies with devices and normally starts from 0 but cannot be smaller than the first num1 first num2 Relative number of the first user interface in the following rules For the AUX port the value is 0...

Страница 2476: ...2476 CHAPTER 164 USER INTERFACE CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Sysname system view Sysname user interface vty 0 3 Sysname ui vty0 3...

Страница 2477: ...vlan id is in the range 1 to 4094 count Displays the total number of MAC addresses in the MAC address table mac address Specifies a MAC address in the format of H H H dynamic Displays dynamic MAC add...

Страница 2478: ...address aging time 300s The above information indicates that the aging time of dynamic entries in the MAC address table is 300 seconds display mac address mac learning Syntax display mac address mac l...

Страница 2479: ...hernet interface view Parameter dynamic Dynamic MAC address entries Aging time is set for these entries static Static MAC address entries Similar to blackhole MAC address entries these entries do not...

Страница 2480: ...ress blackhole dynamic static mac address vlan vlan id undo mac address dynamic static mac address interface interface type interface number vlan vlan id undo mac address dynamic static interface inte...

Страница 2481: ...ation cannot survive a reboot save it after completing the configuration The dynamic entries however will be lost whether you save the configuration or not Related command display mac address Example...

Страница 2482: ...le forwarding View Ethernet interface view aggregation port group view Parameter count Maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on a port When the argument takes 0 the VLAN is not allowed t...

Страница 2483: ...nt disable forwarding mac address timer Syntax mac address timer aging seconds no aging undo mac address timer aging View System view Parameter aging seconds Sets a aging time for dynamic MAC address...

Страница 2484: ...2484 CHAPTER 165 MAC ADDRESS TABLE MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2485: ...ly poe profile command to apply the PoE configuration file to the current PoE interface Use the undo apply poe profile command to remove the application of the PoE configuration file to the current Po...

Страница 2486: ...erface number View Any view Parameter interface type interface number Interface type and interface number Description Use the display poe interface command to display the power information of the spec...

Страница 2487: ...ical PoE interface power deny The PSE refuses to supply power The power required by the powered device PD is higher than the configured power power itself The external equipment is supplying power for...

Страница 2488: ...support different power supply modes Port Current Power Current power of a PoE interface including PD consumption power and transmission loss The transmission loss usually does not exceed one watt Th...

Страница 2489: ...power required by the powered device PD is higher than the configured power power itself The external equipment is supplying power for itself power limit The PSE is supplying a limited power The powe...

Страница 2490: ...me display poe power usage PoE Current Power 600 W PoE Max Power 2000 W PoE Max Guaranteed Power 1000 W PoE Remaining Allocate Power 800 W PoE Remaining Guaranteed Power 600 W PoE Total Powered Port N...

Страница 2491: ...Field Description PoE Current Power Total consumption power of the PSE PoE Max Power Maximum PoE power PoE Max Guaranteed Power Guaranteed maximum PoE power namely the maximum power supplied to critic...

Страница 2492: ...pted yes The power of the PSE is preempted so that it can supply power although PoE is enabled for the PSE PSE Power Priority Power priority of the PSE PSE Current Power Current power of the PSE PSE A...

Страница 2493: ...er Tyco Electronics Com Type PSE2500 B Status Normal Table 645 Description on fields of the display poe power command Field Description PoE Current Power Current PoE power PoE Average Power Average Po...

Страница 2494: ...of the configurations and applications of existing PoE configuration files will be displayed Example Display all information of the configurations and applications of the current PoE configuration fil...

Страница 2495: ...rtened form of the PoE interface to which the PoE configuration is applied Configuration Configurations of the PoE configuration file poe profile s created Number of PoE configuration files port s app...

Страница 2496: ...ation file are applied successfully only the configurations that currently take effect on the interface are displayed poe disconnect Syntax poe disconnect ac dc undo poe disconnect Interface Shortened...

Страница 2497: ...ct dc poe enable Syntax poe enable undo poe enable View PoE interface view PoE profile file view Parameter None Description Use the poe enable command to enable PoE on a PoE interface Use the undo poe...

Страница 2498: ...pse command to enable PoE for the PSE Use the undo poe enable pse command to disable PoE for the PSE By default PoE is disabled for the PSE n The support for this command varies with devices Example...

Страница 2499: ...max power command to restore the default maximum power of a PoE interface By default the maximum power of the PoE interface is 15 400 milliwatts Example Set the maximum power of Ethernet 1 0 to 12 00...

Страница 2500: ...ply to these PoE interfaces When the consumption power of all PDs connected to the PSE is greater than the maximum power of the PSE some PDs will be powered off The sum of the maximum power of all PSE...

Страница 2501: ...interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 apply poe profile name abc poe pd description Syntax poe pd description string undo poe pd description View PoE interface view Parameter string Description o...

Страница 2502: ...is power is first supplied to the PD connected to this critical PoE interface high Sets the power priority of a PoE interface to high low Sets the power priority of a PoE interface to low Description...

Страница 2503: ...oe priority pse pse id View System view Parameter critical Sets the power priority level of the PSE to critical The PSE whose power priority level is critical works in guaranteed mode that is power is...

Страница 2504: ...e pse id View System view Parameter full Specifies to upgrade the PSE processing software in full mode when the software is unavailable refresh Specifies to upgrade the PSE processing software in refr...

Страница 2505: ...eshold If the percentage of the power utilization always keeps above the alarm threshold the system does not send any Trap message Instead when the percentage of the power utilization drops below the...

Страница 2506: ...onfiguration file starting from 1 If a PoE configuration file is already applied to a PoE interface you cannot delete it To delete the file you must first execute the undo apply poe profile command to...

Страница 2507: ...o the Linux OS on an OAP module You can press Ctrl k to return from the Linux OS on an OAP module to the command line interface on the router Example Switch from command line interface on the router t...

Страница 2508: ...Before resetting an OAP module you are recommended to save the data on Linux OS and shut down the Linux OS to avoid service interruption and hardware data loss After the reset the Linux OS on the OAP...

Страница 2509: ...ient info Syntax display acfp client info client id View Any view Parameters client id Displays information of the specified ACFP client where client id represents the ACFP client ID in the range of 1...

Страница 2510: ...rface number Displays all the policies that use the specified interface destination interface for connecting to the ACFP client where interface type interface number is the interface type and interfac...

Страница 2511: ...he active or inactive policies If no argument is specified the command will display the information about all the policies Example Display the information about the effective policies for all the inte...

Страница 2512: ...ut interface keyword the command will display all the ACFP rule cache information Example Display all the ACFP rule cache information Sysname display acfp rule cache ACFP rule cache total items 2 Idx...

Страница 2513: ...se the display acfp rule info command to display ACFP rule information Idx Hash index SIP Source IP address SPort Source port number DIP Destination IP address DPort Destination port number Pro Protoc...

Страница 2514: ...licy Index 1 Rule Index 1 SIP 192 168 132 122 SMask 0 0 0 255 SPort 65500 to 65535 DIP 192 168 112 115 DMask 0 0 0 255 DPort 65500 to 65535 Protocol ipinip Establish false Fragment false DSCP AF11 Act...

Страница 2515: ...mbers for other modes Action Action permit deny mirror and redirect Status Rule status active and inactive Table 653 Description on the fields of the display acfp rule info command Field Description T...

Страница 2516: ...type and interface number out interface interface type interface number Clears the ACFP rule cache for the specified outbound interface where interface type interface number is the interface type and...

Страница 2517: ...rver Use the undo acsei server enable command to disable ACSEI server By default ACSEI server is disabled Examples Enable ACSEI server Sysname system view Sysname acsei server enable acsei server Synt...

Страница 2518: ...default the sychronization timer is set to five minutes Examples Set the synchronization timer from ACSEI server to ACSEI client to 20 minutes Sysname system view Sysname acsei server Sysname acsei s...

Страница 2519: ...client close 1 acsei client reboot Syntax acsei client reboot client id View ACSEI server view Parameters client id ID of the ACSEI client to be restarted in the range of 1 to 10 Description Use the...

Страница 2520: ...1 Status Open MAC Address 00e0 fc0a c3ef Interface GigabitEthernet5 0 Last registered 02 08 2007 12 00 00 client ID 2 Status Open MAC Address 00e0 fa1e 03da Interface GigabitEthernet6 0 Last register...

Страница 2521: ...card 256 MB Memory 512 MB Harddisk 40 0 GB Display information about all ACSEI clients Sysname display acsei client info Total client Number 2 client ID 1 client Description Hardware System Software...

Страница 2522: ...d version of the ACSEI client CPU CPU information of the ACSEI client PCB Version PCB version of the ACSEI client CPLD Version CPLD version of the ACSEI client Bootrom Version Boot ROM version of the...

Страница 2523: ...odule For description on the oap connect slot command refer to oap connect slot on page 2507 acsei client debug disable Syntax acsei client debug disable View Any directory of the Linux system Paramet...

Страница 2524: ...EI client debugging will be displayed ACSEI client debugging is displayed through a pipe therefore part of the debugging information may fail to be displayed when the pipe is full Examples Display the...

Страница 2525: ...client automatically when the system is started up Sysname oap connect slot 6 Connected to OAP root localhost chkconfig acseid on service acseid condrestart Syntax service acseid condrestart View Any...

Страница 2526: ...ration file only when the ACSEI client is started Otherwise you will fail to load the ACSEI client configuration file Examples Load the ACSEI client configuration file Sysname oap connect slot 6 Conne...

Страница 2527: ...vice acseid start command to start an ACSEI client By default the ACSEI client installed on the OAP module is started Examples Start an ACSEI client that is running Sysname oap connect slot 6 Connecte...

Страница 2528: ...vice acseid stop View Any directory of the Linux system Parameters None Description Use the service acseid stop command to stop an ACSEI client By default the ACSEI client installed on the OAP is star...

Страница 2529: ...ck ID 1 Status Positive Reference Object NQA Entry admin test Reaction 10 track Syntax track track entry number nqa entry admin name operation tag reaction item num undo track track entry number Table...

Страница 2530: ...command to create the Track object associated with the specified Reaction entry of the NQA test group Use the undo track command to delete the created Track object By default no Track object is create...

Страница 2531: ...g of IPX type 20 propagation packet is disabled Delay of this IPX interface in ticks is 1 SAP GNS response is enabled RIP packet maximum size is 432 bytes SAP packet maximum size is 480 bytes IPX enca...

Страница 2532: ...er the interface is enabled to respond to SAP GNS requests RIP packet maximum size Maximum size of RIP updating packet on the current interface SAP packet maximum size Maximum size of SAP updating pac...

Страница 2533: ...0000 0000 0000 Time 0 Interface 1 0020 9c68 448e Vlan interface1 State Active Protocol Static Preference 60 Ticks 1 Hops 1 Nexthop 2 000e 0001 0000 Time 0 Interface 2 0020 9c68 448f Vlan interface2 St...

Страница 2534: ...se keywords are not specified Example Display default IPX routing information Sysname display ipx routing table protocol default Default routing tables Summary count 0 Default routing tables status ac...

Страница 2535: ...ame network network order network type type service type verbose View Any view Parameter inactive Displays inactive service information name name Displays the service information of a server The name...

Страница 2536: ...Recv If Interface from which the se rvice is received Number of Static Entries 2 Number of Dynamic Entries 0 Name Type NetId S Prn1 0005 000d S Prn2 0005 0008 Display detailed IPX service information...

Страница 2537: ...errors 0 bad hops 16 0 discarded hops 16 0 other errors 0 local destination 0 can not be dealt with Statistics of the received packets including the total number of received packets the number of padd...

Страница 2538: ...guration Example Enable IPX Sysname system view Sysname ipx enable SAP 0 general requests received 0 specific requests received 0 GNS requests received 0 general responses sent 0 specific responses se...

Страница 2539: ...tion format By default IPX frame encapsulation format is dot3 Ethernet_802 3 The command is only applicable to the layer 3 Ethernet interface and the VLAN interface Example Specify the IPX frame encap...

Страница 2540: ...of the interface By default no network ID is allocated to an interface that is IPX is still disabled on the interface after IPX is enabled in system view Example Assign network ID 675 to the interface...

Страница 2541: ...ize of each routing information item is 8 bytes and the size of IPX header plus RIP header is 32 bytes So an updating packet can carry up to 50 routing information items at most Example Specify the ma...

Страница 2542: ...sname system view Sysname ipx rip multiplier 5 ipx rip timer update Syntax ipx rip timer update seconds undo ipx rip timer update View System view Parameter seconds RIP updating interval in seconds ra...

Страница 2543: ...tination network 1 tick 1 18 second ranging from 1 to 65 534 The default is 1 When the tick value of the outgoing interface is modified the tick value of the corresponding static route will also be ch...

Страница 2544: ...System view Parameter paths Maximum number of routes to the same destination including both static and dynamic routes in the range 1 to 255 Description Use the ipx route max reserve path command to s...

Страница 2545: ...ax ipx sap gns disable reply undo ipx sap gns disable reply View Interface view Parameter None Description Use the ipx sap gns disable reply command to disable the interface from responding to IPX GNS...

Страница 2546: ...length undo ipx sap max reserve servers View System view Parameter length Maximum reserve queue length of the same type service information ranging from 1 to 2 048 Description Use the ipx sap max rese...

Страница 2547: ...st Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 ipx sap mtu 674 ipx sap multiplier Syntax ipx sap multiplier multiplier undo ipx sap multiplier View System view Parameter mul...

Страница 2548: ...interval as 300 seconds Sysname system view Sysname ipx sap timer update 300 ipx service Syntax ipx service service type server name network node socket hop hopcount preference preference undo ipx se...

Страница 2549: ...service information item Example Add a static service information item with the service type being 4 service name FileServer server network ID 130 node value 0000 0a0b abcd server hop 1 and server pre...

Страница 2550: ...face Ethernet 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname interface ethernet 1 0 Sysname Ethernet1 0 ipx tick 5 ipx update change only Syntax ipx update change only undo ipx update change only View Interface view...

Страница 2551: ...500 Description Use the ping ipx command to check host reachability and network connectivity in an IPX network Example Ping the destination address at 675 0000 a0b0 fefe Sysname ping ipx 675 0000 a0b0...

Страница 2552: ...e added deleted freed Direct 1 1 1 0 0 Static 9 9 14 5 5 RIP 0 0 0 0 0 Default 0 0 0 0 0 Total 10 10 15 5 5 Clear IPX static route statistics Sysname reset ipx routing table statistics protocol static...

Страница 2553: ...uses a gatekeeper GK to provide IP voice services sip Uses the SIP port port number Port number in the range of 1 to 65535 The default port number is 5060 proxy Uses the SIP proxy server to implement...

Страница 2554: ...urope standard is used This command applies to 2 wire loop trunk subscriber line FXO only Once this command is configured the configuration will be effective to all the analog FXO voice cards on the d...

Страница 2555: ...undo busytone t th View Analog FXO voice subscriber line view Parameter time threshold Number of busy tone periods for detection in the range of 2 to 12 A bigger value means a longer busy tone detecti...

Страница 2556: ...ber line Use the undo cid display command to disable CID By default CID is enabled on an analog FXS voice subscriber line Example Enable CID on voice subscriber line 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname vo...

Страница 2557: ...XO voice subscriber line view Parameter None Description Use the cid send command to enable the FXS or FXO voice subscriber line to send calling numbers to the remote end Use the undo cid send command...

Страница 2558: ...ata message format SDMF If the remote end supports one format only you must use the same message format at the local end Example Set the format of the transmitted caller identification information to...

Страница 2559: ...ority g711alaw G 711 A law codec defining the pulse code modulation technology requiring a bandwidth of 64 kbps usually adopted in Europe g711ulaw G 711 law codec requiring a bandwidth of 64 kbps usua...

Страница 2560: ...er flexibility for application The voice quality provided by g729r8 and g729a is similar to the ADPCM of 32 kbps having the quality of a toll and also featuring low bandwidth lesser event delay and me...

Страница 2561: ...val 30 ms Table 667 G 723 r53 algorithm Packet assembly interval Bytes coded in a time unit Packet length bytes IP Network bandwidth IP Packet length bytes IP PPP Network bandwidth IP PPP Coding laten...

Страница 2562: ...t length bytes IP Network bandwidth IP Packet length bytes IP PPP Network bandwidth IP PPP Coding latency 10 ms 40 80 64 kbps 86 68 8 kbps 10 ms 20 ms 80 120 48 kbps 126 50 4 kbps 20 ms 30 ms 120 160...

Страница 2563: ...sembly interval of 30ms Two communication parties can communicate normally only if they share some identical coding decoding algorithms If the codec algorithm between two connected devices is not cons...

Страница 2564: ...pe View Voice view Parameter country type locale Configure the current device to play the call progress tones of a specified country or regions Currently call progress tones of 64 countries or regions...

Страница 2565: ...s NZ New Zealand NG Nigeria NO Norway PK Pakistan PA Panama PH Philippines PL Poland PT Portugal RU Russian Federation SA Saudi Arabia SG Singapore SK Slovakia SI Slovenia ZA South Africa ES Spain SE...

Страница 2566: ...l busy tone congestion tone dial tone ringback tone special dial tone waiting tone amplitude value undo cptone tone type all busy tone congestion tone dial tone ringback tone special dial tone waiting...

Страница 2567: ...ning the pulse code modulation technology requiring a bandwidth of 64 kbps usually adopted in Europe g711ulaw G 711 law codec requiring a bandwidth of 64 kbps usually adopted in North America and Japa...

Страница 2568: ...ame voice dial default entity compression 1st level g723r53 default entity payload size Syntax default entity payload size g711 g723 g726r16 g726r24 g726r32 g726r40 g729 time length undo default entit...

Страница 2569: ...al program view Parameter None Description Use the default entity vad on command to globally configure enabling silence detection as the default value Use the undo default entity vad on command to res...

Страница 2570: ...subscriber line command to restore the default value You can use this command to increase the power of voice signal on the subscriber lines if the signal is too weak Related command transmit gain Exa...

Страница 2571: ...elay start mode The value ranges from 20 to 2 000 Description Use the delay rising command to configure a delay time from when the terminating side detects a seizure signal to when it sends a delay si...

Страница 2572: ...dtmf 3000 delay send wink Syntax delay send wink milliseconds undo delay send wink View E M voice subscriber line view Parameter send wink milliseconds Specifies an interval in milliseconds from when...

Страница 2573: ...in the wink start mode Related command em signal Example Set the duration the terminating side sends wink signals in the wink start mode to 700 milliseconds Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sy...

Страница 2574: ...000 delay start dial Syntax delay start dial seconds undo delay start dial View FXS FXO voice subscriber line view Parameter seconds Dial delay in seconds in the range of 0 to 10 Description Use the d...

Страница 2575: ...scription text undo description View FXS FXO E M voice subscriber line view Parameter text Description string of voice subscriber line consisting of up to 80 characters Description Use the description...

Страница 2576: ...the call information table Description Use the display voice call info command to display the contents in the call information table Example Display the brief information of the call information table...

Страница 2577: ...rmation related to CMC module Description Use the display voice cmc command to display messages which are related to CMC module These messages mainly contain call control block messages and statistic...

Страница 2578: ...ay LGS statistics information related to the CMC module Sysname display voice cmc statistic lgs ACCP Message statistics between CMC and LGS Send SETUP message 0 Send SETUP_ACK message 0 Send ALERTING...

Страница 2579: ...he call Call Leg Number Indicates the number of call legs of the call Active Service Indicates the number of services involved in the call Spl Protocol Indicates the type of protocol used in the call...

Страница 2580: ...29 30 system 30 Table 677 Description on fields of the display voice default command Field Description fax ecm ECM mode is used for Fax fax protocol t38 Fax protocol for intercommunication fax redunda...

Страница 2581: ...ill display a great deal of information So if you just want to view the configuration information of voice entities you can use the display voice entity command Example Display the configuration infor...

Страница 2582: ...g 0 Send_Connect 0 Send_ReleaseComplete 0 Send_FacilityIndUserInput 0 Send_FacilityTCSRequest 0 Send_FacilityTCSAck 0 Send_FacilityTCSReject 0 Send_FacilityOLCRequest 0 Send_FacilityOLCAck 0 Send_Faci...

Страница 2583: ...es CallProceeding Statistics of CallProceeding messages Alerting Statistics of Alerting messages Connect Statistics of Connect messages ReleaseComplete Statistics of ReleaseComplete messages FacilityI...

Страница 2584: ...ice subscriber line line number View Any view Parameter line number Subscriber line number Description Use the display voice subscriber line command to view the configuration information of the subscr...

Страница 2585: ...ndex 1 458 Index 2 9 Index 3 9 Index 4 9 Index 5 9 Index 6 3 Index 7 12 Index 8 12 Index 9 30 Index 10 300 Index 11 3200 Index 12 375 Timer Dial Interval 10 Timer Wait Digit 5 Timer Ring Back 60 Delay...

Страница 2586: ...ire Cable type of analog E M voice interface E M Type Circuit type of analog E M voice interface Slic Gain SLIC gain configuration of analog E M voice interface Physical Information Physical statistic...

Страница 2587: ...IP packets that carry the RTP stream of VoIP voice entity to af41 Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial entity 2 voip Sysname voice dial entity2 dscp m...

Страница 2588: ...level Use the undo dtmf sensitivity level command to restore the default detection sensitivity level By default the DTMF detection sensitivity level is high This command is valid only for FXS FXO inte...

Страница 2589: ...an integer in the range of 0 to 12 value Threshold corresponding to the specified index The value range varies with indexes For details see Table 682 According to the energy level of the row and colum...

Страница 2590: ...energy level from the column frequency group to COLMAX The ratio must be lower than this limit for the input signal to be recognized as a DTMF digit 18 to 3 dB with a default of 9 dB The smaller the...

Страница 2591: ...ho canceller Syntax echo canceller enable tail length milliseconds undo echo canceller enable tail length View FXS FXO E M voice subscriber line view Parameter enable Enables the echo cancellation EC...

Страница 2592: ...parameter Syntax echo canceller parameter convergence rate value max amplitude value mix proportion ratio value talk threshold value undo echo canceller parameter convergence rate max amplitude mix p...

Страница 2593: ...subscriber line view Parameter 2 wire Chooses the 2 wire analog E M wire scheme 4 wire Chooses the 4 wire analog E M wire scheme Description Use the em phy parm command to configure a wire scheme for...

Страница 2594: ...ber Description Use the em signal command to configure a start mode for an analog E M voice subscriber line Use the undo em signal command to restore the default start mode By default the immediate st...

Страница 2595: ...nection is disabled As there is no ability negotiation for fast connection mode the ability confirmation of the two parties is determined by the called gateway When the router acts as an originating g...

Страница 2596: ...mand to configure the off hook mode for the FXO voice subscriber line Use the undo hookoff mode command to restore the default By default the FXO voice subscriber line operates in the immediate off ho...

Страница 2597: ...O voice subscriber line by restricting incoming calls The bound FXS and FXO voice subscriber lines must come from the same device Example Specify the delay off hook mode for the FXO voice subscriber l...

Страница 2598: ...dance R700 700 ohm real impedance R750 750 ohm real impedance R800 800 ohm real impedance R850 850 ohm real impedance R900 900 ohm real impedance R950 950 ohm real impedance Description Use the impeda...

Страница 2599: ...plate match string undo match template View POTS VoIP VoFR entity view Parameter match string Number template Its format is string T T with the maximum length of 31 characters The characters are descr...

Страница 2600: ...but also an expression that can match a group of numbers such as 010 1 5 678 They Table 683 Meanings of the characters in string Character Meaning 0 9 Numbers from 0 to 9 Each means a digit and Each...

Страница 2601: ...ure a match template for VoIP entity 10 Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial entity 010 voip Sysname voice dial entity10 match template 5557922 nlp on...

Страница 2602: ...l on Example Configure DTMF out of band transmission in the fast connection mode for VoIP voice entity 10 Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial entity 1...

Страница 2603: ...igure the voice packetization period for different codecs Use the undo payload size command to restore the default By default the voice packetization period for g971 is 20 milliseconds and that for g7...

Страница 2604: ...range of 14 0 to 13 9 with one digit after the decimal point Description Use the receive gain command to configure the gain value at the voice subscriber line input end Use the undo receive gain comm...

Страница 2605: ...er cannot have the same number you cannot register a POTS entity with a GK and a SIP server at the same time In other cases you may need to register only some port numbers on the gateway with a GK or...

Страница 2606: ...mand to reset IPP statistics Related command display voice ipp statistic Example Clear IPP statistics Sysname reset voice ipp statistic reset voice iva statistic Syntax reset voice iva View User view...

Страница 2607: ...stem view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial entity 10 voip Sysname voice dial entity10 rtp payload type nte 102 send busytone Syntax send busytone enable time seconds u...

Страница 2608: ...voice entity to a trunk other than FXS voice subscriber line Example Enable the local end to play ringback tone Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial en...

Страница 2609: ...o FXO FXS analog E M subscriber lines and E1 T1 voice subscriber line The POTS interface on the voice interface card will be down and there will be no sound on the connected telephone after the comman...

Страница 2610: ...to 10 seconds Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice subscriber line 1 0 Sysname voice line1 0 silence th span 20 10 slic gain Syntax slic gain 0 1 undo slic gain View Analog E M voice...

Страница 2611: ...al interval seconds undo timer dial interval View FXS FXO E M voice subscriber line view Parameter seconds Maximum interval in seconds for dialing the next digit in the range of 1 to 300 Description U...

Страница 2612: ...erminated Example Set the maximum interval between off hook and dialing the first digit to 10 seconds Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice subscriber line 1 0 Sysname voice line1 0 ti...

Страница 2613: ...ing back Syntax timer ring back seconds undo timer ring back View FXS FXO E M voice subscriber line view Parameter seconds Maximum duration in seconds of playing ringback tone in the range of 5 to 120...

Страница 2614: ...ax transmit gain value undo transmit gain View FXS FXO E M voice subscriber line view Parameter value Voice output gain in dB in the range of 14 0 to 13 9 with one digit after the decimal point Descri...

Страница 2615: ...ter Being the called gateway it shall be decided whether or not to enable the tunnel function based on the status of the calling gateway That is if the function is enabled on calling gateway it will a...

Страница 2616: ...0 Sysname voice line1 0 type 3 vad on Syntax vad on undo vad on View POTS VoIP VoFR entity view Parameter None Description Use the vad on command to enable voice activity detection VAD function Use t...

Страница 2617: ...n Hz in the range of 50 to 3 600 p1 Signal amplitude 1 in the range of 50 to 32 767 p2 Signal amplitude 2 in the range of 50 to 32 767 p3 Duration of a single tone in milliseconds in the range of 10 t...

Страница 2618: ...usy tone detect auto 0 2 0 Save the frequency of the busy tone indexed as 0 duration limit of high low level duration error of high low level and duration difference of high low level Sysname system v...

Страница 2619: ...e type in the range of 0 to 3 Description Use the vi card cptone custom command to configure parameters for a customized call progress tone Use the undo vi card cptone custom command to remove the con...

Страница 2620: ...scription Use the voice setup command to enter voice view and enable voice services Example Enter voice view and enable voice services Sysname system view Sysname voice setup voip called tunnel enable...

Страница 2621: ...d in fast connection procedures the faculties of the two parties are determined by the GW If a router acts as a calling GW you can enable or disable fast connection for each channel of initiated calls...

Страница 2622: ...e voip timer voip to pots 3 vqa dscp Syntax vqa dscp media signal dscp value undo vqa dscp media signal View Voice view Parameter media Global DSCP value in the ToS field of the IP packets that carry...

Страница 2623: ...me voice vqa dscp signal af41 vqa dsp monitor buffer time Syntax vqa dsp monitor buffer time time undo vqa dsp monitor buffer time View Voice view Parameter buffer time time Duration in milliseconds o...

Страница 2624: ...CHAPTER 173 VOIP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Example Set the duration of monitoring DSP buffered data to 270 milliseconds Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice vqa dsp monitor buffer time...

Страница 2625: ...inate calls string A character string consisting of 0123456789 Table 685 describes these characters Table 685 Description of characters in a string Character Meaning 0 9 Digits 0 through 9 and Indicat...

Страница 2626: ...ommand match template on page 2599 Example Configure voice entity 2 to accept calls from the number 660268 Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial entity...

Страница 2627: ...together through the FXO interface For details about number sending refer to send number on page 2642 When the number with a prefix exceeds 31 digits only the first 31 digits are sent Related command...

Страница 2628: ...ht left Reserves from right to left the digits which the dots correspond to in a number Description Use the dot match command to configure the dot match rule of the number substitution rule list Use t...

Страница 2629: ...preferred number substitution rule By default no preferred number substitution rule is configured In a voice call the system first uses the rule defined by the first rule command for number substituti...

Страница 2630: ...Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial max call 1 5 max call in voice entity view Syntax max call set number undo max call View POTS VoIP VoFR voice enti...

Страница 2631: ...onfigure a global number match policy Use the undo number match command to restore the default number match policy By default the shortest number match policy is adopted Related command match template...

Страница 2632: ...ogram Sysname voice dial number priority peer enable number substitute Syntax number substitute list number undo number substitute list number all View Voice dial program view Parameter list number Se...

Страница 2633: ...ntities and the selection priority rules see select rule rule order on page 2638 select rule search stop on page 2639 and select rule type first on page 2640 the router will first select the voice ent...

Страница 2634: ...e output number type numbering plan input numbering plan output numbering plan undo rule rule tag all View Voice number substitute view Parameter all Deletes all number substitution rules rule tag Num...

Страница 2635: ...gument are discarded 3 Extra dots in the input number argument are discarded If you use the dot match command to set the dot match rule to right left from right to left or left right from left to righ...

Страница 2636: ...t number type Type of an output number involved in number substitution For the values see Table 689 numbering plan Specifies a numbering plan input numbering plan Input numbering plan involved number...

Страница 2637: ...n rules for number substitution rule list 1 Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial number substitute 1 Configure number substitution rule 1 for number su...

Страница 2638: ...ational Input numbering plan any Output numbering plan telex Sysname voice dial substitute1 rule 3 93 3 number type any intern ational numbering plan any telex select rule rule order Syntax select rul...

Страница 2639: ...rule is applied there will be no voice entity selection conflict Therefore the random selection rule can only serve as a rule with the lowest priority or serve as a unique rule separately Related com...

Страница 2640: ...that are matched in accordance with rules Related command select rule rule order and select rule type first Example Configure the maximum number of voice entities found to 5 Sysname system view Sysna...

Страница 2641: ...orities The system selects the first type first then the second type and finally the third type Related command select rule rule order and select rule search stop Example Configure the system to selec...

Страница 2642: ...mmand to restore the default number sending mode By default the truncate mode is used Note that This command applies to only POTS voice entities This command is used to control how to send called numb...

Страница 2643: ...bound to a voice subscriber line or voice entity That is to say no number substitution is performed Before carrying out the this command you must first use the number substitute list number command to...

Страница 2644: ...Description Use the substitute command to bind the calling called number of incoming outgoing calls to the specified number substitution rule list Use the undo substitute incoming call command to rem...

Страница 2645: ...Voice dial program view Parameter character Dial terminator which can be any of 0 through 9 pound sign or asterisk Description Use the terminator command to configure a special character as the dial...

Страница 2646: ...2646 CHAPTER 174 DIAL PLAN CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2647: ...ling party information from the originating point By default the terminating point does not request calling party information from the originating point during call connection n Configure the local en...

Страница 2648: ...e digits are collected By default the number of digits to be collected before the calling party information is 1 This command applies to R2 signaling only Related command cas timer reverse and renew E...

Страница 2649: ...0 Sysname e1 1 0 timeslot set 0 timeslot list 1 31 signal r2 Sysname e1 1 0 cas 0 Sysname cas1 0 0 undo answer enable callmode Syntax callmode segment terminal undo callmode View R2 CAS view Paramete...

Страница 2650: ...ar forward ack enable undo clear forward ack enable View R2 CAS view Parameter None Description Use the clear forward ack enable command to enable the terminating point to respond with a clear back si...

Страница 2651: ...riber line Syntax display voice subscriber line slot number ts set number 15 23 View Any view Parameter slot number Number of the voice subscriber line automatically created upon creation of a TS grou...

Страница 2652: ...tus Status of the voice subscriber line Call Status Status of the voice protocol call Description Information about the voice subscriber line Private Line Private line dialup mode of the voice subscri...

Страница 2653: ...ng setting applies to transmitted R2 line signals ABCD ABCD bit pattern of R2 line signaling in the range of 0000 to 1111 Description Use the dl bits command to configure the ABCD bit pattern for R2 s...

Страница 2654: ...iew Parameter None Description Use the dtmf enable command to set the way receiving and transmitting R2 signals to DTMF mode Use the undo dtmf enable command to restore the default By default multifre...

Страница 2655: ...nable Syntax final callednum enable undo final callednum enable View R2 CAS view Parameter None Description Use the final callednum enable command to enable the originating point to send a number term...

Страница 2656: ...etering signal processing By default R2 metering signal processing is disabled This command applies to R2 signaling only When the terminating point supports metering signals the system may send a forc...

Страница 2657: ...view Sysname controller e1 1 0 Sysname e1 1 0 timeslot set 0 timeslot list 1 31 signal r2 Sysname e1 1 0 cas 0 Sysname cas1 0 0 group b enable line Syntax line slot number ts set number 15 23 undo lin...

Страница 2658: ...ina Uses Argentinean R2 signaling standard australia Uses Australian R2 signaling standard bengal Uses Bengalee R2 signaling standard brazil Uses Brazilian R2 signaling standard china Uses Chinese R2...

Страница 2659: ...d C and D signaling bits and other parameters depending on the default settings of configured national R2 signaling variants If the custom keyword is configured you can customize specific signaling ex...

Страница 2660: ...e and 1 to 24 on a T1 interface You may specify a single timeslot by specifying a number a range of timeslots by specifying a range in the form of number1 number2 or several discrete timeslots by spec...

Страница 2661: ...ller e1 1 0 Sysname e1 1 0 pri set timeslot list 1 2 8 12 re answer enable Syntax re answer enable undo re answer enable View R2 CAS view Parameter None Description Use the re answer command to enable...

Страница 2662: ...subscriber idle View R2 CAS view Parameter billingcategory value Specifies the billing category value in the range 1 to 16 It configures the KA signal in R2 signaling The KA signal is sent by the orig...

Страница 2663: ...next called number signal value in the range 1 to 16 req nextcallingnum value Specifies the send next calling number signal value in the range 1 to 16 req switch groupb value Specifies the changeover...

Страница 2664: ...e callingcategory keyword but not the send billing category billingcategory signal Related command group b enable Example Request the originating point to send calling category by configuring a backwa...

Страница 2665: ...command takes either of the two values 0 for normal or 1 for inversion The default is 0000 that is inversion disabled Description Use the reverse command to configure line signal inversion mode Use th...

Страница 2666: ...and allowing the terminating point not to acknowledge received seizure signals Related command timer dl seizure Example Disable the terminating point to send seizure acknowledgement signals Sysname sy...

Страница 2667: ...n Example Set the trunk routing mode for TS group 5 to max on interface E1 1 0 Sysname system view Sysname controller e1 1 0 Sysname e1 1 0 timeslot set 5 timeslot list 1 31 signal r2 Sysname e1 1 0 c...

Страница 2668: ...or 1 Description Use the signal value command to configure the ABCD bit patterns of idle receive receive seized idle transmit and transmit seized signals on the digital E M voice subscriber line Use t...

Страница 2669: ...cters such as pound signs and asterisks in addition to digits n You cannot use the special character command to assign a special character different signal values To ensure that the device can process...

Страница 2670: ...ubscriber line 1 0 15 Sysname voice line1 0 15 tdm clock Syntax tdm clock internal line primary undo tdm clock View E1 T1 interface view Parameter internal Sets the time division multiplexing TDM cloc...

Страница 2671: ...internal This is to prevent frame slips and bit errors You can do this however if the remote E1 T1 interfaces adopt the line clock source When there is no VCPM on the mainboard the configuration of ea...

Страница 2672: ...hould send back a seizure acknowledgement signal within the timeout time re answer time Timeout time in milliseconds of R2 re answer signal configured at the originating point in the range 100 to 60 0...

Страница 2673: ...this command you must configure the dtmf enable command Example Configure the R2 signaling to start sending DTMF signals 800 milliseconds later after receiving a seizure acknowledgement signal Sysnam...

Страница 2674: ...mer register complete group b Syntax timer register complete group b time undo timer register complete group b View R2 CAS view Parameter group b time Maximum time in milliseconds that the originating...

Страница 2675: ...seconds and that of playing the busy tone is 30 000 milliseconds This command applies to R2 signaling only Related command send ring on page 2608 Example Set the duration of playing the ringback tone...

Страница 2676: ...signaling r2 Adopts ITU T Q 421 R2 digital line signaling This is the one most commonly used Description Use the timeslot set command to create a TS group and specify a signaling mode for it on the E1...

Страница 2677: ...R2 signaling to operate normally for call connection you need to ensure that the trunking mode is incoming at one end of the trunk and outgoing at the other end If both ends are using bidirectional t...

Страница 2678: ...cify a single timeslot by specifying a number a range of timeslots by specifying a range in the form of number1 number2 or several discrete timeslots by specifying number1 number2 number3 Examples are...

Страница 2679: ...es the maximum transmission rate of the fax The default value is voice 2400 Sets the maximum transmission rate to 2400 bps 4800 Negotiates the baud rate first in accordance with the V 27 fax protocol...

Страница 2680: ...38 packets in the range of 0 to 2 lb redundancy number Number of redundant low speed T 38 packets in the range of 0 to 5 train mode Specifies the fax training mode By default the point to point traini...

Страница 2681: ...38 0 FAX_VOIP_T38 0 Failure 0 FAX_VOFR_STANDARD_SWITCH 0 FAX_VOFR_FRF11_TRUNK 0 FAX_VOFR_FRF11_SWITCH 0 FAX_VOFR_MOTOROLA 0 FAX_VOIP_STDT38 0 FAX_VOIP_T38 0 Last Time 00 00 00 FAX_VOFR_STANDARD_SWITCH...

Страница 2682: ...tatistics of the number of connections released in the case that the DP does not start demodulation within the specified time WAIT_DP_BEG_MODULATE_TIMEOUT Statistics of the number of connections relea...

Страница 2683: ...is 14 400 bps and the fax protocol is V 17 If G 723 1 Annex A is adopted the fax baud rate is 4 800 bps and the fax protocol is V 27 If G 726 is adopted the fax baud rate is 14 400 bps and the fax pro...

Страница 2684: ...figure the gateway to use the ECM mode by force Use the undo fax ecm command to restore the default By default the ECM mode is not used on the gateway The fax ecm command is used to perform the forced...

Страница 2685: ...ct try to adjust the transmit energy level Example Set the transmit energy level of the gateway carrier to 20 dBm Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial...

Страница 2686: ...View POTS VoIP entity view Parameter None Description Use the fax nsf on common to configure the signal transmission mode of fax capability as a nonstandard mode Use the undo fax nsf on command to re...

Страница 2687: ...n Use the fax protocol command to configure the type of protocol used for fax communication with other devices Use the undo fax protocol command to restore the default type of protocol used for fax co...

Страница 2688: ...d be disabled Example Set to 2 the number of high speed redundant packets sent via the T 38 fax protocol Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial entity 4...

Страница 2689: ...ng the T 38 capability description in its capability set By default T 38 capability description is contained Because NetMeeting does not support T 38 capability description parsing you must disable th...

Страница 2690: ...CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Example Disable the voice gateway in H 323 slow start mode from containing T 38 capability description in its capability set Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voic...

Страница 2691: ...y Each area ID identifies a particular type of gateway for example 1 for the voice gateway and 2 for the video gateway depending on the agreement that the gateway and the gatekeeper reaches beforehand...

Страница 2692: ...E164 ID 07552002 E164 ID 660019 Current GK information H323 ID 1962 E164 ID 1119 E164 ID 100 E164 ID 400 E164 ID 1234 E164 ID 07552001 E164 ID 07552002 E164 ID 660019 gk client Syntax gk client View V...

Страница 2693: ...65535 The default is 1719 Description Use the gk 2nd id command to configure the secondary gatekeeper for the gateway Use the undo gk 2nd id command to remove the secondary gatekeeper By default no s...

Страница 2694: ...undo gk id command to remove the primary gatekeeper By default no primary gatekeeper is specified for the gateway Only after you configure the information of the primary gatekeeper can the gateway lo...

Страница 2695: ...passwords in ciphertext simple Displays passwords in plain text password A string of 1 to 16 characters excluding spaces Description Use the gk security register pwd command to configure a password fo...

Страница 2696: ...e and in addition this address and the address of the peer H 323 entity a gatekeeper terminal or MCU are reachable to each other Related command area id gk 2nd id gk id gw address and ras on Example B...

Страница 2697: ...n the gatekeeper client function is active can the normal communication be maintained between the voice gateway and the gatekeeper When the function is inactive the voice gateway cannot set up connect...

Страница 2698: ...ay Use the undo voip h323 descriptor command to restore the default H 323 descriptor By default the descriptor is Wqldg0Hcwfydz You are recommended to use the default descriptor If at both ends are th...

Страница 2699: ...tistics of Stack TPT Message UDP TCP SCTP TLS Total InMsg 0 0 0 0 0 OutMsgSucc 0 0 0 0 0 OutMsgFail 0 0 0 0 0 TXN Message Inv_Cli NonInv_Cli Inv_Srv NonInv_Srv Create Succ 0 0 0 0 Create Fail 0 0 0 0...

Страница 2700: ...nom Terminal exception Request Message Statistics of all SIP request messages including Inv Invite Ack Bye Can Cancel Opt Option Reg Register Inf Information Prk Prack Upd Update Each type of message...

Страница 2701: ...ssages without headers rcvd Statistics of received messages without headers in SIP SDP decode failures Statistics of SDP decoding failures in SIP registration timeouts Statistics of registration timeo...

Страница 2702: ...1 2 Sysname voice dial entity10 outband sip proxy Syntax proxy ipv4 ip address port port number undo proxy ipv4 View SIP client view Parameter ipv4 ip address IPv4 address of the proxy server port por...

Страница 2703: ...me voice sip Sysname voice sip sip server master 169 54 5 10 Sysname voice sip register enable on registrar ipv4 Syntax registrar ipv4 ip address port port number expires seconds slave undo registrar...

Страница 2704: ...169 54 5 10 port 1120 expires 120 reset voice sip Syntax reset voice sip View User view Parameter None Description Use the reset voice sip command to clear all the statistics about the SIP client Exam...

Страница 2705: ...g a SIP request Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice sip Sysname voice sip sip comp from sip comp agent Syntax sip comp agent product name product version undo sip comp agent View SIP...

Страница 2706: ...remove the configuration By default the Server header field in SIP response messages is not configured Examples Set the Server header field in SIP response messages to company 1 1 Sysname system view...

Страница 2707: ...ource IP address is configured to be bound to the packets sent by the UA Note that the source IP address must be already assigned to a gateway interface You can use this command only when the SIP regi...

Страница 2708: ...to configure SIP authentication information Use the undo user command to restore the default By default the username and password in SIP client view are VOICE GATEWAY and VOICE SIP respectively while...

Страница 2709: ...POTS entity you may use a number containing the wildcards of dot and T instead of using a standard E 164 number After enabling fuzzy telephone number registration the router retains the wildcard and s...

Страница 2710: ...2710 CHAPTER 178 SIP CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2711: ...mber of a VoFR entity in the range of 4 to 255 Description Use the address command to configure a channel to the peer voice gateway Use the undo address command to remove the configuration By default...

Страница 2712: ...ter the call is completed the frame relay will immediately remove the voice channel and release the corresponding FRF 11 sub channel The call control protocol used in the dynamic call mode is specifie...

Страница 2713: ...0 fr dlci 100 Sysname fr dlci 100 cid select mode min poll display fr vofr info Syntax display fr vofr info serial interface number dlci number View Any view Parameter serial interface number Display...

Страница 2714: ...er Example Create a VoFR entity and number it 10 Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial entity 10 vofr outband vofr Syntax outband vofr undo outband View...

Страница 2715: ...ets carry a sequence number Routers of some manufacturers do not comply with the above rule but force VoFR packets to carry a sequence number when a specific codec is adopted If a call failure or seve...

Страница 2716: ...e system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial entity 10 vofr Sysname voice dial entity10 timestamp trunk id Syntax trunk id string undo trunk id View VoFR entity view...

Страница 2717: ...after the DLCI references such a frame relay class Otherwise no voice bandwidth will be available and call setup will fail Example Reserve a maximum bandwidth of 8 kbps for voice in frame relay class...

Страница 2718: ...y default no VoFR operation mode is configured If the VoFR operation mode is set to Motorola compatible and the call mode is set to static FRF 11 trunk mode a call failure will occur In the Motorola c...

Страница 2719: ...ength incoming calls are prohibited and received voice packets are dropped No signaling is exchanged in the FRF 11 trunk mode When one voice gateway receives the first voice packet from its peer voice...

Страница 2720: ...2720 CHAPTER 179 VOFR CONFIGURATION COMMANDS...

Страница 2721: ...le the RADIUS accounting function for users who dial some access number Use the undo accounting command to disable the RADIUS accounting function By default the RADIUS accounting function is disabled...

Страница 2722: ...unting did Syntax accounting did undo accounting did View Voice AAA client view Parameter None Description Use the accounting did command to enable the RADIUS accounting function for all one stage dia...

Страница 2723: ...n Accounting_Start request or Accounting_Stop request to the RADIUS server before connecting or releasing a call and directly connects or releases the call without waiting for an acknowledgment from t...

Страница 2724: ...P calls If the authentication function is disabled users who dial the access number can directly make IP calls no matter whether they are legal The authentication function must be enabled before the a...

Страница 2725: ...and cannot make IP calls The authentication function must be enabled before the authorization function When the authentication function is disabled the authorization function will automatically be dis...

Страница 2726: ...function for users who dial the access number 17909 Sysname voice dial anum17909 undo authorization authorization did Syntax authorization did undo authorization did View Voice AAA client view Paramet...

Страница 2727: ...undo callednumber receive method command to restore the default By default users need to press the dial terminator after dialing all digits of a called number This command is applicable to both the o...

Страница 2728: ...cess by using the process config command Note that This command is used to configure the number of digits in a card number for the card number password process Once the number of digits is fixed all u...

Страница 2729: ...g rule and the undo cdr all command to restore the values of buffer duration and threshold all to the defaults The voice gateway will save a certain amount of CDRs according to the configured rule Whe...

Страница 2730: ...n for all access numbers Related command gw access number and aaa client Example Display the configuration information and access numbers Sysname display voice access number AAA configuration accounti...

Страница 2731: ...uration command cdr threshold CDR alarm threshold See cdr on page 2728 access number Access number for example 17909 See gw access number on page 2736 dialing process Two stage dialing process includi...

Страница 2732: ...subscriber line of the voice gateway The value range of the line number argument varies with devices remote ip addr ip address Displays call records by callee s IP address The ip address argument repr...

Страница 2733: ...47 SendPackets 71 packages SendBytes 2982 bytes ReceivePackets 111 packages ReceiveBytes 4662 bytes Outgoing call leg 0 CalledNumber 2000 CallDuration 00h 00m 02s EncodeType G729R8 DecodeType G729R8 R...

Страница 2734: ...sent SendBytes Bytes sent ReceivePackets Packets received ReceiveBytes Bytes received Outgoing call leg 0 Information of the outgoing call leg One call may involves multiple outgoing call legs 0 ident...

Страница 2735: ...axVoiceSwitch 0 FaxTone 0 Table 703 Description on fields of the display voice radius statistic command Field Description VORDS AAA Messages from the voice RADIUS module to the AAA module Authen_Reque...

Страница 2736: ...numbers the voice gateway will give alarm information requiring you to make a confirmation You can press Y to delete all access numbers or press N to cancel the operation AcctRsp_PstnCaller Accountin...

Страница 2737: ...umber 17909 Sysname voice dial anum17909 Add the access number 179 and enter access number view Sysname system view Sysname voice setup Sysname voice dial program Sysname voice dial gw access number 1...

Страница 2738: ...rd for the access number 17909 Sysname voice dial anum17909 undo password digit process config Syntax process config callernumber cardnumber voice caller undo process config View Access number view Pa...

Страница 2739: ...ess number the voice gateway will play prompt tones requiring the user to dial a called number In the card number password process with the authentication function disabled a user can enter any two nu...

Страница 2740: ...refers to the number of redial attempts that is the number of dial attempts is the number of redial attempts plus 1 This command is unavailable in the caller number process For the card number passwor...

Страница 2741: ...language View Access number view Parameter enable Enables the language selection function so that users can select a language to play prompt tones chinese Plays prompt tones in Chinese english Plays p...

Страница 2742: ...42 CHAPTER 180 VOICE RADIUS CONFIGURATION COMMANDS Sysname voice dial gw access number 17909 Sysname voice dial anum17909 process config voice caller Sysname voice dial anum17909 selectlanguage englis...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Похожие инструкции для MSR 20-20

PowerLine DHP-W611AV

Бренд: D-Link Страницы: 78

Бренд: LaCie Страницы: 4

Бренд: LaCie Страницы: 4

Бренд: LaCie Страницы: 4

Бренд: YASKAWA Страницы: 68

Бренд: D-Link Страницы: 213

Parallel & Serial Port Checker PPC

Бренд: B&B Electronics Страницы: 4

Бренд: Allied Telesis Страницы: 1

Бренд: ZyXEL Communications Страницы: 116

Бренд: Tripp Lite Страницы: 3

Бренд: XMOS Страницы: 6

Бренд: Schrack Technik Страницы: 2

Бренд: Xantech Страницы: 4

E SERIES BROADBAND SERVICES ROUTERS 11.3.X - ERX MODULE GUIDE REV 27-9-2010

Бренд: Juniper Страницы: 122

Бренд: X-Micro Страницы: 49

Бренд: Airlink101 Страницы: 13

ipRocketLink 3086FR

Бренд: Patton electronics Страницы: 12

Бренд: DPS Telecom Страницы: 80

Бренды по названию

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды